RESIDENTIAL ASSET FUNDING CORP
S-3, 2001-01-04
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: CYCO NET INC, 10QSB, EX-99, 2001-01-04
Next: RESIDENTIAL ASSET FUNDING CORP, S-3, EX-5.1, 2001-01-04




     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 4, 2001

                                                      Registration No. 333-_____
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                ----------------

                                    FORM S-3

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                ----------------

                      RESIDENTIAL ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


       NORTH CAROLINA                                  56-2064715
--------------------------------               -------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                     I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                   Identification Number)


                              James F. Powers, Esq.
                Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel
                             First Union Corporation
                             One First Union Center
                            301 South College Street
                      Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0630
          ------------------------------------------------------------
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)


                                    Copy to:

                             Christopher J. DiAngelo
                              Dewey Ballantine LLP
                           1301 Avenue of the Americas
                          New York, New York 10019-6092
                                 (212) 259-8000

     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box: / /

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: /X/

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  number  of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering: / /

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: / /

                                          CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Title of each class of     Amount to be      Proposed Maximum Aggregate    Proposed Maximum Aggregate        Amount of
 securities registered       Registered             Price Per Unit                Offering Price          Registration Fee
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                <C>                           <C>                           <C>
Asset Backed Securities      $1,000,000                 100%                       $1,000,000(1)                 $250
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
</FN>
</TABLE>

    There  is also  being  registered  hereunder  an  indeterminate  amount  of
asset-backed  securities  that may be sold by the registrant or any affiliate of
the  registrant,  including  First Union  Securities,  Inc., in  furtherance  of
market-making  activities in the asset-backed  securities and in connection with
which  it  is  necessary  under  the  federal   securities  laws  to  deliver  a
market-making prospectus.

    The  registrant  hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or until the  registration  statement
shall become  effective on such date as the commission,  acting pursuant to said
section 8(a), may determine.

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESIDENTIAL ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION            Asset-Backed Securities Sponsor
                                                 Issuable in Series

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------



  YOU SHOULD READ THE SECTION ENTITLED           THE SECURITIES

  "RISK FACTORS" STARTING ON PAGE 3 OF

  THIS PROSPECTUS AND CONSIDER THESE             o        will  be  issued  from
  FACTORS BEFORE MAKING A DECISION TO                     time    to   time   in
  INVEST IN THE SECURITIES.                               series,

                                                 o        will consist of either
                                                          asset-backed
                                                          certificates        or
                                                          asset-backed notes,

                                                 o        will  be  issued  by a
  Retain this prospectus for future                       trust or other special
  reference.  This prospectus may not                     purpose         entity
  be used to consummate sales of                          established   by   the
  securities unless accompanied by the                    sponsor,
  prospectus supplement relating to
  the offering of the securities.                o        will be  backed by one
                                                          or   more   pools   of
                                                          mortgage    loans   or
                                                          manufactured   housing
--------------------------------------------              contracts  held by the
                                                          issuer, and

                                                 o        may  have  one or more
                                                          forms    of     credit
                                                          enhancement,  such  as
                                                          insurance  policies or
                                                          reserve funds.

                NEITHER THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR ANY STATE
                SECURITIES  COMMISSION  HAS APPROVED OF OR  DISAPPROVED OF THESE
                SECURITIES  OR PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF THIS
                PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE  CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
                OFFENSE.

                          FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.

                 The date of this prospectus is January 4, 2001

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS..........................................................1

RISK FACTORS...................................................................3

THE SPONSOR....................................................................6


USE OF PROCEEDS................................................................6


DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES..................................................6

   PAYMENTS OF INTEREST........................................................7
   PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL.......................................................7
   FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE...........................................7
   OPTIONAL REDEMPTION, PURCHASE OR TERMINATION................................8
   MANDATORY TERMINATION; AUCTION SALE.........................................8
   DEFEASANCE..................................................................8
   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES.....................................8
   FORM OF SECURITIES..........................................................9

THE TRUST FUNDS...............................................................12

   THE MORTGAGE LOANS.........................................................13
   THE CONTRACTS..............................................................16
   PRIVATE SECURITIES.........................................................17
   ACCOUNTS...................................................................19
   COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS.......................................19
   PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT........................................................19

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT............................................................20

   SUBORDINATE SECURITIES.....................................................20
   INSURANCE..................................................................20
   RESERVE FUNDS..............................................................21
   MINIMUM PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AGREEMENT........................................22
   DEPOSIT AGREEMENT..........................................................22
   DERIVATIVE CONTRACTS.......................................................22

SERVICING.....................................................................22

   COLLECTION PROCEDURES; ESCROW ACCOUNTS.....................................22
   DEPOSITS TO AND WITHDRAWALS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT....................23
   ADVANCES AND LIMITATIONS THEREON...........................................24
   MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE POLICIES AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES...........24
   REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS..................................26
   ENFORCEMENT OF DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES.........................................26
   SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.............................26
   EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE..................................................27
   MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER.............................................27

THE AGREEMENTS................................................................28

   ASSIGNMENT OF PRIMARY ASSETS...............................................29


                                       ii
<PAGE>

   REPORTS TO HOLDERS.........................................................30
   EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT............................31
   THE TRUSTEE................................................................33
   DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE......................................................33
   RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEE.....................................................33
   AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.....................................................34
   VOTING RIGHTS..............................................................34
   LIST OF HOLDERS............................................................34
   REMIC ADMINISTRATOR........................................................34
   TERMINATION................................................................34

LEGAL ASPECTS OF LOANS........................................................34

   MORTGAGE LOANS.............................................................35
   CONTRACTS..................................................................41
   SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE MANUFACTURED HOMES...............................41
   ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MANUFACTURED HOMES....................43
   CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS...................................................43
   TRANSFERS OF MANUFACTURED HOMES; ENFORCEABILITY OF "DUE-ON-SALE" CLAUSES...44
   APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS................................................44
   FORMALDEHYDE LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACTS..........................44
   SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940............................45

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES......................................45

   GRANTOR TRUST SECURITIES...................................................46
   REMIC SECURITIES...........................................................47
   DEBT SECURITIES............................................................54
   PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS......................................................55
   FASIT SECURITIES...........................................................57
   DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM.......................................................59
   BACKUP WITHHOLDING.........................................................62
   FOREIGN INVESTORS..........................................................63

STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS......................................................64

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS..........................................................64

   CERTIFICATES...............................................................65
   NOTES......................................................................67
   CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL..................................................67

LEGAL INVESTMENT..............................................................68

AVAILABLE INFORMATION.........................................................68

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE.......................................68

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION..........................................................69

LEGAL MATTERS.................................................................69

FINANCIAL INFORMATION.........................................................69


                                      iii
<PAGE>
                              SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

              This summary highlights selected  information from this prospectus
              and  does  not  contain  all of the  information  that you need to
              consider in making your investment decision.  To understand all of
              the  terms of the  offering  of your  series of  securities,  read
              carefully this entire  prospectus and the accompanying  prospectus
              supplement.

THE SPONSOR

     Residential  Asset  Funding  Corporation  will  act as the  sponsor  of the
issuers,  meaning that it will establish the issuers and cause them to issue the
securities.  The principal  executive  address of the sponsor are located at 301
South College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-6001,  telephone no. (714)
373 -6611.

SECURITIES OFFERED

     Each class of  securities  will consist of one or more classes of ownership
securities  or  debt  securities.   Ownership  securities  represent  beneficial
ownership interests in the assets held by the issuer.  Ownership securities will
be issued in the form of certificates.  Debt securities  represent  indebtedness
secured by the assets of the issuer.  Debt securities will be issued in the form
of notes.

     Each series of  securities  will be issued in one or more  classes,  one or
more of which may be classes of:

     o    fixed-rate securities,

     o    adjustable-rate securities,

     o    compound-interest or accrual securities,

     o    planned-amortization-class securities,

     o    principal-only securities,

     o    interest-only securities,

     o    participating securities,

     o    senior securities, or

     o    subordinated securities.

     The  interest  rate,   principal   balance,   notional   balance,   minimum
denomination  and form of each  class of  securities  will be  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement.  The securities will be available in either
fully registered or book-entry form, as described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.

THE LOANS

     Each issuer will hold one or more pools of loans, which may include:

     o    mortgage  loans  or   manufactured   housing   contracts   secured  by
          one-to-four family residential properties and/or manufactured homes,

     o    mortgage  loans  secured by  security  interests  in shares  issued by
          private, non-profit cooperative housing corporations,

     o    mortgage loans secured by junior liens on the mortgaged properties,

     o    mortgage  loans with  loan-to-value  ratios in excess of the appraised
          value of the mortgaged property,

     o    home improvement retail installment contracts,

     o    revolving home equity lines of credit, and

     o    private securities backed by mortgage loans or contracts.

     The sponsor  will  direct the issuer to acquire  the loans from  affiliated
originators, unaffiliated originators or warehouse trusts created by the sponsor
or an affiliate to finance the origination of loans.

                                       1
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES

     Owners of  securities  will be entitled  to receive  payments in the manner
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement, which will specify:

     o    whether distributions will be made monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annually
          or at other intervals and dates,

     o    the amount  allocable  to payments of  principal  and  interest on any
          distribution date, and

     o    whether distributions will be made on a pro rata, random lot, or other
          basis.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

     A series of securities, or classes within a series, may have the benefit of
one or more types of credit enhancement, including:

     o    the  use  of  excess   interest   to  cover   losses   and  to  create
          over-collateralization,

     o    the  subordination  of  distributions  on  the  lower  classes  to the
          distributions on more senior classes,

     o    the allocation of losses on the underlying loans to the lower classes,
          and

     o    the use of cross support, reserve funds, financial guarantee insurance
          policies, guarantees and letters of credit.

     The protection  against losses afforded by any credit  enhancement  will be
limited in the manner described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

REDEMPTION OR REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES

     One or more classes of securities  may be redeemed or  repurchased in whole
or in part at the times described in the prospectus supplement and at a price at
least equal to the amount  necessary  to pay all  principal  and interest on the
redeemed classes.

LEGAL INVESTMENT

     The  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  will  state  whether  or not the
securities will constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  under the Secondary
Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984.

ERISA LIMITATIONS

     Employee  benefit  plans  should  carefully  review  with  their  own legal
advisors  whether the purchase or holding of the securities could give rise to a
transaction  prohibited or otherwise  impermissible  under ERISA or the Internal
Revenue Code.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Each class of securities  offered by this  prospectus and the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  will  constitute one of the following for federal income
tax purposes:

     o    interests in a trust treated as a grantor trust,

     o    "regular interests" or "residual  interests" in a trust treated as one
          or more "real estate mortgage investment conduits",

     o    debt issued by the issuer,

     o    interests in an issuer which is treated as a partnership, or

     o    "regular interests",  "high-yield  interests" or "ownership interests"
          in a trust  treated  as one or more  "financial  asset  securitization
          investment trusts".

RATINGS

     The securities  offered by this prospectus and the accompanying  prospectus
supplement  will be  rated at the time of  issuance  in one of the four  highest
rating categories by at least one statistical rating organization.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         You should consider the following risk factors prior to any purchase of
any class of  securities.  You should also  consider the  information  under the
caption "Risk Factors" in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

YOUR  INVESTMENT  IN ANY SECURITY MAY BE AN ILLIQUID  INVESTMENT;  YOU SHOULD BE
PREPARED TO HOLD YOUR SECURITY TO MATURITY.

         A secondary market for these  securities is unlikely to develop.  If it
         does  develop,  it may not provide  you with  sufficient  liquidity  of
         investment  or  continue  for  the  life  of  these   securities.   The
         underwriters  may  establish  a  secondary  market  in the  securities,
         although no  underwriter  will be obligated to do so. We neither expect
         to list  the  securities  on any  securities  exchange  nor to have the
         securities  quoted in the  automated  quotation  system of a registered
         securities association.

         Issuance  of the  securities  in  book-entry  form may also  reduce the
         liquidity in the secondary trading market,  since some investors may be
         unwilling  to  purchase   securities   for  which  they  cannot  obtain
         definitive physical securities.

THE  ASSETS  OF THE  TRUST  FUND  WILL BE  LIMITED  AND,  IF THE  ASSETS  BECOME
INSUFFICIENT TO SERVICE THE SECURITIES, LOSSES MAY RESULT.

         The  securities  will be  payable  solely  from the assets of the trust
         fund.  Neither the sponsor nor any other  person will be  obligated  to
         make  payments  to the  security  holders,  except to the extent of any
         credit   enhancement  as   specifically   provided  in  the  prospectus
         supplement.  Consequently,  security  holders  must  rely  solely  upon
         payments  from the trust fund for the payment of principal and interest
         on the securities.

AS A RESULT OF  PREPAYMENT ON THE LOANS OR EARLY  REDEMPTION OF THE  SECURITIES,
YOU COULD BE FULLY PAID SIGNIFICANTLY  EARLIER THAN WOULD OTHERWISE BE THE CASE,
WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE YIELD TO MATURITY ON YOUR SECURITIES.

         The yield to maturity of the securities may be adversely  affected by a
         higher or lower than  anticipated rate of prepayments on the loans. The
         yield to maturity on interest-only  securities purchased at premiums or
         discounts to par will be extremely sensitive to the rate of prepayments
         on the loans.

         The  underlying  loans may be  prepaid  in full or in part at any time,
         although  prepayment  may require the  borrower to pay of a  prepayment
         penalty or premium.  These  penalties will generally not be property of
         the issuer,  and will not be available to fund  distributions  owing to
         you. We cannot predict the rate of  prepayments of the loans,  which is
         influenced  by a wide  variety of economic,  social and other  factors,
         including  prevailing  mortgage market interest rates, the availability
         of alternative  financing,  local and regional economic  conditions and
         homeowner mobility. Therefore, we can give no assurance as to the level
         of prepayments that a trust fund will experience.

         Prepayments  may result from mandatory  prepayments  relating to unused
         monies  held in  pre-funding  accounts,  voluntary  early  payments  by
         borrowers, including payments in connection with refinancings, sales of
         mortgaged   properties   subject  to   "due-on-sale"   provisions   and
         liquidations  due to default,  as well as the receipt of proceeds  from
         insurance  policies.  In addition,  repurchases  or purchases  from the
         issuer of loans or the payment of  substitution  adjustments  will have
         the same effect on the securities as a prepayment of the loans.


                                       3
<PAGE>

         One or more  classes  of  securities  of any  series  may be subject to
         optional or mandatory  redemption  or auction sale in whole or in part,
         on or  after a  specified  date,  or on or  after  the  time  when  the
         aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the underlying loans or the
         securities is less than a specified  amount.  You will bear the risk of
         reinvesting unscheduled distributions resulting from redemption.

         Any of the foregoing  principal  prepayments  may adversely  affect the
         yield to maturity of the prepaid securities.  Since prevailing interest
         rates are subject to  fluctuation,  there can be no assurance  that you
         will be able to  reinvest  these  prepayments  at a yield  equaling  or
         exceeding the yield on your securities.

CREDIT  ENHANCEMENT,  EVEN IF  PROVIDED,  WILL IN ANY EVENT BE  LIMITED  IN BOTH
AMOUNT AND SCOPE OF COVERAGE,  AND MAY NOT BE  SUFFICIENT TO COVER ALL LOSSES OR
RISKS ON YOUR INVESTMENT.

         Credit  enhancement  may be provided in limited  amounts to cover some,
         but not all,  types of  losses on the  underlying  loans  and,  in most
         cases,  will reduce over time in accordance with a schedule or formula.
         Furthermore,  credit enhancement may provide only very limited coverage
         as to some types of losses,  and may  provide no  coverage  as to other
         types of losses.  Generally,  credit  enhancement  does not directly or
         indirectly   guarantee  to  the  investors   any   specified   rate  of
         prepayments,  which is one of the principal  risks of your  investment.
         The  amount and types of  coverage,  the  identification  of any entity
         providing the coverage,  the terms of any  subordination  and any other
         information   will  be   described  in  the   accompanying   prospectus
         supplement.

PROPERTY VALUES MAY DECLINE, LEADING TO HIGHER LOSSES ON THE LOANS.

         An investment in the securities,  which are backed by residential  real
         estate  loans,  may be affected by a decline in real estate  values.  A
         decline could be caused by a general decline in the real estate market,
         the borrower's  failure to maintain the property or a natural disaster,
         among other things.  If property  values were to decline,  the rates of
         delinquencies  and  foreclosures  may  rise,   thereby  increasing  the
         likelihood  of loss.  If these  losses  are not  covered  by any credit
         enhancement,  you will bear all risk of these  losses  and will have to
         look primarily to the value of the mortgaged properties for recovery of
         the outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the defaulted loans.

FORECLOSURE OF MORTGAGED  PROPERTIES INVOLVES DELAYS AND EXPENSE AND COULD CAUSE
LOSSES ON THE LOANS.

         Even if the  mortgaged  properties  provide  adequate  security for the
         loans,  substantial  delays could be encountered in connection with the
         foreclosure of defaulted loans, and corresponding delays in the receipt
         of the foreclosure proceeds could occur.  Foreclosures are regulated by
         state statutes, rules and judicial decisions and are subject to many of
         the delays and expenses of other lawsuits,  sometimes requiring several
         years to complete.  The servicer  will be entitled to reimburse  itself
         for any expenses it has paid in  attempting  to recover  amounts due on
         the liquidated loans, including payments to prior lienholders,  accrued
         fees of the servicer, legal fees and costs of legal action, real estate
         taxes, and maintenance and preservation expenses, which will reduce the
         amount of the net recovery by the trust.


                                       4
<PAGE>

ENVIRONMENTAL  CONDITIONS ON THE  MORTGAGED  PROPERTY MAY GIVE RISE TO LIABILITY
FOR THE ISSUER.

         Real  property  pledged  as  security  to a lender  may be  subject  to
         environmental risks which could cause losses on your securities.  Under
         the laws of some states, contamination of a mortgaged property may give
         rise to a lien  on the  mortgaged  property  to  assure  the  costs  of
         clean-up.  In several  states,  this type of lien has priority over the
         lien of an existing  mortgage or owner's interest against the property.
         In addition,  under the laws of some states and under CERCLA,  a lender
         may be liable,  as an "owner" or  "operator,"  for costs of  addressing
         releases or threatened  releases of hazardous  substances  that require
         remedy at a property,  if agents or employees of the lender have become
         sufficiently involved in the operations of the borrower,  regardless of
         whether or not the environmental damage or threat was caused by a prior
         owner. A lender also will increase its risk of environmental  liability
         upon the  foreclosure of the mortgaged  property,  since the lender may
         then become the legal owner of the property.

STATE AND FEDERAL CREDIT  PROTECTION LAWS MAY LIMIT  COLLECTION OF PRINCIPAL AND
INTEREST ON THE LOANS.

         Residential  mortgage  lending is highly  regulated at both the federal
         and state levels and violations of these laws,  policies and principles
         may limit the  ability of the  servicer  to collect  all or part of the
         amounts  due on the loans,  may  entitle  the  borrower  to a refund of
         amounts previously paid and, in addition,  could subject the issuer, as
         the owner of the loan, to damages and administrative  enforcement.  The
         occurrence  of  any  of  the  foregoing  could  cause  losses  on  your
         securities.

THE SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS'  CIVIL RELIEF ACT MAY LIMIT THE ABILITY TO COLLECT ON
THE LOANS.

         The terms of the  Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940, or
         similar  state  legislation,  benefit  mortgagors  who  enter  military
         service after the origination of his or her loan, including a mortgagor
         who is a member of the  National  Guard or is in reserve  status at the
         time of the origination of the loan and is later called to active duty.
         These  mortgagors  may not be  charged  interest,  including  fees  and
         charges,  above  an  annual  rate  of  6%  during  the  period  of  the
         mortgagor's  active duty status,  unless a court orders  otherwise upon
         application  of the lender.  The  implementation  of the  Soldiers' and
         Sailors'  Civil  Relief  Act  could  have  an  adverse  effect,  for an
         indeterminate period of time, on the ability of the servicer to collect
         full amounts of interest on these loans.

         In  addition,  the  Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil  Relief Act imposes
         limitations  that would impair the ability of the servicer to foreclose
         on loans during the mortgagor's period of active duty status.  Thus, in
         the event that  these  loans go into  default,  there may be delays and
         losses  occasioned  by the  inability  to  realize  upon the  mortgaged
         property in a timely fashion.

RATINGS ARE NOT RECOMMENDATIONS;  THE RATINGS ASSIGNED TO YOUR SECURITIES MAY BE
LOWERED OR WITHDRAWN.

         Each  series  of  securities  will be rated in one of the four  highest
         rating  categories by the rating agency.  Any rating would be based on,
         among  other  things,  the  adequacy of the value of the assets and any
         credit enhancement.  A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold
         or sell  securities,  because as it does not  address  market  price or
         suitability for a particular investor.

         The ratings  assigned to the  securities  will be based on, among other
         things,  the  adequacy  of the value of the trust  fund and any  credit
         enhancement.  Any rating which is assigned may not remain in effect for
         any given period of time or may be lowered or withdrawn


                                       5
<PAGE>

         entirely by the rating agencies if, in their judgment, circumstances in
         the future so warrant. Ratings may also be lowered or withdrawn because
         of an adverse change in the financial or other  condition of a provider
         of credit enhancement or a change in the rating of a credit enhancement
         provider's long term debt.

ERISA MAY RESTRICT THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES.

     Generally,   ERISA  applies  to  investments  made  by  benefit  plans  and
     transactions  involving the assets of benefit plans.  Due to the complexity
     of regulations  that govern benefit plans,  prospective  investors that are
     subject  to  ERISA  are  urged  to  consult  their  own  counsel  regarding
     consequences  under ERISA of  acquisition,  ownership  and  disposition  of
     securities.

                                   THE SPONSOR

         The sponsor, Residential Asset Funding Corporation, was incorporated in
the State of North Carolina. in December 1997, and is a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of  First  Union  National  Bank,  a  national  banking   association  with  its
headquarters in Charlotte,  North Carolina.  The sponsor's  principal  executive
offices are located at One First Union Center, 301 S. College Street, Charlotte,
North Carolina 28288. Its telephone number is (704) 590-6161.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net  proceeds  from the sale of each series of  securities  will be
applied to one or more of the following purposes: to acquire the primary assets,
to repay  indebtedness  which has been  incurred to obtain  funds to acquire the
primary  assets,  to establish  any reserve  funds  described in the  prospectus
supplement and to pay costs of structuring and issuing the securities, including
the costs of  obtaining  credit  enhancement,  if any.  The  acquisition  of the
primary  assets for a series may be effected by an exchange of  securities  with
the seller of the primary assets.  The seller may agree to reimburse the sponsor
for fees and expenses of the sponsor incurred in connection with the offering of
the securities.

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

         The  sponsor may offer from time to time the  securities,  which may be
asset-backed notes or certificates, in one or more series.

         The  certificates  of a series will  evidence  undivided  interests  in
assets  deposited  into a trust  fund.  The  notes  of a series  will  represent
indebtedness  secured by the trust fund.  A series may consist of both notes and
certificates.

         Each  series of  securities  will  consist  of one or more  classes  of
securities,  one or more of which may be compound interest securities,  variable
interest  securities,  pac securities,  zero coupon  securities,  principal only
securities,  interest only securities or participating  securities. A series may
also include one or more classes of subordinate securities.

         If a series  includes  multiple  classes,  the amount,  percentage  and
timing of  distributions  of principal,  interest or both to each class may vary
and one or more classes' right to distributions  of principal,  interest or both
may be  subordinated  to other  classes.  The  primary  assets and other  assets
comprising the trust fund may be divided into one or more groups and one or more
classes may evidence beneficial  ownership of or be secured by the corresponding
group.


                                       6
<PAGE>

         The  trustee,  or a paying agent on its behalf,  will make  payments of
principal of and interest on the  securities.  Interest on and  principal of the
securities of a series will be payable on each  distribution  date at the times,
at the rates,  in the  amounts  and in the order of  priority  described  in the
prospectus  supplement.  Payments  will be made by check  mailed to  holders  of
record at their addresses  appearing on the security  register.  Payments may be
made, however, by wire transfer, at the expense of the holder requesting payment
by wire transfer, in circumstances described in the prospectus supplement. Final
payments of  principal in  retirement  of each  security  will be made only upon
presentation  and  surrender  of the  security  at  the  office  of the  trustee
specified  in the  prospectus  supplement.  The trustee  will mail notice of the
final  payment  on  a  security  to  the  holder  of  the  security  before  the
distribution  date on which the  trustee  expects  to make the  final  principal
payment.

PAYMENTS OF INTEREST

         The  interest-bearing  securities of each class will bear interest from
the date and at the  rate per  annum  specified,  or  calculated  in the  method
described in, the prospectus supplement. The rate of interest on securities of a
series may be variable or may change with changes in the annual percentage rates
of the loans and/or as prepayments occur on the loans. Principal-only securities
may not be entitled to receive any interest  distributions or may be entitled to
receive only nominal interest distributions.

         Interest payable on the securities on a distribution  date will include
all interest accrued during the period  specified in the prospectus  supplement.
In the event interest accrues during the calendar month preceding a distribution
date,  the effective  yield to holders will be reduced from the yield that would
otherwise be obtainable  if interest  payable on the  securities  were to accrue
through the day immediately preceding the distribution date.

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

         On each distribution date for a series, principal payments will be made
to the  holders  of the  securities  of the  series on which  principal  is then
payable, as described in the prospectus  supplement.  Principal payments will be
allocated  among the classes of a series in the manner,  at the times and in the
priority described in the prospectus supplement.

         The rate of  principal  payments  of each class may depend  principally
upon the rate of payment,  including prepayments,  on the primary assets. A rate
of  prepayment  lower or higher  than  anticipated  will affect the yield on the
securities of a series in the manner described under "--Weighted Average Life of
the  Securities."  Under limited  circumstances,  a series of securities  may be
subject to termination or redemption.  See " --Optional Redemption,  Purchase or
Termination" below.

FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE

         The final  scheduled  distribution  date on each class of securities is
the date no later than which the principal  balance is expected to be reduced to
zero,  calculated on the basis of the  assumptions  described in the  prospectus
supplement.  The final  scheduled  distribution  date will be  specified  in the
prospectus supplement. Since payments on the primary assets will be used to make
distributions   in  reduction  of  the  outstanding   principal  amount  of  the
securities,  it is likely that the actual final  distribution  date of any class
will  occur  earlier,  and may  occur  substantially  earlier,  than  its  final
scheduled distribution date.

         Furthermore, as a result of delinquencies, defaults and liquidations of
the primary assets in the trust fund, the actual final  distribution date of any
certificate  may occur  later than its final  scheduled  distribution  date.  No
assurance can be given as to the actual prepayment  experience of a series.  See
"--Weighted Average Life of the Securities" below.


                                       7
<PAGE>

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION, PURCHASE OR TERMINATION

         One or more  classes  of  securities  of any  series  may be subject to
optional redemption or repurchase, in whole or in part, on any distribution date
by the seller,  servicer or credit enhancer or an affiliate thereof.  Redemption
or repurchase may occur on or after a specified date, or on or after the time as
the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of the securities or primary assets,
is less than a percentage not to exceed 20% of the initial  aggregate  principal
balance of the  securities  or  primary  assets.  The  redemption,  purchase  or
repurchase  price may not be less than an amount  necessary to pay all principal
and interest on the securities  outstanding.  If we have made a REMIC  election,
the trustee  shall receive a  satisfactory  opinion of counsel that the optional
redemption,  purchase or  termination  will be conducted  so as to  constitute a
"qualified  liquidation"  under section 860F of the Internal  Revenue Code.  The
risk of reinvesting unscheduled  distributions resulting form prepayments of the
securities will be borne by the holders.  Neither the trust nor the holders will
have any continuing liability under an optional redemption or repurchase.

MANDATORY TERMINATION; AUCTION SALE

         The trustee, the servicer or the seller may be required to effect early
retirement of a series of securities by auction sale.  Within a period following
the failure of the holder of the  optional  termination  right to  exercise  its
right,  the  required  party shall  solicit bids for the purchase of all primary
assets remaining in the trust. In the event that satisfactory bids are received,
the net sale  proceeds  will be  distributed  to  holders  in the same  order of
priority as collections  on the loans. A satisfactory  bid will not be less than
an  amount  necessary  to pay  all  principal  and  interest  on the  notes.  If
satisfactory bids are not received, the required party shall decline to sell the
loans and shall not be under any  obligation  to  solicit  any  further  bids or
otherwise  negotiate  any  further  sale of the loans.  The sale and  consequent
termination  of the trust must  constitute  a  "qualified  liquidation"  of each
REMIC.

DEFEASANCE

         The indenture  may provide that a trust fund may be discharged  through
defeasance.  In a defeasance, a party will deposit with the trustee money and/or
direct obligations of or obligations  guaranteed by the United States of America
which will provide  money in an amount  sufficient  to pay each  installment  of
interest and, on the final scheduled  distribution date, principal on the notes.
In the event of any  defeasance  and  discharge of notes,  note holders would be
able to look only to the deposited  money and/or direct  obligations for payment
of principal and interest, if any, on their notes until maturity.

WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

         "Weighted  average life" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issue of a security  until each dollar of  principal  of
the security  will be repaid to the investor.  The weighted  average life of the
securities  of a class  will be  influenced  by the  rate at  which  the  amount
financed under primary  assets  included in the trust fund for a series is paid.
Repayment may be in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments.

         Prepayments on loans and other  receivables can be measured relative to
a prepayment  standard or model.  The  prospectus  supplement  will describe the
prepayment  standard or model, if any, used and may contain tables setting forth
the  projected  weighted  average  life  of each  class  of  securities  and the
percentage of the original  principal  amount of each class of  securities  that
would be outstanding on specified  distribution  dates based on the  assumptions
stated in the prospectus  supplement,  including assumptions that prepayments on
the mortgage loans or underlying loans relating to the private securities,


                                       8
<PAGE>

as  applicable,  included in the trust fund are made at rates  corresponding  to
various  percentages  of the  prepayment  standard  or  model  specified  in the
prospectus supplement.

         There is,  however,  no  assurance  that  prepayment  of the loans will
conform  to any  level of any  prepayment  standard  or model  specified  in the
prospectus  supplement.  The rate of principal prepayments on pools of loans may
be  influenced by a variety of factors,  including  job related  factors such as
transfers,   layoffs  or  promotions  and  personal  factors  such  as  divorce,
disability or prolonged illness. Economic conditions, either generally or within
a particular geographic area or industry,  also may affect the rate of principal
prepayments.  Demographic and social factors may influence the rate of principal
prepayments in that some borrowers have greater financial flexibility to move or
refinance  than do other  borrowers.  The  deductibility  of  mortgage  interest
payments,  servicing  decisions  and  other  factors  also  affect  the  rate of
principal prepayments.  As a result, there can be no assurance as to the rate or
timing of principal prepayments of the mortgage loans or underlying loans either
from time to time or over the lives of the loans.

         The  rate of  prepayments  of  conventional  housing  loans  and  other
receivables has fluctuated  significantly in recent years. In general,  however,
if prevailing  interest rates fall significantly below the interest rates on the
loans,  the loans  are  likely to  prepay  at rates  higher  than if  prevailing
interest rates remain at or above the interest rates borne by the loans. In this
regard, it should be noted that the loans may have different  interest rates. In
addition,  the weighted  average life of the  securities  may be affected by the
varying  maturities  of the  loans.  If any loans  have  actual  terms-to-stated
maturity  of  less  than  those  assumed  in  calculating  the  final  scheduled
distribution  date of the  securities,  one or more classes of the series may be
fully paid prior to their respective final scheduled  distribution date, even in
the absence of prepayments.

FORM OF SECURITIES

         The  securities  in each  series  will  either be  issued  as  physical
certificates or in book-entry  form.  Physical  certificates in fully registered
form will be transferable  and exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the
registrar  of the  securities  named in the  prospectus  supplement.  No service
charge will be made for any  registration of exchange or transfer of securities,
but the  trustee  may require  payment of a sum  sufficient  to cover any tax or
other government charge.

         Securities  issued in  book-entry  form may be held either  through the
Depository  Trust Company (in the United States) or  Clearstream,  Luxembourg or
Euroclear  (in Europe) if the  investors are  participants  of such systems,  or
indirectly through participants in such systems. Securities issued in book-entry
form will be  registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. DTC is a
limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York,
a member of the Federal  Reserve  System,  a "clearing  corporation"  within the
meaning of the Uniform  Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered under
the  provisions of section 17A of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. DTC was
created to hold securities for its  participating  organizations  and facilitate
the clearance and  settlement of securities  transactions  between  participants
through electronic book-entry changes in their accounts, thereby eliminating the
need for physical  movement of  certificates.  Participants  include  securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations.  Indirect
access to the DTC system also is available to brokers,  dealers, banks and trust
companies  that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a
participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Under  a  book-entry  format,  holders  that  are not  participants  or
indirect  participants  but  desire  to  purchase,  sell or  otherwise  transfer
ownership of the securities  registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of
DTC, may do so only through participants and indirect participants. In addition,
the holders will receive all  distributions  of principal of and interest on the
securities from the trustee through DTC


                                       9
<PAGE>

and its participants.  Under a book-entry format,  holders will receive payments
after  each  distribution  date  because,  while  payments  are  required  to be
forwarded to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, on each distribution date, DTC will
forward  payments  to its  participants,  which  thereafter  will be required to
forward payments to indirect participants or holders.  Unless and until physical
securities  are issued,  it is  anticipated  that the only holder will be Cede &
Co., as nominee of DTC, and that the beneficial  holders of securities  will not
be  recognized by the trustee as holders under the  agreements.  The  beneficial
holders  will only be  permitted  to  exercise  the rights of holders  under the
agreements indirectly through DTC and its participants who in turn will exercise
their rights through DTC.

         DTC is  required  to make  book-entry  transfers  of  securities  among
participants  and is required to receive and  transmit  payments of principal of
and interest on the  securities.  Participants  and indirect  participants  with
which holders have securities accounts similarly are required to make book-entry
transfers  and  receive  and  transmit  payments  on behalf of their  respective
holders.  Accordingly,  although holders will not process securities,  the rules
provide a mechanism by which holders will receive distributions and will be able
to transfer their interests.

         Unless and until physical certificates are issued,  holders who are not
participants may transfer  ownership of securities only through  participants by
instructing participants to transfer securities, by book-entry transfer, through
DTC for the account of the purchasers of securities, which account is maintained
with their respective participants.  In accordance with DTC's normal procedures,
transfers  of  ownership  of  securities  will be  executed  through DTC and the
accounts of the  respective  participants  at DTC will be debited and  credited.
Similarly,  the respective participants will make debits or credits, as the case
may be, on their records on behalf of the selling and purchasing holders.

         Cross-market  transfers  between DTC, on the one hand, and, directly or
indirectly through Euroclear or Clearstream,  or their respective  participants,
on the other,  will be effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of
Euroclear  or  Clearstream,  Luxembourg,  as the case may be, by its  respective
depositary;  however,  these cross-market  transactions will require delivery of
instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, by the
counterparty  in the  system in  accordance  with its rules and  procedures  and
within its  established  deadlines  (Brussels  time).  Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg,  as the case may be, will, if the  transaction  meets its settlement
requirements,  deliver  instructions  to DTC to  take  action  to  effect  final
settlement  on its behalf by  delivering  or  receiving  securities  in DTC, and
making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for immediately
available  funds   settlement   applicable  to  DTC.   Clearstream,   Luxembourg
participants and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to
DTC.

         Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear
or Clearstream, Luxembourg participant purchasing an interest in a security from
a DTC participant will be credited during the securities  settlement  processing
day (which must be a business day for  Euroclear  and  Clearstream,  Luxembourg)
immediately  following the DTC settlement date and the credit of any transaction
in interests in a security settled during the processing day will be reported to
the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream,  Luxembourg participant on that day. Cash
received  by  Euroclear  or  Clearstream,  Luxembourg  as a  result  of sales of
securities by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg participant to a
DTC participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will
be available in the relevant  Euroclear or Clearstream,  Luxembourg cash account
only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

         Because DTC can only act on behalf of participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of  indirect  participants  and banks,  the ability of a holder to pledge
securities to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system,  or
otherwise act as the owner of the securities may be limited due to the lack of a
physical certificate.


                                       10
<PAGE>

         DTC in general  advises  that it will take any action  permitted  to be
taken  by a holder  under  an  agreement  only at the  direction  of one or more
participants   to  whose   account  with  DTC  the   securities   are  credited.
Additionally,  DTC in  general  advises  that it will take  actions on behalf of
specified percentages of the holders only at the direction of participants whose
holdings  include  current  principal  amounts of  outstanding  securities  that
satisfy the specified percentages. DTC may take conflicting actions with respect
to other current principal amounts of outstanding  securities to the extent that
actions  are taken on behalf of  participants  whose  holdings  include  current
principal amounts of outstanding securities.

         Clearstream,  Luxembourg (formerly known as Cedelbank,  societe anonyme
or  Cedel)  is  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  Luxembourg  and is a  global
securities  settlement  clearing  house.  Clearstream  holds  securities for its
participating  organizations  and  facilitates  the clearance and  settlement of
securities  transactions between Clearstream,m  Luxembourg  participants through
electronic   book-entry   changes  in   accounts  of   Clearstream,   Luxembourg
participants,   thereby   eliminating   the  need  for   physical   movement  of
certificates.  Transactions may be settled in Clearstream,  Luxembourg in any of
28 currencies, including United States dollars. Clearstream, Luxembourg provides
to  its   participants,   among  other   things,   services   for   safekeeping,
administration,  clearance and settlement of internationally  traded securities,
and securities lending and borrowing.  Clearstream,  Luxembourg  interfaces with
domestic markets in several countries. Clearstream, Luxembourg is regulated as a
bank by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Clearstream,  Luxembourg participants
are recognized financial institutions around the workd, including  underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain other organizations.  Indirect access to Clearstream,  Luxembourg is
also available to others, such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust companies,
that clear  through or maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a  Clearstream,
Luxembourg participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  participants  of
the  Euroclear  system and to clear and settle  transactions  between  Euroclear
participants  through  simultaneous   electronic   book-entry  delivery  against
payment,  thereby  eliminating the need of physical movement of certificates and
any  risk  from  lack  of   simultaneous   transfers  of  securities  and  cash.
Transactions may now be settled in any of 27 currencies, including United States
dollars.  The  Euroclear  system  includes  various  other  services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries.  Euroclear is operated by Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels,  Belgium Office, under contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C.,
a Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the  "Cooperative").  All  operations  are
conducted by the  Euroclear  operator,  and all Euroclear  securities  clearance
accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts  maintained with the Euroclear
operator,  not the  Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  established  policy  for the
Euroclear  system on behalf of Euroclear  participants.  Euroclear  participants
include banks (including  central banks),  securities  brokers and dealers,  and
other professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect access to the Euroclear
system is also  available  to other  firms  that  clear  through  or  maintain a
custodial  relationship  with  a  Euroclear  participant,   either  directly  or
indirectly.

         The  Euroclear  Operator  is the Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation  that is a member of the  Federal  Reserve  System.  As such,  it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of  securities  and cash within the  Euroclear  system,  withdrawal of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  system,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear  system.  All securities in the Euroclear
system are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific


                                       11
<PAGE>

certificates to specific securities  clearance accounts.  The Euroclear operator
acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear participants and
has  no  record  of or  relationship  with  persons  holding  through  Euroclear
participants.

         Any securities  initially  registered as physical  certificates  in the
name of Cede & Co.,  as  nominee  of DTC,  will be issued  in fully  registered,
certificated  form to  holders  or  their  nominees,  rather  than to DTC or its
nominee only under the events  specified in the  agreements and described in the
prospectus supplement. Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in the
agreements  and the  prospectus  supplement,  DTC will be required to notify all
participants  of the  availability  through DTC of physical  certificates.  Upon
surrender by DTC of the securities  representing  the securities and instruction
for  re-registration,  the  trustee  will  take  the  securities  in the form of
physical certificates,  and thereafter the trustee will recognize the holders of
physical  certificates  as holders.  Thereafter,  payments of  principal  of and
interest on the securities will be made by the trustee directly to holders.  The
final distribution of any security,  whether physical certificates or securities
registered  in  the  name  of  Cede & Co.,  however,  will  be  made  only  upon
presentation and surrender of the securities on the final  distribution  date at
the office or agency specified in the notice of final payment to holders.

                                 THE TRUST FUNDS

         Each trust fund will  include  assets  originated  or  acquired  by the
seller or sellers specified in the prospectus supplement composed of:

         o        primary  assets,  which may  include  one or more pools of (1)
                  mortgage loans that are secured by mortgages or deeds of trust
                  on   residential   properties,    (2)   manufactured   housing
                  conditional sale contracts and installment agreements that are
                  secured by manufactured  homes,  and (3) securities  backed or
                  secured by loans,

         o        all  monies due on the loans net,  if and as  provided  in the
                  prospectus  supplement,  of amounts payable to the servicer of
                  the loans,

         o        funds on deposit in any pre-funding  and capitalized  interest
                  accounts,

         o        reserve  funds,  letters of credit,  surety  bonds,  insurance
                  policies or other forms of credit support,

         o        any mortgaged property acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu
                  of foreclosure or repossession,

         o        any manufactured home acquired by repossession and

         o        any   amount  on  deposit   in  the   collection   account  or
                  distribution account.

         The mortgage  loans will be secured by mortgages  and deeds of trust or
other  similar  security  instruments  creating a lien on a mortgaged  property,
which may be subordinated to one or more senior liens on the mortgaged property.
The contracts will be secured by security  interests  taken in the  manufactured
homes.

         A maximum of 5%, by initial principal balance, of the aggregate primary
assets that are  included in a trust fund at the closing  date will deviate from
the characteristics that are described in the prospectus supplement.

         The securities  will be non-recourse  obligations  secured by the trust
fund.  Holders  of a series of notes may only  proceed  against  the  collateral
securing  the notes in the case of a default  and may not  proceed  against  any
assets of the sponsor or the trust fund not pledged to secure the notes.


                                       12
<PAGE>

         The primary assets for a series will be acquired by the trust fund from
the seller,  or may be acquired  in the open market or in  privately  negotiated
transactions. Loans relating to a series will be serviced by the servicer, which
may be the seller,  specified in the  prospectus  supplement,  under a servicing
agreement between the trust fund and servicer.

         "Agreement"  means,  as to a series of  certificates,  the  pooling and
servicing  agreement  or trust  agreement,  and as to a  series  of  notes,  the
indenture and the servicing agreement, as the context requires.

         A trust fund relating to a series of securities may be a business trust
formed under the laws of the state specified in the prospectus supplement.

         Prior to the initial offering of a series of securities, the trust fund
will have no assets or liabilities. We do not expect any trust fund to engage in
any activities  other than acquiring,  managing and holding the trust assets and
the proceeds thereof,  issuing securities and making  distributions  thereon. No
trust fund will have any significant source of capital other than its assets and
any credit enhancement.

         Primary  assets  included in the trust fund for a series may consist of
any combination of mortgage loans, contracts and private securities. Some of the
loans may be  delinquent,  although  the  loans  that are  delinquent  as of the
cut-off date will not exceed 20% of the initial  aggregate  principal balance of
the primary assets for that series.  The following is a brief description of the
loans we expect to be include as trust property.

THE MORTGAGE LOANS

         Mortgage Loans.  The primary assets for a series may consist,  in whole
or in part,  of  mortgage  loans  secured by  mortgages  on one- to  four-family
residential housing, including condominium units and cooperative dwellings which
may be  subordinated  to other  mortgages on the same  mortgaged  property.  The
mortgage loans may have fixed  interest  rates or adjustable  interest rates and
may provide for other  payment  characteristics  as  described  below and in the
prospectus supplement.

         The  mortgage  loans may be  either  "closed-end"  loans,  which do not
permit the borrower to obtain the  proceeds of future  advances,  or  "open-end"
loans  structured as lines of credit,  which permit the  borrower,  subject to a
maximum dollar amount, to obtain more than one advance of proceeds. The mortgage
loans  will be secured by first,  second or more  junior  liens on fee simple or
leasehold interests in one- to four-family residential properties. The principal
and  interest  on the  mortgage  loans  included  in the  trust  for a series of
securities will be payable either on the first day of each month or on different
scheduled days throughout each month, and the interest will be calculated either
on a simple  interest,  actuarial  method or "Rule of 78s"  method.  When a full
principal prepayment is paid on a mortgage loan during a month, the mortgagor is
generally  charged interest only on the days of the month actually elapsed up to
the  date of  prepayment,  at a daily  interest  rate  that  is  applied  to the
principal amount of the mortgage loan so prepaid.

         Payment  Terms.  The payment terms of the mortgage loans to be included
in a trust for a series will be described in the  prospectus  supplement and may
include any of the following features of combinations  thereof or other features
described in the prospectus supplement:

         o        Interest  may be payable at a fixed  rate,  a rate  adjustable
                  from  time to time in  relation  to an  index,  a rate that is
                  fixed  for a period of time or under  specified  circumstances
                  and is followed by an adjustable  rate, a rate that  otherwise
                  varies from time to time, or a rate that is  convertible  from
                  and adjustable rate to a fixed rate.  Changes to an adjustable
                  rate may be subject to periodic  limitations,  maximum  rates,
                  minimum rates


                                       13
<PAGE>

                  or a  combination  of  limitations.  Accrued  interest  may be
                  deferred  and added to the  principal  of a mortgage  loan for
                  periods and under  circumstances  specified in the  prospectus
                  supplement.  Mortgage  loans may  provide  for the  payment of
                  interest  at a rate lower than the  specified  loan rate for a
                  period of time of for the life of the mortgage  loan,  and the
                  amount  of  any  difference  may  be  contributed  from  funds
                  supplied  by the seller of the  mortgaged  property or another
                  source.

         o        Principal  may be  payable on a level  debt  service  basis to
                  fully  amortize  the  mortgage  loan  over  its  term,  may be
                  calculated  on the basis of an assumed  amortization  schedule
                  that  is  significantly  longer  than  the  original  term  to
                  maturity or on an  interest  rate that is  different  from the
                  loan rate or may not be  amortized  during all or a portion of
                  the original term. Payment of all or a substantial  portion of
                  the  principal  may be due on maturity.  Principal may include
                  interest  that has been  deferred  and added to the  principal
                  balance of the mortgage loan.

         o        Monthly  payments of  principal  and interest may be fixed for
                  the life of the mortgage  loan,  may increase over a specified
                  period of time or may change from  period to period.  Mortgage
                  loans may include limits on periodic increases or decreases in
                  the  amount of monthly  payments  and may  include  maximum or
                  minimum amounts of monthly payments.

         o        Prepayments  of principal may be subject to a prepayment  fee,
                  which  may be fixed for the life of the  mortgage  loan or may
                  decline over time,  and may be prohibited  for the life of the
                  mortgage loan or for specified  periods.  Some mortgage  loans
                  may permit  prepayments  after  expiration  of the  applicable
                  lockout period and may require the payment of a prepayment fee
                  in connection with any subsequent  prepayment.  Other mortgage
                  loans may permit  prepayments  without payment of a fee unless
                  the  prepayment  occurs during  specified  time  periods.  The
                  mortgage  loans may include "due on sale" clauses which permit
                  the mortgagee to demand payment of the entire mortgage loan in
                  connection   with  the  sale  or  transfer  of  the  mortgaged
                  property.  Other  mortgage  loans may be  assumable by persons
                  meeting  the then  applicable  underwriting  standards  of the
                  seller.

         Amortization of the Mortgage Loans. The mortgage loans will provide for
payments that are  allocated to principal  and interest  according to either the
actuarial  method,  the simple interest method or the "Rule of 78s" method.  The
prospectus  supplement will state whether any of the mortgage loans will provide
for deferred interest or negative amortization.

         An actuarial  mortgage  loan  provides  for  payments in level  monthly
installments  except,  in  the  case  of a  balloon  loan,  the  final  payment,
consisting of interest equal to  one-twelfth  of the applicable  loan rate times
the unpaid  principal  balance,  with the  remainder  of the payment  applied to
principal.

         A simple  interest  mortgage loan provides for the  amortization of the
amount financed under the mortgage loan over a series of equal monthly  payments
except,  in the case of a balloon loan, the final payment.  Each monthly payment
consists of an  installment  of interest which is calculated on the basis of the
outstanding  principal  balance of the  mortgage  loan being  multiplied  by the
stated loan rate and further multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of days in the period elapsed since the preceding payment of interest
was made and the denominator of which is the number of days in the annual period
for which interest  accrues on the mortgage loan. As payments are received under
a simple  interest  mortgage  loan,  the amount  received  is  applied  first to
interest accrued to the date of payment and the balance is applied to reduce the
unpaid  principal  balance.  Accordingly,  if a  borrower  pays a fixed  monthly
installment  on a simple  interest  mortgage loan before its scheduled due date,
the  portion of the  payment  allocable  to  interest  for the period  since the
preceding payment was made will be less than it


                                       14
<PAGE>

would have been had the payment been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of the
payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal  balance will be  correspondingly
greater.  However, the next succeeding payment will result in an allocation of a
greater amount to interest if the payment is made on its scheduled due date.

         Conversely,  if a borrower pays a fixed monthly  installment  after its
scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to interest for the
period since the  preceding  payment was made will be greater than it would have
been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the remaining portion, if any,
of  the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid  principal  balance  will  be
correspondingly less. If each scheduled payment under a simple interest mortgage
loan is made on or prior to its scheduled due date, the principal balance of the
mortgage loan will amortize in the manner described in the preceding  paragraph.
However,  if the  borrower  consistently  makes  scheduled  payments  after  the
scheduled due date, the mortgage loan will amortize more slowly than  scheduled.
If a simple interest  mortgage loan is prepaid,  the borrower is required to pay
interest only to the date of prepayment.

         Some mortgage loans may be insured under the Federal Housing  Authority
Title I  credit  insurance  program  created  under  sections  1 and 2(a) of the
National  Housing Act of 1934.  Under the Title I program,  the Federal  Housing
Authority is authorized and empowered to insure qualified  lending  institutions
against losses on eligible loans.  The Title I program operates as a coinsurance
program in which the Federal  Housing  Authority  insures up to 90% of specified
losses incurred on an individual  insured loan,  including the unpaid  principal
balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance  coverage available
in the lender's Federal Housing  Authority  insurance  coverage reserve account.
The owner of the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.

         The mortgaged properties will include single family property,  which is
one-to  four-family   residential  housing,   including  condominium  units  and
cooperative  dwellings.   The  mortgaged  properties  may  consist  of  detached
individual dwellings, individual condominiums, townhouses, duplexes, row houses,
individual units in planned unit developments and other attached dwelling units.
Each single  family  property will be located on land owned in fee simple by the
borrower or on land leased by the borrower for a term at least equal to the term
of the mortgage.  Attached dwellings may include owner-occupied structures where
each  borrower  owns the land upon which the unit is built,  with the  remaining
adjacent land owned in common or dwelling  units subject to a proprietary  lease
or occupancy agreement in a cooperatively owned apartment building.

         The  prospectus  supplement  will specify  whether or not  mortgages on
cooperative  dwellings consist of a lien on the shares issued by the cooperative
dwelling  and the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement  relating  to the
cooperative dwelling.

         The aggregate  principal balance of mortgage loans secured by mortgaged
properties  that  are  owner-occupied   will  be  disclosed  in  the  prospectus
supplement.  The sole basis for a representation  that a given percentage of the
mortgage loans are secured by single family property that is owner-occupied will
be either (1) the making of a representation  by the mortgagor at origination of
the mortgage loan either that the underlying  mortgaged property will be used by
the  mortgagor  for a  period  of at least  six  months  every  year or that the
mortgagor intends to use the mortgaged property as a primary residence, or (2) a
finding that the address of the underlying mortgaged property is the mortgagor's
mailing address as reflected in the servicer's  records. To the extent specified
in the prospectus  supplement,  the mortgaged  properties may include  non-owner
occupied investment properties and vacation and second homes.

         The initial combined loan-to-value ratio of a mortgage loan is computed
in the manner  described in the prospectus  supplement,  taking into account the
amounts of any senior loans.


                                       15
<PAGE>

         Additional Information.  The selection criteria for the mortgage loans,
including  loan-to-value  ratios,  original  terms to maturity  and  delinquency
information, will be specified in the prospectus supplement.

         The trust fund may include  mortgage  loans that do not amortize  their
entire principal balance by their stated maturity in accordance with their terms
and require a balloon  payment of the remaining  principal  balance at maturity.
The trust fund may include  mortgage  loans that do not have a specified  stated
maturity.

         The  prospectus  supplement  for a series for which the primary  assets
include  mortgage loans will specify,  to the extent  relevant and to the extent
the  information  is  reasonably  available  to  the  sponsor  and  the  sponsor
reasonably believes the information to be reliable:

         o        the aggregate unpaid principal balance;

         o        the range and weighted  average loan rate, and, in the case of
                  adjustable rate loans,  the range and weighted  average of the
                  current loan rates and the lifetime rate caps, if any;

         o        the range and average outstanding principal balance;

         o        the weighted  average  original and  remaining  term-to-stated
                  maturity   and   the   range   of   original   and   remaining
                  terms-to-stated maturity, if applicable;

         o        the range  and  weighted  average  of  combined  loan-to-value
                  ratios or loan-to-value ratios;

         o        the  percentage  of  mortgage  loans that  accrue  interest at
                  adjustable or fixed interest rates;

         o        the geographic distribution of the mortgaged properties;

         o        the  percentage  of mortgage  loans that are secured by single
                  family  mortgaged  properties,  shares relating to cooperative
                  dwellings, condominium units, investment property and vacation
                  or second homes;

         o        the lien priority;

         o        year of origination; and

         o        the delinquency status,  including the duration and history of
                  delinquencies and the percentage of delinquent mortgage loans.

         The prospectus  supplement  will also specify any other  limitations on
the types or characteristics of mortgage loans for a series.

THE CONTRACTS

         Contracts.  Each pool of  contracts  in a trust  fund will  consist  of
conventional  manufactured  housing  installment sales contracts and installment
loan  agreements  originated by a  manufactured  housing  dealer in the ordinary
course of business and purchased by the seller. Each contract will be secured by
manufactured  homes, each of which will be located in any of the fifty states or
the District of Columbia.  The contracts will be fully  amortizing and will bear
interest at a fixed or  adjustable  annual  percentage  rate.  The seller of the
contracts  may  retain  a  portion  of the  interest  payments,  called a "fixed
retained yield." If the seller retains a fixed retained yield, the trust will be
entitled to payments on the contracts after payment of the fixed retained yield.


                                       16
<PAGE>

         Manufactured  homes, unlike site-built homes,  generally  depreciate in
value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is possible, especially in
the case of contracts with high  loan-to-value  ratios at origination,  that the
market  value of a  manufactured  home may be lower  than the  principal  amount
outstanding under the contract.

         Additional  Information.  The  prospectus  supplement  for a series for
which the primary assets include contracts will specify,  to the extent relevant
and to the extent the information is reasonably available to the sponsor and the
sponsor reasonably believes the information to be reliable:

         o        the initial aggregate principal balance;

         o        the range of original terms to maturity;

         o        the weighted average remaining term to stated maturity;

         o        the earliest and latest origination dates;

         o        the range of contract rates and net contract rates;

         o        the weighted average net contract rate;

         o        the geographic distribution of manufactured homes;

         o        the   percentage  of  any  contracts   which  are  secured  by
                  manufactured  homes which have become  permanently  affixed to
                  real estate;

         o        the percentage of the contracts  representing  the refinancing
                  of existing indebtedness;

         o        the range of loan-to-value ratios and

         o        the highest  outstanding  principal  balance at origination of
                  any contract.

         The contracts in a trust fund will generally have monthly  payments due
on the first of each month and will be fully-amortizing contracts. Contracts may
have due dates  which  occur on a date other than the first of each  month.  The
contract  pools may include  adjustable  rate contracts that provide for payment
adjustments to be made less frequently  than  adjustments in the contract rates.
Each  adjustment  in the  contract  rate  which  is not  made  at the  time of a
corresponding  adjustment in payments,  and which adjusted amount of interest is
not paid currently on a voluntary basis by the obligor,  will result in a change
in the rate of amortization of the contract.  Moreover,  payment  adjustments on
the  contracts  may be subject to  limitations,  as specified in the  prospectus
supplement, which may also affect the rate of amortization on the contract. As a
result,  the  amount of  interest  accrued  in any month may equal or exceed the
scheduled monthly payment on the contract. In any such month, no principal would
be payable on the contract,  and if the accrued interest  exceeded the scheduled
monthly payment, the excess interest due would become "deferred interest that is
added to the  principal  balance of the  contract.  Deferred  interest will bear
interest  at the  contract  rate until  paid.  If the  limitations  prevent  the
payments  from being  sufficient  to amortize  fully the  contract by its stated
maturity  date,  a lump sum  payment  equal to the  remaining  unpaid  principal
balance will be due on the stated maturity date.

PRIVATE SECURITIES

         Primary  assets  for a series  may  consist,  in  whole or in part,  of
"private  securities"  which  include  pass-through   certificates  representing
beneficial  interests in  underlying  loans of the type that would  otherwise be
eligible to be loans or collateralized  obligations secured by underlying loans.
Private  securities  may have  previously  been  offered  to the  public and not
purchased as part of the original  distribution  or may be acquired in a private
transaction. Although individual underlying loans may be


                                       17
<PAGE>

insured  or  guaranteed  by the  United  States or an agency or  instrumentality
thereof,  they need not be, and  private  securities  themselves  will not be so
insured or guaranteed.

         Private  securities will have been issued under a pooling and servicing
agreement,  a trust agreement or similar agreement.  The  seller/servicer of the
underlying  loans  will have  entered  into the  underlying  agreement  with the
underlying  trustee.  The underlying trustee or its agent, or a custodian,  will
possess the underlying  loans.  Underlying  loans will be serviced by a servicer
directly or by one or more  sub-servicers  who may be subject to the supervision
of the underlying servicer.

         The sponsor of the private  securities will be a financial  institution
or other entity engaged generally in the business of lending; a public agency or
instrumentality  of a state, local or federal  government;  or a limited purpose
corporation  organized  for the purpose of,  among  other  things,  establishing
trusts and  acquiring  and  selling  loans to  trusts,  and  selling  beneficial
interests in trusts.  The underlying sponsor may be an affiliate of the sponsor.
The  obligations  of  the  underlying  sponsor  will  generally  be  limited  to
representations  and  warranties  as to the assets  conveyed by it to the trust.
Additionally,  although the  underlying  loans may be guaranteed by an agency or
instrumentality of the United States, the private securities themselves will not
be so guaranteed.

         Distributions  of principal  and  interest  will be made on the private
securities  on the dates  specified in the  prospectus  supplement.  The private
securities may be entitled to receive nominal or no principal  distributions  or
nominal or no interest distributions.  Principal and interest distributions will
be made on the private  securities by the  underlying  trustee or the underlying
servicer.  The underlying sponsor or the underlying  servicer may have the right
to  repurchase  the  underlying  loans  after a  specified  date or under  other
circumstances specified in the prospectus supplement.

         The underlying loans may be fixed rate, level payment, fully amortizing
loans or  adjustable  rate  loans or loans  having  balloon  or other  irregular
payment  features.  Underlying  loans will be secured by  mortgages on mortgaged
properties.

         Credit Support  Relating to Private  Securities.  Credit support in the
form of reserve funds,  subordination of other private  securities  issued under
the  underlying  agreement,  guarantees,  letters  of  credit,  cash  collateral
accounts,  insurance  policies or other types of credit  support may be provided
with respect to the underlying  loans or with respect to the private  securities
themselves.  The type,  characteristics  and amount of credit  support will be a
function of  characteristics  of the underlying loans and other factors and will
have been established for the private securities on the basis of requirements of
the rating agency that rated the private securities.

         Additional  Information.  The  prospectus  supplement  for a series for
which the primary assets include private securities will specify,  to the extent
relevant  and to the extent  the  information  is  reasonably  available  to the
sponsor and the sponsor reasonably believes the information to be reliable:

         o        the aggregate approximate principal amount and type;

         o        the maximum original term-to-stated maturity;

         o        the weighted average term-to-stated maturity;

         o        the pass-through or certificate rate or ranges thereof;

         o        the  underlying  sponsor,  the  underlying  servicer  and  the
                  underlying trustee;

         o        characteristics  of credit support  relating to the underlying
                  loans or to the private securities;


                                       18
<PAGE>

         o        the terms on which  underlying  loans may, or are required to,
                  be  purchased  prior to their  stated  maturity  or the stated
                  maturity of the private securities;

         o        the terms on which  underlying  loans may be  substituted  for
                  those originally underlying the private securities;

         and, as to the underlying loans, the following:

         o        the payment  features,  including whether the underlying loans
                  are fixed rate or adjustable rate and whether they provide for
                  fixed level payments or other payment features;

         o        the approximate  aggregate principal balance, if known, of the
                  underlying  loans  insured  or  guaranteed  by a  governmental
                  entity;

         o        the servicing fee or range of servicing fees;

         o        the minimum and maximum stated maturities at origination;

         o        the lien priority; and

         o        the delinquency status and year of origination.

ACCOUNTS

         Each trust fund will  include one or more  accounts.  Each account will
either be an account  maintained  at a  depository  institution,  the  long-term
unsecured debt obligations of which are satisfactory to each rating agency or an
account the deposits in which are insured to the maximum extent available by the
Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation or which are secured in a manner meeting
requirements established by each rating agency.

         The  trustee  may  invest  the  funds  in  the   accounts  in  eligible
investments maturing, with exceptions, not later than the day preceding the date
funds are due to be  distributed.  Eligible  investments  include,  among  other
investments,  obligations  of the United  States and agencies  thereof,  federal
funds,  certificates of deposit,  commercial paper, demand and time deposits and
banker's   acceptances,   repurchase  agreements  of  United  States  government
securities and guaranteed investment contracts,  in each case, acceptable to the
rating agencies rating the securities.

COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS

         A separate  collection  account will be  established in the name of the
trustee for receipt of all amounts received from the primary assets.  Amounts on
deposit  in the  collection  account  and  amounts  available  from  any  credit
enhancement  will be deposited  in a  distribution  account,  which will also be
established in the name of the trustee, for distribution to the holders.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

         A trust fund may include a "pre-funding  account." On the closing date,
the  "pre-funded  amount," which is a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the
securities of a series,  will be deposited in the pre-funding account and may be
used to  acquire  additional  primary  assets  during a  specified  "pre-funding
period." If any pre-funded amount remains on deposit in the pre-funding  account
at the end of the pre-funding period, it will be applied in the manner specified
in the prospectus  supplement to prepay the notes and/or the certificates of the
applicable series.

         If a pre-funding account is established:


                                       19
<PAGE>

         o        the pre-funding period will not exceed 1 year from the closing
                  date,

         o        the  additional  primary  assets  to be  acquired  during  the
                  pre-funding period will be subject to the same representations
                  and warranties and satisfy the same  eligibility  requirements
                  as the  primary  assets  included  in the  trust  fund  on the
                  closing  date,   subject  to  the  exceptions  stated  in  the
                  prospectus supplement,

         o        the  pre-funding  amount will not exceed 50% of the  principal
                  amount of the securities issued and

         o        prior to the investment of the pre-funded amount in additional
                  primary assets,  the pre-funded amount will be invested in one
                  or more eligible investments.

         If a  pre-funding  account  is  established,  a  "capitalized  interest
account" may be  established  and  maintained  with the trustee.  On the closing
date,  funds will be deposited in the capitalized  interest  account and used to
fund  any  shortfall  in the  interest  accrued  on the  securities  and fees or
expenses  during  the  pre-funding   period.  Any  amounts  on  deposit  in  the
capitalized  interest account at the end of the pre-funding  period that are not
necessary to fund any shortfall will be  distributed to the person  specified in
the prospectus supplement.

         If a trust  fund  includes  a  pre-funding  account  and the  principal
balance of  additional  primary  assets  delivered  to the trust fund during the
pre-funding   period  is  less  than  the  original   pre-funded   amount,   the
securityholders  will receive a prepayment of principal to the extent  described
in the prospectus supplement.  Any principal prepayment may adversely affect the
yield to maturity of the applicable securities.  Since prevailing interest rates
are subject to  fluctuation,  there can be no assurance  that  investors will be
able to reinvest a prepayment at yields  equaling or exceeding the yields on the
securities. It is possible that the yield on any reinvestment will be lower, and
may be significantly lower, than the yield on the securities.

                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

         The  sponsor  may  obtain  credit  enhancement,  which may  include  an
irrevocable letter of credit, surety bond or insurance policy, issue subordinate
securities or obtain any other form of credit enhancement or combination thereof
in favor of the  trustee  on behalf  of the  holders  of a series or  designated
classes  of a  series  from  an  institution  or  by  other  means.  The  credit
enhancement   will  support  the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on  the
securities,  and may be applied  for other  purposes to the extent and under the
conditions  described in the prospectus  supplement.  Credit  enhancement  for a
series may include one or more of the following forms, or another form specified
in the  prospectus  supplement.  Credit  enhancement  may be structured so as to
protect against losses relating to more than one trust fund.

SUBORDINATE SECURITIES

         Credit  enhancement  for a series may consist of one or more classes of
subordinate  securities.  The  rights of holders of  subordinate  securities  to
receive  distributions on any distribution date will be subordinate in right and
priority to the rights of holders of senior securities of the series.

INSURANCE

         Credit enhancement for a series may consist of special hazard insurance
policies,  bankruptcy bonds and other types of insurance relating to the primary
assets.


                                       20
<PAGE>

         Pool Insurance Policy. The pool insurance policy will cover, subject to
the  limitations  described in a prospectus  supplement,  losses  resulting from
defaults,  but will not cover the portion of the  principal  balance of any loan
that is required to be covered by any primary mortgage insurance policy.

         Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy.  A special hazard  insurance  policy
typically  provides  that,  where  there has been damage to  mortgaged  property
securing a  defaulted  or  foreclosed  mortgage  loan or the  manufactured  home
underlying a contract,  title to which has been acquired by the insured,  and to
the extent the damage is not covered by the standard hazard  insurance policy or
any flood  insurance  policy,  or in connection with partial loss resulting from
the application of the coinsurance clause in a standard hazard insurance policy,
the  special  hazard  insurer  will pay the  lesser of (1) the cost of repair or
replacement of the mortgaged  property or manufactured home or (2) upon transfer
of the mortgaged  property or  manufactured  home to the special hazard insurer,
the  unpaid  principal  balance  of the  loan at the time of  foreclosure,  plus
accrued  interest to the date of claim  settlement and expenses  incurred by the
servicer.  If the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and expenses is
paid by the special  hazard  insurer,  the amount of further  coverage under the
special hazard insurance policy will be  correspondingly  reduced,  less any net
proceeds  from the sale of the  mortgaged  property or  manufactured  home.  Any
amount paid as the cost of repair of a mortgaged  property or manufactured  home
will reduce  coverage by the amount  paid.  Special  hazard  insurance  policies
typically  do  not  cover  losses   occasioned  by  war,   civil   insurrection,
governmental actions, errors in design, faulty workmanship or materials,  except
under specified circumstances, nuclear reaction, if the mortgaged property is in
a federally  designated flood area,  flood,  chemical  contamination and related
other risks.

         Restoration   of  the  mortgaged   property  or   replacement   of  the
manufactured  home with the  proceeds  described  under (1) above is expected to
satisfy  the  condition  under  any pool  insurance  policy  that the  mortgaged
property be restored or manufactured home replaced before a claim under the pool
insurance  policy may be validly  presented with respect to the defaulted  loan.
The payment described under (2) above will render unnecessary  presentation of a
claim for the loan under any pool insurance policy. Therefore, so long as a pool
insurance policy remains in effect, the payment by the special hazard insurer of
the cost of repair or of the unpaid  principal  balance of the loan plus accrued
interest  and  expenses  will not affect the total  insurance  proceeds  paid to
security  holders,  but will affect the relative  amounts of coverage  remaining
under the special hazard insurance policy and pool insurance policy.

         Bankruptcy  Bond.  In the  event of a  bankruptcy  of a  borrower,  the
bankruptcy  court  may  establish  the  value  of  the  mortgaged   property  or
manufactured home at an amount less than the then-outstanding  principal balance
of the loan.  The amount of the  secured  debt could be reduced to the  assigned
value, and the holder of the loan thus would become an unsecured creditor to the
extent the outstanding principal balance of the loan exceeds the assigned value.
In  addition,  other  modifications  of the  terms of a loan can  result  from a
bankruptcy proceeding.  See "Legal Aspects of the Loans." The sponsor may obtain
a bankruptcy bond or similar  insurance  contract covering losses resulting from
proceedings  with respect to borrowers  under the federal  bankruptcy  code. The
bankruptcy  bond will cover  losses  resulting  from a reduction by a bankruptcy
court of scheduled  payments of principal  and interest on a loan or a reduction
by a bankruptcy  court of the  principal  amount of a loan and will cover unpaid
interest on the amount of the principal reduction from the date of the filing of
a bankruptcy petition.

RESERVE FUNDS

         The sponsor may deposit into one or more funds to be  established  with
the trustee as part of the trust fund or for the benefit of any credit enhancer,
cash,  a letter  or  letters  of  credit,  cash  collateral  accounts,  eligible
investments,  or other  instruments  meeting the  criteria of the rating  agency
rating any series.  In the alternative or in addition to an initial  deposit,  a
reserve fund may be funded over time


                                       21
<PAGE>

through application of all or a portion of the excess cash flow from the primary
assets, to the extent described in the prospectus supplement.

         Amounts  withdrawn from any reserve fund will be applied by the trustee
to make payments on the  securities of a series,  to pay expenses,  to reimburse
any credit enhancer or for any other purpose.

         The trustee will invest amounts deposited in a reserve fund in eligible
investments.

MINIMUM PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AGREEMENT

         The sponsor may enter into a minimum  principal  payment agreement with
an entity  specified in the  prospectus  supplement.  The entity  would  provide
payments on the  securities  of a series in the event that  aggregate  scheduled
principal  payments and/or  prepayments on the primary assets are not sufficient
to make payments on the securities.

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

         The  sponsor  and the  trustee  for a series  may enter  into a deposit
agreement with the entity specified in the prospectus supplement. The purpose of
a deposit  agreement is to accumulate  available cash for investment so that it,
together with income thereon,  can be applied to future  distributions on one or
more classes of securities.

DERIVATIVE CONTRACTS

         A trust may hold an interest rate swap  contract,  an interest rate cap
agreement or similar contract providing limited protection against interest rate
risks. These derivative  contracts may provide the trust with additional amounts
which  will  be  available  to pay  interest  on the  securities,  to  build  up
overcollateralization, or both.

                                    SERVICING

         The following  summaries describe material  provisions in the servicing
agreements common to each series of securities.  The summaries do not purport to
be complete and are subject to and  qualified by reference to the  provisions of
the  servicing  agreements  and the  prospectus  supplements.  Where  particular
provisions or terms used in the servicing agreements are referred to, the actual
provisions are incorporated by reference as part of the summaries.

COLLECTION PROCEDURES; ESCROW ACCOUNTS

         The  servicer  will make  reasonable  efforts to collect  all  payments
required to be made under the loans and will,  consistent  with the terms of the
servicing agreement and any credit enhancement, follow the collection procedures
that it follows with respect to comparable loans held in its own portfolio.  The
servicer may, in its discretion,  waive any assumption fee, late payment charge,
or other charge on a loan and to the extent provided in the servicing  agreement
arrange  with an obligor a schedule  for the  liquidation  of  delinquencies  by
extending the dates on which the scheduled payments are due on the loan.

         The  servicer,  to the  extent  permitted  by law and  required  by the
underlying  loan  documents,  will  establish  and  maintain  escrow or  impound
accounts  with  respect to loans in which  payments  by  obligors  to pay taxes,
assessments,  mortgage and hazard insurance premiums, and other comparable items
will be deposited. Withdrawals from the escrow accounts are to be made to effect
timely  payment of taxes,  assessments  and  mortgage and hazard  insurance,  to
refund to obligors amounts determined to be


                                       22
<PAGE>

overages,  to pay interest to obligors on balances in the escrow  account to the
extent required by law, to repair or otherwise protect the mortgaged property or
manufactured  home and to clear and terminate the escrow  account.  The servicer
will be responsible for the  administration of the escrow accounts and generally
will make advances to the escrow accounts when a deficiency exists.

DEPOSITS TO AND WITHDRAWALS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT

         The funds  held in the  collection  account  may be  invested,  pending
remittance  to the  trustee,  in  eligible  investments.  The  servicer  will be
entitled to receive as  additional  compensation  any  interest or other  income
earned on funds in the collection account.

         The servicer will deposit into the  collection  account on the business
day following the closing date any amounts  representing  scheduled payments due
after the cut-off  date but  received  by the  servicer on or before the closing
date. Thereafter, the servicer will, within two business days after receipt, the
deposit into the collection account the following:

         o        All payments on account of principal,  including  prepayments,
                  on the primary assets;

         o        All  payments on account of  interest  on the  primary  assets
                  after deducting, if permitted by the servicing agreement,  the
                  servicing fee;

         o        All amounts  received by the servicer in  connection  with the
                  liquidation of primary assets or property  acquired in respect
                  thereof,  whether through  foreclosure  sale,  repossession or
                  otherwise,  including  payments in connection with the primary
                  assets  received  from the  obligor,  other  than  liquidation
                  proceeds, which are amounts required to be paid or refunded to
                  the obligor under the terms of the  applicable  loan documents
                  or  otherwise  under law,  exclusive  of, if  permitted by the
                  servicing agreement, the servicing fee;

         o        All proceeds under any title  insurance,  hazard  insurance or
                  other insurance policy covering any primary asset,  other than
                  proceeds  to be  applied to the  restoration  or repair of the
                  mortgaged  property  or  manufactured  home or released to the
                  obligor;

         o        All amounts from any reserve fund;

         o        All advances made by the servicer; and

         o        All repurchase prices of any primary assets repurchased by the
                  sponsor, the servicer or the seller.

         The servicer may be permitted,  from time to time, to make  withdrawals
from the collection account for each series for the following purposes:

         o        to reimburse  itself for advances  made by it; the  servicer's
                  right to reimburse  itself is limited to amounts received from
                  particular  loans,  including,  for this purpose,  liquidation
                  proceeds  and  amounts  representing   proceeds  of  insurance
                  policies covering the mortgaged property or manufactured home,
                  which   represent  late   recoveries  of  scheduled   payments
                  respecting which any advance was made;

         o        to  the  extent  provided  in  the  servicing  agreement,   to
                  reimburse itself for any advances that the servicer determines
                  in  good  faith  it  will  be  unable  to  recover  from  late
                  recoveries or proceeds from the particular loan;

         o        to reimburse itself from liquidation  proceeds for liquidation
                  expenses  and for  amounts  expended  by it in good  faith  in
                  connection with the restoration of damaged


                                       23
<PAGE>

                  mortgaged  property  or  manufactured  home and,  in the event
                  deposited  in  the  collection   account  and  not  previously
                  withheld,  and to the extent that  liquidation  proceeds after
                  reimbursement exceed the outstanding  principal balance of the
                  loan, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
                  due date for the loan next  succeeding the date of its receipt
                  of  liquidation  proceeds,  to pay to itself out of the excess
                  the  amount of any  unpaid  servicing  fee and any  assumption
                  fees, late payment charges, or other charges on the loan;

         o        in the event it has  elected  not to pay itself the  servicing
                  fee out of the interest  component of any  scheduled  payment,
                  late  payment or other  recovery  with respect to a particular
                  loan  prior to the  deposit  of the  scheduled  payment,  late
                  payment or recovery  into the  collection  account,  to pay to
                  itself the  servicing  fee,  as adjusted  under the  servicing
                  agreement,  from any scheduled payment,  late payment or other
                  recovery, to the extent permitted by the servicing agreement;

         o        to reimburse  itself for expenses  incurred by and recoverable
                  by or reimbursable to it;

         o        to pay to the  applicable  person  with  respect  to each "REO
                  property,"  a primary  asset or  mortgaged  property  acquired
                  through or in lieu of foreclosure  acquired in respect thereof
                  that has been  repurchased  or removed  from the trust fund by
                  the sponsor,  the servicer or the seller, all amounts received
                  thereon  and  not  distributed  as of the  date on  which  the
                  repurchase price was determined;

         o        to  make   payments  to  the  trustee  for  deposit  into  the
                  distribution account, if any, or for remittance to the holders
                  in the amounts and in the manner provided for in the servicing
                  agreement; and

         o        to clear and terminate the collection account.

         In addition,  the servicer may withdraw at any time from the collection
account any amount inadvertently deposited in the collection account.

ADVANCES AND LIMITATIONS THEREON

         The  prospectus  supplement  will describe the  circumstances,  if any,
under which the servicer will make advances with respect to delinquent  payments
on loans.  The servicer will be obligated to make  advances,  and the obligation
may be limited in amount, or may not be activated until a portion of a specified
reserve fund is depleted. Advances are intended to provide liquidity and, except
to the extent specified in the prospectus supplement, not to guarantee or insure
against losses. Accordingly,  any funds advanced are recoverable by the servicer
out of amounts  received on particular  loans which represent late recoveries of
principal or interest,  proceeds of insurance  policies or liquidation  proceeds
respecting  which any advance was made.  If an advance is made and  subsequently
determined to be  nonrecoverable  from late  collections,  proceeds of insurance
policies, or liquidation proceeds from the loan, the servicer may be entitled to
reimbursement  from  other  funds  in the  collection  account  or  distribution
account, as the case may be, or from a specified reserve fund as applicable,  to
the extent specified in the prospectus supplement.

MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE POLICIES AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

         Standard Hazard Insurance;  Flood Insurance.  The prospectus supplement
will specify the extent to which the servicer will be required to maintain or to
cause the obligor on each loan to maintain a standard  hazard  insurance  policy
providing coverage of the standard form of fire insurance with extended coverage
for other hazards as is customary in the state in which the  mortgaged  property
or manufactured  home is located.  The standard hazard  insurance  policies will
provide for coverage at least equal to the


                                       24
<PAGE>

applicable state standard form of fire insurance  policy with extended  coverage
for property of the type  securing the loans.  In general,  the standard form of
fire and extended  coverage  policy will cover physical damage to or destruction
of, the  mortgaged  property or  manufactured  home  caused by fire,  lightning,
explosion, smoke, windstorm, hail, riot, strike and civil commotion,  subject to
the  conditions  and  exclusions  particularized  in each  policy.  Because  the
standard hazard insurance policies relating to the loans will be underwritten by
different  hazard insurers and will cover mortgaged  properties and manufactured
homes located in various states,  the policies will not contain  identical terms
and conditions.  The basic terms, however, generally will be determined by state
law and generally  will be similar.  Most policies  typically will not cover any
physical damage resulting from war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and
other water-related causes, earth movement,  including  earthquakes,  landslides
and mudflows,  nuclear  reaction,  wet or dry rot, vermin,  rodents,  insects or
domestic  animals,  theft and, in some cases,  vandalism.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative of common kinds of uninsured  risks and is not intended to be
all-inclusive.  Uninsured risks not covered by a special hazard insurance policy
or other form of credit  enhancement  will  adversely  affect  distributions  to
holders.  When a  mortgaged  property  securing a mortgage  loan is located in a
flood area identified by the Department of Housing and Urban  Development  under
the Flood  Disaster  Protection  Act of 1973,  the servicer  will be required to
cause flood insurance to be maintained  with respect to the mortgaged  property,
to the extent available.

         The standard hazard insurance  policies covering  mortgaged  properties
securing mortgage loans or manufactured home securing a contract  typically will
contain a "coinsurance" clause which, in effect, will require the insured at all
times to carry hazard insurance of a specified percentage, generally 80% to 90%,
of the full replacement  value of the mortgaged  property or manufactured  home,
including the  improvements on any mortgaged  property or manufactured  home, in
order to recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the insured's  coverage
falls below this specified  percentage,  the clause will provide that the hazard
insurer's  liability in the event of partial loss will not exceed the greater of
(1)  the  actual  cash  value,  which  is the  replacement  cost  less  physical
depreciation,  of the mortgaged  property or  manufactured  home,  including the
improvements,  if any,  damaged or destroyed or (2) the  proportion of the loss,
without deduction for depreciation,  as the amount of insurance carried bears to
the specified  percentage of the full replacement cost of the mortgaged property
or manufactured home and  improvements.  Since the amount of hazard insurance to
be maintained on the  improvements  securing the mortgage loans and manufactured
homes declines as the principal  balances owing thereon decrease,  and since the
value of the mortgaged  properties or manufactured  home will fluctuate in value
over time,  the effect of this  requirement  in the event of partial loss may be
that hazard insurance  proceeds will be insufficient to restore fully the damage
to the affected mortgaged property or manufactured home.

         Generally,  coverage will be in an amount at least equal to the greater
of (1) the amount necessary to avoid the enforcement of any co-insurance  clause
contained in the policy or (2) the  outstanding  principal  balance of the loan.
The servicer may also maintain on REO property that secured a defaulted mortgage
loan and that has been acquired upon  foreclosure,  deed in lieu of foreclosure,
or  repossession,  a standard  hazard  insurance  policy in an amount that is at
least equal to the maximum insurable value of the REO property. No earthquake or
other additional insurance will be required of any obligor or will be maintained
on REO property,  other than under any applicable  laws and regulations as shall
at any time be in force and shall require additional insurance.

         In the event that the servicer  obtains and maintains a blanket  policy
insuring  against hazard losses on all of the loans,  written by an insurer then
acceptable to each rating  agency which assigns a rating to the series,  it will
conclusively  be  deemed  to have  satisfied  its  obligations  to  cause  to be
maintained a standard  hazard  insurance  policy for each loan or REO  property.
This blanket policy may contain a deductible  clause, in which case the servicer
will be  required,  in the event that there has been a loss that would have been
covered by the policy absent the deductible clause, to deposit in the collection
account


                                       25
<PAGE>

the  amount  not  otherwise  payable  under the  blanket  policy  because of the
application of the deductible clause.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

         The servicer will use its  reasonable  best efforts to foreclose  upon,
repossess  or  otherwise  comparably  convert  the  ownership  of the  mortgaged
properties or the manufactured homes as come into and continue in default and as
to which no satisfactory  arrangements  can be made for collection of delinquent
payments.  In connection with a foreclosure,  repossession or other  conversion,
the servicer will follow the practices and procedures that it deems necessary or
advisable and as are normal and usual in its servicing  activities  with respect
to comparable  loans serviced by it. However,  the servicer will not be required
to expend its own funds in connection  with any  foreclosure or  repossession or
towards the restoration of the mortgaged property or manufactured home unless it
determines that (1) the  restoration,  repossession or foreclosure will increase
the liquidation  proceeds available to the holders after reimbursement to itself
for its  expenses  and (2) its  expenses  will  be  recoverable  either  through
liquidation  proceeds or the proceeds of insurance.  In the case of a trust fund
for which a REMIC  election  has been made,  the  servicer  will be  required to
liquidate any mortgaged  property acquired through  foreclosure within two years
after the acquisition of the mortgaged property. While the holder of a mortgaged
property  acquired  through  foreclosure  can often  maximize  its  recovery  by
providing financing to a new purchaser, the trust fund, if applicable, will have
no ability to do so and neither the servicer nor the sponsor will be required to
do so.

         The  servicer  may  arrange  with the  obligor  on a  defaulted  loan a
modification  of the loan.  Modifications  may only be entered into if they meet
the underwriting  policies and procedures  employed by the servicer in servicing
receivables  for its own account and meet the other  conditions in the servicing
agreement.

ENFORCEMENT OF DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

         When any mortgaged property is about to be conveyed by the obligor, the
servicer may, to the extent it has knowledge of the  prospective  conveyance and
prior to the time of the consummation of the conveyance,  exercise its rights to
accelerate the maturity of the mortgage loan under the applicable  "due-on-sale"
clause, if any, unless it reasonably believes that the clause is not enforceable
under applicable law or if the enforcement of the clause would result in loss of
coverage  under any  primary  mortgage  insurance  policy.  In that  event,  the
servicer is authorized to accept from or enter into an assumption agreement with
the person to whom the  mortgaged  property has been or is about to be conveyed,
under which the assuming person becomes liable under the mortgage loan and under
which the original obligor is released from liability and the assuming person is
substituted  as the obligor and becomes  liable under the mortgage loan. Any fee
collected in connection  with an assumption  will be retained by the servicer as
additional  servicing  compensation.  The  terms of a  mortgage  loan may not be
changed in connection with an assumption.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         The servicer will be entitled to a periodic  servicing fee as servicing
compensation  in an amount  to be  determined  as  specified  in the  prospectus
supplement.  The  servicing  fee may be fixed or  variable,  as specified in the
prospectus  supplement.  In addition, the servicer will be entitled to servicing
compensation  in the form of assumption  fees,  late payment charges and similar
items,  or excess  proceeds  following  disposition  of  mortgaged  property  in
connection  with defaulted  mortgage loans or  manufactured  homes in connection
with a  defaulted  contract,  as will be  further  specified  in the  prospectus
supplement.


                                       26
<PAGE>

         The servicer may pay expenses incurred in connection with the servicing
of the mortgage loans,  including,  without limitation,  the payment of the fees
and expenses of the trustee and  independent  accountants,  payment of insurance
policy premiums and the cost of credit support,  if any, and payment of expenses
incurred in preparation of reports to holders.

         When an obligor makes a principal  prepayment in full between due dates
on the loan,  the obligor  will  generally  be  required to pay  interest on the
amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment.  If and to the extent provided in
the prospectus  supplement in order that one or more classes of the holders of a
series will not be adversely  affected by any  resulting  shortfall in interest,
the  amount of the  servicing  fee may be reduced  to the  extent  necessary  to
include  in the  servicer's  remittance  to the  trustee  for  deposit  into the
distribution  account an amount equal to one month's  interest on the loan, less
the servicing fee. If the aggregate  amount of shortfalls in a month exceeds the
servicing fee for a month, a shortfall to holders may occur.

         The servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred by
it in  connection  with the  liquidation  of defaulted  loans.  The holders will
suffer no loss by reason of  reimbursement  of expenses if expenses  are covered
under  insurance  policies or from excess  liquidation  proceeds.  If claims are
either not made or paid under the applicable  insurance  policies or if coverage
thereunder has been exhausted, the holders will suffer a loss to the extent that
liquidation proceeds,  after reimbursement of the servicer's expenses,  are less
than the outstanding  principal balance of and unpaid interest on the loan which
would be distributable to holders. In addition, the servicer will be entitled to
reimbursement of expenditures  incurred by it in connection with the restoration
of  property  securing a defaulted  loan,  prior to the rights of the holders to
receive any  proceeds of  insurance  policies,  liquidation  proceeds or amounts
derived from other credit  enhancement.  The servicer is generally also entitled
to reimbursement from the collection account for advances.

         The prospectus  supplement will describe the priority of the servicer's
right,  which is  typically  senior  in  priority,  to  receive  funds  from the
collection  account  for a  series,  whether  as  the  servicing  fee  or  other
compensation,  or for the reimbursement of advances, expenses or otherwise, with
respect to the rights of the holders.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

         Each year,  a firm of  independent  public  accountants  will furnish a
statement  to the  trustee  to the effect  that it has  examined  documents  and
records  relating to the servicing of the loans by the servicer and that, on the
basis of its  examination,  it is of the  opinion  that the  servicing  has been
conducted in compliance with the servicing agreement,  except for any exceptions
that it believes to be  immaterial  and any other  exceptions  identified in the
statement.

         The servicer for each series will also provide to the trustee an annual
statement to the effect that the servicer has  fulfilled its  obligations  under
the servicing agreement throughout the preceding calendar year.

MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

         The  servicer  for each series  will be  identified  in the  prospectus
supplement.  The  servicer may be an affiliate of the sponsor and may have other
business relationships with the sponsor and its affiliates.

         If an event of default occurs under a servicing agreement, the servicer
may be replaced by the trustee or a successor servicer.  These events of default
and the rights of the trustee upon a default under


                                       27
<PAGE>

the servicing  agreement will be substantially  similar to those described under
"The Agreements--  Events of Default;  Rights Upon Events of Default-- Servicing
Agreement."

         The servicing  agreement will specify the circumstances under which the
servicer  may  assign  its  rights  and  delegate  its  duties  and  obligations
thereunder  for each series,  which  generally  will require that the  successor
servicer accepting the assignment or delegation:

         o        services similar loans in the ordinary course of its business;

         o        is reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

         o        has a net worth of not less than a minimum amount;

         o        would not cause the securities to be qualified,  downgraded or
                  withdrawn and

         o        executes and delivers to the trustee an agreement  under which
                  it assumes the obligations to act as servicer.

         No assignment  will become  effective  until the trustee or a successor
servicer has assumed the servicer's  obligations  and duties under the servicing
agreement.  To the extent  that the  servicer  transfers  its  obligations  to a
wholly-owned  subsidiary or  affiliate,  the  subsidiary  or affiliate  need not
satisfy the above criteria.  However,  the assigning servicer will remain liable
for the servicing  obligations  under the servicing  agreement.  Any entity into
which the  servicer  is  merged or  consolidated  or any  successor  corporation
resulting  from any merger,  conversion  or  consolidation  will  succeed to the
servicer's obligations under the servicing agreement provided that the successor
or surviving entity meets the above requirements for a successor servicer.

         The servicer, and its directors,  officers,  employees and agents, will
not be  responsible  for any action  taken or for  failing to take any action in
good faith under the servicing  agreement,  or for errors in judgment.  However,
neither the servicer nor its directors,  officers,  employees and agents will be
protected  against any breach of warranty or  representations  or the failure to
perform its  obligations in compliance  with the specified  standard of care, or
liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad
faith or negligence in the  performance of their duties or by reason of reckless
disregard of their obligations and duties. Each servicing agreement will further
provide that the servicer and any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the
servicer  is entitled  to  indemnification  from the trust fund and will be held
harmless against any loss,  liability or expense incurred in connection with any
legal action relating to the servicing  agreement or the securities,  other than
any loss,  liability or expense incurred by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith or  negligence  in the  performance  of duties  thereunder or by reason of
reckless  disregard of  obligations  and duties  thereunder.  In  addition,  the
servicer is not under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal
action  which is not  incidental  to its  servicing  responsibilities  under the
servicing  agreement  which,  in its  opinion,  may involve it in any expense or
liability.  The servicer may, in its  discretion,  undertake any action which it
may deem necessary or desirable with respect to the servicing  agreement and the
rights  and duties of the  parties  thereto  and the  interests  of the  holders
thereunder. In that event, the servicer may be entitled to be reimbursed for the
legal expenses and costs of the action out of the collection account.

                                 THE AGREEMENTS

         The  following  summaries  describe  the  material  provisions  of  the
agreements.  The summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and
qualified in their entirety by reference to, the  provisions of the  agreements.
Where particular provisions or terms used in the agreements are referred to, the
provisions or terms are as specified in the agreements.


                                       28
<PAGE>

ASSIGNMENT OF PRIMARY ASSETS

         At the time of issuance of the securities of a series,  the seller will
transfer,  convey and assign to the trust fund all right,  title and interest of
the seller in the primary  assets and other  property to be  transferred  to the
trust fund for a series.  The assignment will include all principal and interest
due on or with respect to the primary assets after the cut-off date specified in
the prospectus  supplement,  except for any interests in the trust fund retained
by the seller, the sponsor or its affiliate. The trustee will, concurrently with
the assignment, execute and deliver the securities.

         Assignment  of Mortgage  Loans.  The seller will,  as to each  mortgage
loan,  deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee,  or, as specified in the
prospectus  supplement a custodian on behalf of the trustee,  the mortgage  note
endorsed  without recourse to the order of the trustee or in blank, the original
mortgage with evidence of recording  indicated thereon,  except for any mortgage
not  returned  from the  public  recording  office,  in which case a copy of the
mortgage  will be  delivered,  together  with a  certificate  that the  original
mortgage  was  delivered  to the  recording  office,  and an  assignment  of the
mortgage  in  recordable  form.  The  trustee or the  custodian  will hold these
documents in trust for the benefit of these holders.

         The seller will cause assignments to the trustee of the mortgages to be
recorded in the appropriate  public office for real property records,  except in
states where, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the trustee,  recording is
not  required.  If the seller does not cause  assignments  to be  recorded,  the
agreement  may require the seller to  repurchase  from the trustee the  affected
mortgage  loans,  at the price  described  below with respect to  repurchases by
reason of defective documentation.  The enforcement of the repurchase obligation
constitutes  the sole  remedy  available  to the  holders or the trustee for the
failure of a mortgage to be recorded.

         Assignment of Contracts.  The seller will transfer physical  possession
of  the  contracts  to the  trustee  or a  designated  custodian  or may  retain
possession  of the  contracts as custodian  for the  trustee.  In addition,  the
seller  will  make  an  appropriate  filing  of a  financing  statement  in  the
appropriate  states to give notice of the trustee's  ownership of the contracts.
Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement,  the contracts will not
be stamped or marked  otherwise to reflect their  assignment from the sponsor to
the trustee. Therefore, if through negligence,  fraud or otherwise, a subsequent
purchaser were able to take physical  possession of the contracts without notice
of assignment, the trustee's interest in contracts could be defeated.

         Assignment  of Private  Securities.  The  sponsor  will  cause  private
securities  to be  registered  in the  name of the  trustee  or its  nominee  or
correspondent.  The  trustee,  or  its  nominee  or  correspondent,   will  have
possession of any certificated private securities. See "The Trust Funds--Private
Securities."

         Each loan will be identified  in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to
the  agreements.  The  schedule  will  specify  with  respect to each loan:  the
original  principal amount and unpaid principal  balance as of the cut-off date;
the current  interest  rate;  the current  scheduled  payment of  principal  and
interest; the maturity date, if any; if the loan is an adjustable rate loan, the
lifetime rate cap, if any, and the current index.

         Repurchase and Substitution of  Non-Conforming  Primary Assets.  If any
document  required to be in the file relating to the primary  assets is found by
the trustee  within a specified  period to be defective in any material  respect
and the seller does not cure the defect  within a specified  period,  the seller
will repurchase the affected primary asset.


                                       29
<PAGE>

         The seller may,  rather than  repurchase the primary asset as described
above,  remove the primary asset from the trust fund and substitute in its place
one or more  other  qualifying  substitute  primary  assets.  However,  (1) with
respect to a trust fund for which no REMIC  election is made,  the  substitution
must be  effected  within  120  days  of the  date of  initial  issuance  of the
securities  and (2) with  respect to a trust fund for which a REMIC  election is
made,  after  a  specified  time  period,  the  trustee  must  have  received  a
satisfactory  opinion of counsel that the substitution  will not cause the trust
fund to lose its  status as a REMIC or  otherwise  subject  the trust  fund to a
prohibited transaction tax.

         Any  substitute  primary asset will have, on the date of  substitution,
(1) an outstanding principal balance,  after deduction of all scheduled payments
due in the month of  substitution,  not in excess of the  outstanding  principal
balance of the deleted  primary  asset,  (2) an interest  rate not less than the
interest  rate of the deleted  primary  asset,  (3) a  remaining  term-to-stated
maturity not greater  than that of the deleted  primary  asset,  and will comply
with all of the representations and warranties in the applicable agreement as of
the date of substitution.

         The  above-described  cure,  repurchase  or  substitution   obligations
constitute  the sole  remedies  available  to the  holders or the  trustee for a
material defect in a document for a primary asset.

         The seller will make  representations  and  warranties  with respect to
primary  assets  for a  series.  If  the  seller  cannot  cure a  breach  of the
representations  and  warranties in all material  respects  within the specified
time period after  notification by the trustee of the breach,  and if the breach
is of a nature that  materially  and adversely  affects the value of the primary
asset,  the seller is obligated to repurchase the affected  primary asset or, if
provided in the  prospectus  supplement,  provide a  substitute  primary  asset,
subject to the same conditions and limitations on purchases and substitutions as
described above.

         No  security  holder,  solely  by virtue  of the  holder's  status as a
holder,  will have any  right  under the  applicable  agreement  for a series to
institute  any  proceeding  with  respect to that  agreement,  unless the holder
previously has given to the trustee for the series written notice of default and
unless the  majority  holders  have made  written  request  upon the  trustee to
institute a proceeding and have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity, and
the trustee has failed to do so within a specified period.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

         The trustee or other entity specified in the prospectus supplement will
prepare  and  forward  to each  holder  on each  distribution  date,  or as soon
thereafter  as  is  practicable,  a  statement  setting  forth,  to  the  extent
applicable to any series, among other things:

         o        the amount of principal  distributed  to the security  holders
                  and  the  outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  securities
                  following the distribution;

         o        the amount of interest distributed to the security holders and
                  the current interest on the securities;

         o        the amounts of (a) any overdue  accrued  interest  included in
                  the  distribution,  (b) any remaining overdue accrued interest
                  with respect to the securities or (c) any current shortfall in
                  amounts to be  distributed  as accrued  interest  to  security
                  holders;

         o        the amounts of (a) any overdue payments of scheduled principal
                  included  in  the  distribution,  (b)  any  remaining  overdue
                  principal  amounts  with  respect to the  securities,  (c) any
                  current shortfall in receipt of scheduled  principal  payments
                  on  the  primary   assets  or  (d)  any  realized   losses  or
                  liquidation  proceeds to be  allocated  as  reductions  in the
                  outstanding principal balances of the securities;


                                       30
<PAGE>

         o        the amount received from credit enhancement, and the remaining
                  amount available under any credit enhancement;

         o        the amount of any payment delinquencies on the primary assets;
                  and

         o        the book value of any primary  assets or mortgaged  properties
                  acquired  through or in lieu of  foreclosure  acquired  by the
                  trust fund.

         In addition,  within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each
calendar  year,  the trustee  will  furnish to each holder of record at any time
during the calendar year the  information  specified in the agreements to enable
holders to prepare their tax returns.  Information in the distribution  date and
annual  statements  provided  to the  holders  will not have been  examined  and
reported upon by an independent  public accountant.  However,  the servicer will
provide to the trustee a report by independent  public  accountants with respect
to  the  servicing  of the  mortgage  loans.  See  "Servicing  --Evidence  as to
Compliance."

         A series of  securities  or one or more  classes  of the  series may be
issued in book-entry form. In that event, owners of beneficial  interests in the
securities  will not be  considered  holders  and will not  receive  the reports
directly from the trustee.  The trustee will forward  reports only to the entity
or its nominee which is the registered  holder of the global  certificate  which
evidences the book-entry securities. Beneficial owners will receive reports from
the participants and indirect  participants of the applicable  book-entry system
in accordance with their practices and procedures.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

         Servicing  Agreement.  Events of default under each servicing agreement
generally include:

         o        any failure by the servicer to deposit any required amounts in
                  the collection account, which failure continues unremedied for
                  a specified  period after the giving of written  notice of the
                  failure to the servicer,

         o        any failure by the servicer  duly to observe or perform in any
                  material  respect any other of its  covenants or agreements in
                  the applicable  servicing agreement which continues unremedied
                  for the number of days specified in the prospectus  supplement
                  after the  giving of  written  notice  of the  failure  to the
                  servicer by the trustee, or to the servicer and the trustee by
                  the holders of the series evidencing not less than a specified
                  percentage  of the aggregate  voting rights of the  securities
                  for that series, and

         o        events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of
                  assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings and actions by
                  the servicer  indicating  its  insolvency,  reorganization  or
                  inability to pay its obligations.

         The servicing  agreement will specify the circumstances under which the
trustee of the holders of securities may remove the servicer upon the occurrence
and continuance of an event of default  thereunder  relating to the servicing of
loans,  other than its right to recovery of other expenses and amounts  advanced
under the terms of the servicing agreement which rights the servicer will retain
under  all  circumstances,  whereupon  the  trustee  will  succeed  to  all  the
responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities  of the servicer  under the servicing
agreement  and will be  entitled to  reasonable  servicing  compensation  not to
exceed the applicable servicing fee, together with other servicing  compensation
in the form of assumption fees, late payment charges or otherwise as provided in
the servicing agreement.

         In the event that the trustee is  unwilling or unable so to act, it may
select,  or petition a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to appoint,  a finance
institution, bank or loan servicing institution with a net worth


                                       31
<PAGE>

specified in the  prospectus  supplement to act as successor  servicer under the
provisions of the applicable servicing  agreement.  The successor servicer would
be entitled to reasonable servicing  compensation in an amount not to exceed the
servicing fee and the other servicing compensation.

         During  the  continuance  of any event of default  of a  servicer,  the
trustee  will have the right to protect and  enforce the rights of the  holders,
and the majority holders may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding  for  exercising  any trust power.  However,  the trustee will not be
under any  obligation  to pursue any remedy or to exercise  any trusts or powers
unless the holders  have  offered the trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity
against the cost, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by the trustee.
The trustee may decline to follow any direction if the trustee  determines  that
the action or  proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or would involve
it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the nonassenting holders.

         Indenture.  Events of default  under the  indenture  for each series of
notes may include:

         o        a default in the payment of any  principal  or interest on any
                  note, which continues for a specified period of time;

         o        failure to  perform  any other  covenant  of the issuer in the
                  indenture which continues for a specified period of time after
                  notice is given;

         o        any  representation  or  warranty  made by the  issuer  in the
                  indenture  having been  incorrect in a material  respect as of
                  the time made,  and the breach is not cured within a specified
                  period of time after notice is given; or

         o        events of bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or liquidation
                  of the issuer.

         If an event of default  with  respect to the notes of any series at the
time outstanding occurs and is continuing,  either the trustee or the holders of
a majority of the outstanding  notes may declare the notes to be due and payable
immediately.  The declaration  may, under some  circumstances,  be rescinded and
annulled by the majority holders.

         If,  following an event of default with respect to any series of notes,
the  notes  have  been  declared  due  and  payable,  the  trustee  may,  in its
discretion,  notwithstanding  the acceleration,  elect to maintain possession of
the  collateral and to continue to apply  distributions  as if there had been no
acceleration  if the collateral  continues to provide  sufficient  funds for the
payment of  principal  and  interest  on the notes as they would have  otherwise
become due. In  addition,  the trustee may not sell or otherwise  liquidate  the
collateral  following an event of default other than a default in the payment of
any  principal  or interest  on any note of the series for a  specified  period,
unless the all of the holders  consent to the sale, the proceeds of the sale are
sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  and  interest due on the notes or the
trustee  determines  that the  collateral  would not be sufficient on an ongoing
basis to make all payments on the notes as those payments would have become due,
and the trustee obtains the consent of the holders of a specified  amount of the
notes.

         In the event that the trustee  liquidates  the collateral in connection
with an event of default  involving a payment  default,  the trustee will have a
prior lien on the proceeds of any liquidation for unpaid fees and expenses. As a
result,  upon the  occurrence of an event of default,  the amount  available for
distribution to the holders may be less than would otherwise be the case.

         If the  principal of the notes of a series is declared due and payable,
the  holders  of any notes  issued at a  discount  from par may be  entitled  to
receive no more than an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount thereof less
the amount of the discount which is unamortized.


                                       32
<PAGE>

         If an event of default shall occur and be continuing,  the trustee will
not be obligated  to exercise  any rights or powers  under the  indenture at the
request of the holders,  unless the holders provide security satisfactory to the
trustee against the expenses and liabilities  which might be incurred by it. The
majority  holders  shall have the right to direct the time,  method and place of
conducting any  proceeding  for any remedy or exercising any power  conferred on
the  trustee  with  respect to the notes.  The  majority  holders  may waive the
default,  except a default in the payment of  principal or interest or a default
caused by a breach of a covenant or  provision of the  indenture  that cannot be
modified without the waiver or consent of all the affected note holders.

THE TRUSTEE

         The prospectus supplement will identify the trustee for the series. The
trustee may have normal banking  relationships with the sponsor or the servicer.
In  addition,  for the  purpose  of  meeting  the  legal  requirements  of local
jurisdictions,  the  trustee  will  have the  power to  appoint  co-trustees  or
separate  trustees of all or any part of the trust fund  relating to a series of
securities.  In the event of an  appointment,  all  rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations  conferred  or imposed upon the trustee will be conferred or imposed
upon the trustee and each  separate  trustee or co-trustee  jointly,  or, in any
jurisdiction in which the trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform
as trustee, singly upon the separate trustee or co-trustee who will exercise and
perform  solely at the  direction of the  trustee.  The trustee may also appoint
agents to perform any of the responsibilities of the trustee,  which agents will
have any or all of the rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations  of the trustee
conferred  on them by  appointment;  although  the trustee  will  continue to be
responsible for its duties and obligations under the agreement.

DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

         The trustee  will not make any  representations  as to the  validity or
sufficiency  of the  agreements,  the  securities  or of any  primary  asset  or
documents.  If no event of default as defined in the agreement has occurred, the
trustee is required to perform  only those  duties  specifically  required of it
under the  agreement.  Upon  receipt of the  various  certificates,  statements,
reports or other instruments furnished to it, the trustee is required to examine
them to  determine  whether  they are in the form  required  by the  agreements.
However,  the trustee will not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any
of the  documents  furnished  to it by the  holders  or the  servicer  under the
agreement.

         The trustee may be held liable for its  negligent  action or failure to
act,  or for its  misconduct.  The  trustee  will not be liable,  however,  with
respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
in  accordance  with the  direction  of the holders in an event of default.  The
trustee is not required to expend its own funds or incur any financial liability
in the  performance  of its duties,  or in the  exercise of any of its rights or
powers,  if repayment of those funds or adequate  indemnity  against risk is not
reasonably assured to it.

RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEE

         The trustee  may,  upon written  notice to the  sponsor,  resign at any
time,  in which event the sponsor  will be  obligated to use its best efforts to
appoint a successor trustee.  If no successor trustee has been appointed and has
accepted  the  appointment  within  30 days  after  the  giving  of a notice  of
resignation,   the  resigning  trustee  may  petition  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  for  appointment of a successor  trustee.  The trustee may also be
removed at any time (1) if the  trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as a
trustee under the agreement,  (2) if the trustee becomes insolvent or (3) by the
majority holders. Any resignation or removal of the trustee and appointment of a
successor  trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor trustee.


                                       33
<PAGE>

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

         Each agreement may be amended by the parties to the agreement,  without
notice to or consent of the holders,  to correct any  ambiguity or any defective
provisions,  to supplement  any  provision,  or to comply with any  requirements
imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Any amendment will not adversely affect in
any material respect the interests of any holders.

         Each agreement may also be amended by the parties with the consent of a
specified  percentage  of the  holders,  for the purpose of adding,  changing or
eliminating any provision of the agreement. No amendment may reduce or delay the
payments on any security without the consent of the holder of the security.

VOTING RIGHTS

         The  prospectus   supplement  will  state  the  method  of  determining
allocation of voting rights with respect to a series.

LIST OF HOLDERS

         No  agreement  will  provide  for the  holding  of any  annual or other
meeting of holders.

REMIC ADMINISTRATOR

         For  any  series  with  respect  to  which a REMIC  election  is  made,
preparation of reports and other administrative duties with respect to the trust
fund may be performed by a REMIC  administrator,  who may be an affiliate of the
sponsor.

TERMINATION

         Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement;  Trust  Agreement.  The pooling and
servicing  agreement or trust  agreement  for a series will  terminate  upon the
distribution  to holders of all amounts  payable to them after the final payment
or  liquidation of the primary  assets and the  disposition  of all  foreclosure
property or the sale by the trustee of the primary assets.  For a description of
the ways in which  securities  may be retired  early,  see  "Description  of the
Securities--Optional  Redemption,  Purchase  or  Termination"  and  "--Mandatory
Termination; Auction Sale."

         For each series, the servicer or the trustee, as applicable,  will give
written  notice of  termination  of the agreement to each holder,  and the final
distribution will be made only upon surrender and cancellation of the securities
at an office or agency specified in the notice of termination.

         Indenture. The indenture will be discharged with respect to a series of
notes upon the  delivery to the trustee  for  cancellation  of all the notes or,
with  limitations,  upon  deposit with the trustee of funds  sufficient  for the
payment  in full of all of the  notes of the  series.  See  "Description  of the
Securities--Defeasance."

                             LEGAL ASPECTS OF LOANS

         The following  discussion contains summaries of legal aspects of loans,
which are  general  in  nature.  Because  these  legal  aspects  are to a degree
governed by state law, the summaries do not purport to be complete,  reflect the
laws of any particular  state, nor encompass the laws of all states in which the
properties securing the mortgage loans are situated.


                                       34
<PAGE>

MORTGAGE LOANS

         The mortgage loans will be  represented  by a note and an  accompanying
mortgage.  The borrower is personally liable to repay the indebtedness evidenced
by the mortgage loan under the note. The mortgage  creates a lien on the related
mortgaged property to secure the indebtedness.

         Enforcement  of the Note.  Under the note,  the borrower is  personally
liable to repay the indebtedness evidenced by the mortgage loan. In some states,
the  lender  on a note  secured  by a lien on real  property  has the  option of
bringing a personal  action  against  the  borrower  on the debt  without  first
exhausting the security;  however, in some of these states the lender, following
judgment on a personal action, may be deemed to have elected a remedy and may be
precluded  from  exercising  remedies  with  respect  to  the  related  property
security.  Consequently,  the practical effect of the election  requirement,  in
those states  permitting  the  election,  is that  lenders will usually  proceed
against the property  first rather than bringing a personal  action  against the
borrower on the note.

         Some states have imposed statutory prohibitions that limit the remedies
of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage.  In some
states,  including  California,  statutes limit the right of the  beneficiary or
mortgagee  to  obtain a  deficiency  judgment  against  the  borrower  following
foreclosure.  A deficiency  judgment is a personal  judgment  against the former
borrower  equal in most cases to the  difference  between  the amount due to the
lender and the net amount  realized upon the public sales of the real  property.
In the case of a mortgage loan secured by a property  owned by a trust where the
mortgage note is executed on behalf of the trust, a deficiency  judgment against
the  trust  following  foreclosure  or  sale  under  a deed  of  trust,  even if
obtainable  under  applicable  law, may be of little  value to the  mortgagee or
beneficiary if there are no trust assets against which a deficiency judgment may
be executed.  Other statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
Finally,  in other states,  statutory  provisions limit any deficiency  judgment
against  the  former  borrower  following  a  foreclosure  to the  excess of the
outstanding  debt over the fair value of the  property at the time of the public
sale.  The purpose of these  statutes is generally to prevent a  beneficiary  or
mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency judgment against the former borrower
as a result of low or no bids at the judicial sale.

         In  addition  to laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous  other federal and state  statutory  provisions,  including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording  relief to debtors,  may interfere with
or affect the ability of the secured  mortgage lender to realize upon collateral
or  enforce  a  deficiency  judgment.  For  example,  with  respect  to  federal
bankruptcy law, a court with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction may permit a debtor
through  his or her  Chapter  11 or  Chapter  13  rehabilitative  plan to cure a
monetary default on a loan on a debtor's residence by paying arrearages within a
reasonable time period and  reinstating the original loan payment  schedule even
though the lender  accelerated  the loan and final judgment of  foreclosure  had
been entered in state court, provided no sale of the residence had yet occurred,
prior  to  the  filing  of the  debtor's  petition.  Some  courts  with  federal
bankruptcy  jurisdiction  have approved plans,  based on the particular facts of
the  reorganization  case,  that effected the curing of a loan default by paying
arrearages over a number of years.

         Court with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction also have indicated that the
terms of a loan secured by property of the debtor may be modified.  These courts
have  allowed  modifications  that  include  reducing the amount of each monthly
payment,  changing  the  rate of  interest,  altering  the  repayment  schedule,
forgiving  all or a  portion  of the debt and  reducing  the  lender's  security
interest  to the  value of the  residence,  thus  leaving  the  lender a general
unsecured creditor for the difference between the value of the residence and the
outstanding balance of the loan.


                                       35
<PAGE>

         Some states have imposed  general  equitable  principles  upon judicial
foreclosure.  These equitable  principles are generally  designed to relieve the
borrower from the legal effect of the borrower's  default under the related loan
documents.  Examples  of  judicial  remedies  that have been  fashioned  include
judicial  requirements  that the  lender  undertake  affirmative  and  expensive
actions to determine the causes for the  borrower's  default and the  likelihood
that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan. In some cases, lender have
been  required  to  reinstate  loans or  recast  payment  schedules  in order to
accommodate  borrowers who are suffering from temporary financial  disabilities.
In other cases,  courts have limited the right of the lender to foreclose if the
default  under  the  loan is not  monetary,  such  as the  borrower  failing  to
adequately  maintain  the  property or the  borrower  executing a second deed of
trust affecting the property.

         Tax liens arising under the Internal  Revenue Code may provide priority
over  the  lien of a  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust.  In  addition,  substantive
requirements   are  imposed  upon  mortgage   lenders  in  connection  with  the
origination  and the  servicing  of loans by  numerous  federal  and some  state
consumer  protection  laws.  These  laws  include,   by  example,   the  federal
Truth-in-Lending  Act,  Real Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  Equal  Credit
Opportunity  Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and related
statutes and state laws, such as the California  Fair Debt Collection  Practices
Act. These laws and  regulations  impose  specific  statutory  liabilities  upon
lenders who originate  loans and fail to comply with the  provisions of the law.
In some cases, this liability may affect assignees of the loans.

         Security  Interests -- Real Estate Mortgages.  The mortgage loans for a
series will be secured by either  mortgages or deeds of trust or deeds to secure
debt depending upon the prevailing  practice in the state in which the mortgaged
property subject to a mortgage loan is located.  The filing of a mortgage,  deed
of trust or deed to secure debt creates a lien or title  interest  upon the real
property covered by the instrument and represents the security for the repayment
of an obligation that is customarily  evidenced by a promissory  note. It is not
prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments or other charges imposed
under  governmental  police  powers and may also be subject to other liens under
the laws of the  jurisdiction  in  which  the  mortgaged  property  is  located.
Priority with respect to the instruments  depends on their terms,  the knowledge
of the parties to the mortgage and generally on the order of recording  with the
applicable  state,  county  or  municipal  office.  There are two  parties  to a
mortgage, the mortgagor, who is the borrower/property owner or the land trustee,
and the  mortgagee,  who is the  lender.  Under  the  mortgage  instrument,  the
mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage. In the case
of a land trust, there are three parties because title to the mortgaged property
is  held  by  a  land  trustee  under  a  land  trust  agreement  of  which  the
borrower/property  owner is the beneficiary;  at origination of a mortgage loan,
the borrower  executes a separate  undertaking  to make payments on the mortgage
note. A deed of trust transaction  normally has three parties:  The trustor, who
is the  borrower/property  owner;  the beneficiary,  who is the lender;  and the
trustee,  a third-party  grantee.  Under a deed of trust, the trustor grants the
mortgaged property, irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with
a power of sale,  to the  trustee  to  secure  payment  of the  obligation.  The
mortgagee's  authority under a mortgage and the trustee's authority under a deed
of trust are  governed  by the law of the state in which  the real  property  is
located,  the express  provisions of the mortgage or deed of trust, and, in some
cases, in deed of trust transactions, the directions of the beneficiary.

         Foreclosure  on  Mortgages.  Foreclosure  of a  mortgage  is  generally
accomplished  by judicial  action.  Generally,  the action is  initiated  by the
service of legal  pleadings upon all parties having an interest of record in the
real property.  Delays in completion of the foreclosure  occasionally may result
from difficulties in locating necessary parties defendant.  When the mortgagee's
right to foreclosure is contested,  the legal  proceedings  necessary to resolve
the  issue can be  time-consuming  and  expensive.  After  the  completion  of a
judicial foreclosure  proceeding,  the court may issue a judgment of foreclosure
and  appoint a receiver or other  officer to conduct  the sale of the  mortgaged
property.  In some states,  mortgages may also be  foreclosed by  advertisement,
under a power of sale provided in the mortgage.


                                       36
<PAGE>

Foreclosure of a mortgage by advertisement is essentially similar to foreclosure
of a deed of trust by nonjudicial power of sale.

         Foreclosure  of  a  deed  of  trust  is  generally  accomplished  by  a
nonjudicial trustee's sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust which
authorizes  the trustee to sell the  mortgaged  property upon any default by the
borrower  under  the  terms  of the  note  or  deed of  trust.  In some  states,
foreclosure  also may be  accomplished by judicial action in the manner provided
for foreclosure of mortgages.  In some states,  the trustee must record a notice
of  default  and send a copy to the  borrower-trustor  and to any person who has
recorded  a request  for a copy of a notice of default  and  notice of sale.  In
addition, the trustee in some states must provide notice to any other individual
having an interest in the real property,  including any junior  lienholders.  If
the deed of trust is not reinstated  within any applicable cure period, a notice
of sale must be posted in a public  place and, in most states,  published  for a
specified period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state laws
require  that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the  mortgaged  property
and sent to all parties having an interest of record in the mortgaged  property.
The trustor,  borrower,  or any person having a junior  encumbrance  on the real
estate,  may,  during a  reinstatement  period,  cure the  default by paying the
entire  amount in arrears plus the costs and expenses  incurred in enforcing the
obligation. Generally, state law controls the amount of foreclosure expenses and
costs,  including  attorney's fees,  which may be recovered by a lender.  If the
deed of trust is not  reinstated,  a notice  of sale  must be posted in a public
place and, in most states,  published  for a specified  period of time in one or
more newspapers.  In addition, some state laws require that a copy of the notice
of sale be posted on the  mortgaged  property,  recorded and sent to all parties
having an interest in the real property.

         An action to  foreclose a mortgage is an action to recover the mortgage
debt by enforcing the mortgagee's rights under the mortgage.  It is regulated by
statutes  and rules and  subject  throughout  to the court's  equitable  powers.
Generally,  a mortgagor is bound by the terms of the related  mortgage  note and
the  mortgage as made and cannot be relieved  from his default if the  mortgagee
has exercised his rights in a commercially  reasonable manner.  However, since a
foreclosure action  historically was equitable in nature, the court may exercise
equitable  powers to relieve a  mortgagor  of a default  and deny the  mortgagee
foreclosure on proof that either the mortgagor's default was neither willful nor
in bad faith or the mortgagee's action  established a waiver,  fraud, bad faith,
or oppressive or unconscionable  conduct  warranting a court of equity to refuse
affirmative relief to the mortgagee. A court of equity may relieve the mortgagor
from an entirely technical default where that default was not willful.

         A  foreclosure  action is subject to most of the delays and expenses of
other lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are interposed,  sometimes requiring
up to several years to complete. Moreover, a non-collusive,  regularly conducted
foreclosure sale may be challenged as a fraudulent conveyance, regardless of the
parties'  intent,  if a court  determines  that the sale was for less  than fair
consideration and the sale occurred while the mortgagor was insolvent and within
one  year,  or  within  the state  statute  of  limitations  if the  trustee  in
bankruptcy  elects to proceed  under  state  fraudulent  conveyance  law, of the
filing of  bankruptcy.  Similarly,  a suit  against  the  debtor on the  related
mortgage note may take several years and, generally,  is a remedy alternative to
foreclosure, the mortgagee being precluded from pursuing both at the same time.

         In the case of foreclosure  under either a mortgage or a deed of trust,
the sale by the  referee  or other  designated  officer  or by the  trustee is a
public sale.  However,  because of the difficulty third party purchasers have in
determining the exact status of title and because the physical  condition of the
mortgaged property may have deteriorated during the foreclosure proceedings,  it
is  uncommon  for  a  third  party  to  purchase  the  mortgaged  property  at a
foreclosure sale.  Rather, it is common for the lender to purchase the mortgaged
property  from the  trustee or referee  for an amount  which may be equal to the
unpaid  principal amount of the mortgage note secured by the mortgage or deed of
trust plus accrued and


                                       37
<PAGE>

unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure,  in which event the mortgagor's
debt will be  extinguished  or the lender may  purchase  for a lesser  amount in
order to preserve its right against a borrower to seek a deficiency  judgment in
states where that judgment is available. Thereafter, subject to the right of the
borrower in some states to remain in possession  during the  redemption  period,
the lender will  assume the burdens of  ownership,  including  obtaining  hazard
insurance,  paying taxes and making  repairs at its own expense as are necessary
to render the  mortgaged  property  suitable for sale.  The lender will commonly
obtain the services of a real estate  broker and pay the broker's  commission in
connection  with the  sale of the  mortgaged  property.  Depending  upon  market
conditions,  the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the mortgaged property may not
equal the lender's investment in the mortgaged property. Any loss may be reduced
by the receipt of any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.

         Rights of Redemption.  In some states, after sale under a deed of trust
or  foreclosure of a mortgage,  the trustor or mortgagor and  foreclosed  junior
lienors are given a statutory  period in which to redeem the mortgaged  property
from the foreclosure sale. The right of redemption should be distinguished  from
the equity of redemption,  which is a non-statutory right that must be exercised
prior to the  foreclosure  sale. In some states,  redemption may occur only upon
payment  of the  entire  principal  balance of the loan,  accrued  interest  and
expenses of  foreclosure.  In other states,  redemption may be authorized if the
former  borrower  pays only a portion of the sums due. The effect of a statutory
right of  redemption  is to  diminish  the  ability  of the  lender  to sell the
foreclosed  mortgaged  property.  The  exercise of a right of  redemption  would
defeat the title of any  purchaser at a  foreclosure  sale,  or of any purchaser
from  the  lender  subsequent  to  foreclosure  or sale  under a deed of  trust.
Consequently  the  practical  effect  of a right of  redemption  is to force the
lender to retain the mortgaged  property and pay the expenses of ownership until
the  redemption  period  has run.  In some  states,  there is no right to redeem
mortgaged property after a trustee's sale under a deed of trust.

         Junior  Mortgages;  Rights  of Senior  Mortgages.  The  mortgage  loans
comprising or  underlying  the primary  assets  included in the trust fund for a
series  will be secured by  mortgages  or deeds of trust  which may be second or
more junior  mortgages to other mortgages held by other lenders or institutional
investors. The rights of the trust fund, and therefore the holders, as mortgagee
under a junior  mortgage,  are  subordinate to those of the mortgagee  under the
senior  mortgage,  including the prior rights of the senior mortgagee to receive
hazard insurance and condemnation  proceeds and to cause the mortgaged  property
securing the mortgage  loan to be sold upon  default of the  mortgagor,  thereby
extinguishing  the junior  mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee  asserts
its  subordinate  interest in the mortgaged  property in foreclosure  litigation
and, possibly,  satisfies the defaulted senior mortgage.  A junior mortgagee may
satisfy a  defaulted  senior  loan in full  and,  in some  states,  may cure the
default and bring the senior loan  current,  in either  event adding the amounts
expended  to the  balance  due on the  junior  loan.  In most  states,  absent a
provision in the mortgage or deed of trust,  no notice of default is required to
be given to a junior mortgagee.

         The standard  form of the mortgage used by most  institutional  lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds  collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with  condemnation
proceedings, and to apply the proceeds and awards to any indebtedness secured by
the mortgage,  in any order as the mortgagee may  determine.  Thus, in the event
improvements on the mortgaged property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other
casualty,  or in the event the mortgaged property is taken by condemnation,  the
mortgagee or beneficiary  under underlying  senior mortgages will have the prior
right to collect any insurance  proceeds payable under a hazard insurance policy
and any award of damages in connection  with the  condemnation  and to apply the
same to the indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages.  Proceeds in excess of
the amount of senior mortgage indebtedness, in most cases, may be applied to the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.


                                       38
<PAGE>

         Another  provision  sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed
of trust used by  institutional  lenders  obligates  the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency all taxes and  assessments on the mortgaged  property and, when due,
all encumbrances, charges and liens on the mortgaged property which appear prior
to the mortgage or deed of trust,  to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
mortgaged  property,  to maintain and repair the  mortgaged  property and not to
commit or permit  any waste  thereof,  and to appear in and defend any action or
proceeding  purporting  to affect the  mortgaged  property  or the rights of the
mortgagee under the mortgage.  Upon a failure of the mortgagor to perform any of
these  obligations,  the  mortgagee is sometimes  given the right to perform the
obligation itself, at its election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse the
mortgagee for any sums expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor. All
sums so expended by the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the
mortgage.

         Due-On-Sale  Clauses in Mortgage Loans.  Due-on-sale clauses permit the
lender  to  accelerate  the  maturity  of the  loan  if the  borrower  sells  or
transfers,  whether  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  all or  part  of the  real
mortgaged property securing the loan without the lender's prior written consent.
The  enforceability  of these  clauses  has been the subject of  legislation  or
litigation in many states, and in some cases,  typically involving single family
residential  mortgage  transactions,  their  enforceability  has been limited or
denied. In any event, the Garn-St.  Germain Depository  Institutions Act of 1982
preempts  state law that prohibits the  enforcement  of due-on-sale  clauses and
permits  lenders to enforce these clauses in accordance  with their terms,  with
exceptions.  As a result,  due-on-sale clauses have become generally enforceable
except in those states whose legislatures  exercised their authority to regulate
the enforceability of the clauses with respect to loans that were (1) originated
or assumed during the "window period" under the Garn-St. Germain Act which ended
in all cases not later than  October 15,  1982,  and (2)  originated  by lenders
other than national  banks,  federal  savings  institutions  and federal  credit
unions. The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation has taken the position in its
published  mortgage  servicing  standards that, out of a total of eleven "window
period states," five states, Arizona, Michigan,  Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah,
have enacted statutes extending,  on various terms and for varying periods,  the
prohibition on enforcement of due-on-sale  clauses in window period loans. Also,
the Garn-St.  Germain Act does "encourage" lenders to permit assumption of loans
at the original  rate of interest or at some other rate less than the average of
the original rate and the market rate.

         In addition,  under federal bankruptcy law, due-on-sale clauses may not
be enforceable if resulting from the bankruptcy proceeding.

         Enforceability  of Prepayment  and Late Payment  Fees.  Forms of notes,
mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may contain  provisions  obligating
the borrower to pay a late charge if payments  are not timely made,  and in some
circumstances  may provide for prepayment fees or penalties if the obligation is
paid  prior  to  maturity.  In  some  states,  there  are  or  may  be  specific
limitations,  upon the late  charges  which a lender may collect from a borrower
for  delinquent  payments.  Some states also limit the amounts that a lender may
collect  from a borrower as an  additional  charge if the loan is prepaid.  Late
charges and  prepayment  fees are typically  retained by servicers as additional
servicing compensation.

         Equitable Limitations on Remedies. In connection with lenders' attempts
to  realize  upon  their  security,   courts  have  invoked  general   equitable
principles.  The  equitable  principles  are  generally  designed to relieve the
borrower  from the  legal  effect  of his  defaults  under  the loan  documents.
Examples  of  judicial  remedies  that  have  been  fashioned  include  judicial
requirements  that the lender  undertake  affirmative  and expensive  actions to
determine  the causes of the  borrower's  default  and the  likelihood  that the
borrower  will be able to  reinstate  the  loan.  In  some  cases,  courts  have
substituted  their  judgment for the lender's  judgment and have  required  that
lenders  reinstate  loans or recast  payment  schedules in order to  accommodate
borrowers who are suffering from temporary financial disability. In other cases,
courts have  limited the right of a lender to realize  upon his  security if the
default under the security agreement is


                                       39
<PAGE>

not  monetary,  such  as the  borrower's  failure  to  adequately  maintain  the
mortgaged property or the borrower's  execution of secondary financing affecting
the mortgaged property.  Finally,  some courts have been faced with the issue of
whether or not federal or state constitutional provisions reflecting due process
concerns for adequate  notice require that borrowers  under security  agreements
receive notices in addition to the statutorily-prescribed minimums. For the most
part, these cases have upheld the notice  provisions as being reasonable or have
found that, in cases involving the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust or by
a mortgagee under a mortgage having a power of sale, there is insufficient state
action to afford constitutional protections to the borrower.

         Most conventional single-family loans may be prepaid in full or in part
without penalty.  The regulations of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  prohibit
the  imposition of a prepayment  penalty or equivalent  fee for or in connection
with the acceleration of a loan by exercise of a due-on-sale clause. A mortgagee
to whom a prepayment in full has been tendered may be compelled to give either a
release of the mortgage or an instrument  assigning the existing  mortgage.  The
absence of a restraint on prepayment,  particularly with respect to loans having
higher mortgage rates, may increase the likelihood of refinancing or other early
retirements of the loans.

         Applicability  of Usury Laws.  Title V of the  Depository  Institutions
Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980,  enacted in March 1980,  provides
that state usury  limitations  shall not apply to specified types of residential
first loans  originated  by  specified  lenders  after March 31,  1980.  Similar
federal  statutes  were in effect  with  respect to loans made  during the first
three  months of 1980.  The Office of Thrift  Supervision,  as  successor to the
Federal Home Loan Bank Board,  is authorized to issue rules and  regulations and
to  publish  interpretations  governing  implementation  of  Title  V.  Title  V
authorizes any state to reimpose interest rate limits by adopting,  before April
1, 1983, a state law, or by certifying  that the voters of a state have voted in
favor of any provision,  constitutional or otherwise, which expressly rejects an
application  of the federal law.  Fifteen states adopted such a law prior to the
April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition,  even where Title V is not so rejected, any
state is authorized by the law to adopt a provision  limiting discount points or
other charges on loans covered by Title V.

         Security Interests in Personal Property and Fixtures. A portion of each
mortgaged  property may consist of property  which is  "personal  property" or a
"fixture" under local state law. This will most commonly occur when the proceeds
of the related mortgage loan were applied to property improvements, although any
mortgaged  property  may have some  personal  property  components.  A financing
statement  generally  is not  required  to be filed to perfect a purchase  money
security interest in consumer goods. Those purchase money security interests are
assignable.  In general, a purchase money security interest grants to the holder
a security  interest that has priority over a conflicting  security  interest in
the same collateral and the proceeds of the collateral.  However,  to the extent
that the  collateral  subject to a purchase money  security  interest  becomes a
fixture,  in order for the  related  purchase  money  security  interest to take
priority over a conflicting  interest in the fixture,  the holder's  interest in
the personal property must generally be perfected by a timely fixture filing. In
general,  a  security  interest  does not exist in  ordinary  building  material
incorporated into an improvement on land. Contracts that finance lumber, bricks,
other types of ordinary building material or other goods that are deemed to lose
their  characterization,  upon  incorporation  of the materials into the related
property,  will not be secured  by a purchase  money  security  interest  in the
personal property being financed.

         Enforcement of Security Interest in Personal  Property.  So long as the
personal  property has not become subject to the real estate law, a creditor can
repossess  the  property  securing  a  contract  by  voluntary   surrender,   by
"self-help"  repossession  that is  peaceful  or, in the  absence  of  voluntary
surrender and the ability to repossess  without breach of the peace, by judicial
process. The holder of a contract must give the debtor a number of days' notice,
which varies from 10 to 30 days depending on the state, prior to commencement of
any  repossession.   Most  states  place  restrictions  on  repossession  sales,


                                       40
<PAGE>

including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial  reasonableness in
effecting the sale.  Most states also require that the debtor be given notice of
any sale  prior to resale of the unit that the debtor may redeem it at or before
the resale.

         Under the laws  applicable  in most  states,  a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any  deficiency on  repossession
and resale of the  property  securing the debtor's  loan.  However,  some states
impose  prohibitions or limitations on deficiency  judgments,  and in many cases
the defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

         Other statutory provisions,  including federal and state bankruptcy and
insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the ability
of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.

CONTRACTS

         As a result of the  assignment  of the  contracts to the  trustee,  the
trust fund will  succeed  collectively  to all of the rights and will assume the
obligations of the obligee under the contracts. Each contract evidences both the
obligor's  obligation to repay the loan, and the grant of a security interest in
the manufactured  home.  Aspects of both features of the contracts are described
more fully below.

         The contracts  generally are "chattel  paper" as defined in the Uniform
Commercial  Code in  effect  in the  states  in  which  the  manufactured  homes
initially  were  registered.  The  Uniform  Commercial  Code  treats the sale of
chattel  paper in a manner  similar  to  perfection  of a security  interest  in
chattel paper. The seller will transfer physical  possession of the contracts to
the trustee or a designated  custodian or may retain possession of the contracts
as custodian for the trustee.  In addition,  the seller will make an appropriate
filing of a financing  statement in the appropriate states to give notice of the
trustee's  ownership  of  the  contracts.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
prospectus supplement,  the contracts will not be stamped or marked otherwise to
reflect their assignment from the sponsor to the trustee.  Therefore, if through
negligence,  fraud  or  otherwise,  a  subsequent  purchaser  were  able to take
physical  possession  of the contracts  without  notice of the  assignment,  the
trustee's interest in contracts could be defeated.

SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE MANUFACTURED HOMES

         The manufactured  homes securing the contracts may be located in all 50
states.  Security  interests in  manufactured  homes may be perfected  either by
notation of the secured  party's lien on the certificate of title or by delivery
of the  required  documents  and  payment  of a fee to the state  motor  vehicle
authority,  depending  on state law. In some  non-title  states,  perfection  is
governed by the Uniform Commercial Code. The servicer may effect the notation or
delivery  of the  required  documents  and fees,  and obtain  possession  of the
certificate of title,  as  appropriate  under the laws of the state in which any
manufactured home securing a manufactured  housing conditional sales contract is
registered.  In the event the servicer fails, due to clerical errors,  to effect
the notation or delivery,  or files the security  interest  under the wrong law,
the trustee may not have a first priority  security interest in the manufactured
home  securing a contract.  As  manufactured  homes have become larger and often
have been attached to their sites  without any apparent  intention to move them,
courts in many states have held that  manufactured  homes may become  subject to
real estate title and  recording  laws.  As a result,  a security  interest in a
manufactured  home  could be  rendered  subordinate  to the  interests  of other
parties claiming an interest in the home under applicable state real estate law.
In order to perfect a security interest in a manufactured home under real estate
laws, the secured party must file either a "fixture filing" under the provisions
of the Uniform  Commercial  Code or a real estate mortgage under the real estate
laws of the state where the home is located.  These  filings must be made in the
real estate records office of the county where the home is


                                       41
<PAGE>

located.  Substantially all of the contracts contain provisions  prohibiting the
borrower from permanently  attaching the manufactured  home to its site. So long
as the borrower  does not violate  this  agreement,  a security  interest in the
manufactured  home will be  governed  by the  certificate  of title  laws or the
Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and the  notation  of the  security  interest on the
certificate of title or the filing of a financing statement will be effective to
maintain the priority of the security  interest in the  manufactured  home.  If,
however, a manufactured home is permanently  attached to its site, other parties
could obtain an interest in the manufactured home which is prior to the security
interest  originally  retained by the seller and transferred to the issuer. With
respect  to a  series  of  securities  and if so  described  in  the  prospectus
supplement,  the servicer may be required to perfect a security  interest in the
manufactured home under applicable real estate laws. The servicer will represent
that at the  date of the  initial  issuance  of the  related  securities  it has
obtained a perfected  first  priority  security  interest by proper  notation or
delivery of the required documents and fees with respect to substantially all of
the manufactured homes securing the contracts.

         The sponsor will cause the security interests in the manufactured homes
to be assigned to the trustee on behalf of the holders.  Neither the sponsor nor
the trustee will amend the  certificates of title to identify the trustee or the
trust fund as the new secured  party,  and neither the sponsor nor the  servicer
will deliver the securities of title to the trustee or note thereon the interest
of the trustee.  Accordingly, the servicer, or the seller, continues to be named
as the secured party on the  certificate of title  relating to the  manufactured
homes. In many states, the assignment is an effective conveyance of the security
interest without amendment of any lien noted on the related certificate of title
and the new secured party succeeds to the sponsor's rights as the secured party.
However, in some states there exists a risk that, in the absence of an amendment
to the  certificate  of title,  the  assignment of the security  interest in the
manufactured home might not be effective or perfected or that, in the absence of
notation or delivery to the trustee,  the assignment of the security interest in
the manufactured  home might not be effective  against creditors of the servicer
(or the seller) or a trustee in bankruptcy of the servicer, or the seller.

         In the  absence  of  fraud,  forgery  or  permanent  affixation  of the
manufactured  home to its site by the manufactured home owner, or administrative
error by state recording officials, the notation of the lien of the servicer, or
the seller,  on the  certificate of title or delivery of the required  documents
and fees will be  sufficient  to  protect  the  holders  against  the  rights of
subsequent  purchasers of a manufactured  home or subsequent  lenders who take a
security interest in the manufactured  home. If there are any manufactured homes
as to which the security interest assigned to the trustee is not perfected, that
security interest would be subordinate to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers
for value of  manufactured  homes and holders of perfected  security  interests.
There also exists a risk in not identifying the trustee as the new secured party
on the  certificate  of title that,  through fraud or  negligence,  the security
interest of the holders could be released.

         In the event that the owner of a manufactured  home moves it to a state
other than the state in which that  manufactured  home  initially is registered,
under  the  laws  of  most  states  the  perfected   security  interest  in  the
manufactured home would continue for four months after relocation and thereafter
until the owner  re-registers the  manufactured  home in the state. If the owner
were to relocate a manufactured  home to another state and not  re-register  the
manufactured  home in that state,  and if steps are not taken to re-perfect  the
trustee's  security  interest  in  that  state,  the  security  interest  in the
manufactured  home would cease to be perfected.  A majority of states  generally
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a manufactured  home;
accordingly,  the trustee must surrender  possession if it holds the certificate
of  title  to the  manufactured  home  or,  in the  case of  manufactured  homes
registered  in states  which  provide for notation of lien,  the servicer  would
receive notice of surrender if the security interest in the manufactured home is
noted on the  certificate  of title.  Accordingly,  the  trustee  would have the
opportunity to re-perfect its security  interest in the manufactured home in the
state of  relocation.  In states which do not require a certificate of title for
registration of a manufactured home, re-registration could defeat perfection. In
the


                                       42
<PAGE>

ordinary  course  of  servicing  the  manufactured   housing  conditional  sales
contracts,  the servicer takes steps to effect the re-perfection upon receipt of
notice  of  registration  or  information  from the  obligor  as to  relocation.
Similarly,  when an  obligor  under a  manufactured  housing  conditional  sales
contract  sells  a  manufactured  home,  the  trustee,  or its  custodian,  must
surrender  possession of the  certificate  of title or the servicer will receive
notice  as a result  of its lien  noted  thereon  and  accordingly  will have an
opportunity  to  require   satisfaction  of  the  related  manufactured  housing
conditional  sales  contract  before  release of the lien.  Under the  servicing
agreement,  the servicer is obligated to take steps as are necessary to maintain
perfection of security interests in the manufactured homes.

         Under  the  laws of most  states,  liens  for  repairs  performed  on a
manufactured  home and liens for personal  property  taxes take  priority over a
perfected security interest.  The seller will represent that it has no knowledge
of any liens  with  respect to any  manufactured  home  securing  payment on any
contract.  However,  those  liens  could  arise at any time during the term of a
contract.  No notice will be given to the trustee or holders in the event that a
lien arises.

ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MANUFACTURED HOMES

         The  servicer on behalf of the trustee,  to the extent  required by the
related servicing  agreement,  may take action to enforce the trustee's security
interest with respect to contracts in default by repossession  and resale of the
manufactured homes securing the defaulted contracts. So long as the manufactured
home has not become  subject to the real estate law, a creditor can  repossess a
manufactured  home securing a contract by voluntary  surrender,  by  "self-help"
repossession that is peaceful or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the
ability to  repossess  without  breach of the peace,  by judicial  process.  The
holder of a contract must give the debtor a number of days' notice, which varies
from  10 to 30  days  depending  on the  state,  prior  to  commencement  of any
repossession.  The Uniform Commercial Code and consumer  protection laws in most
states place  restrictions  on  repossession  sales,  including  requiring prior
notice to the debtor and  commercial  reasonableness  in effecting the sale. The
law in most states  also  requires  that the debtor be given  notice of any sale
prior to  resale of the unit so that the  debtor  may  redeem  at or before  the
resale. In the event of the repossession and resale of a manufactured  home, the
trustee  would be  entitled  to be paid out of the sale  proceeds  before  those
proceeds could be applied to the payment of the claims of unsecured creditors or
the holders of subsequently perfected security interests or, thereafter,  to the
debtor.

         Under the laws  applicable  in most  states,  a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any  deficiency on  repossession
and resale of the manufactured home securing that debtor's loan.  However,  some
states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency  judgments,  and in many
cases the defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

         Other statutory provisions,  including federal and state bankruptcy and
insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the ability
of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

         The  so-called   "holder-in-due-course"   rule  of  the  Federal  Trade
Commission  is intended to defeat the  ability of the  transferor  of a consumer
credit contract which is the seller of goods which gave rise to the transaction,
and related  lenders and  assignees,  to transfer the contract free of notice of
claims by the  debtor  thereunder.  The  effect of this rule is to  subject  the
assignee of contract to all claims and  defenses  which the debtor  could assert
against  the  seller of goods.  Liability  under this rule is limited to amounts
paid under a contract;  however,  the obligor also may be able to asset the rule
to set off  remaining  amounts due as a defense  against a claim  brought by the
trustee against the obligor. Numerous other federal and


                                       43
<PAGE>

state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination
of the  contracts,  including  the  Truth in  Lending  Act,  the  Federal  Trade
Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the
Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices Act and the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to
comply  with  their  provisions  may affect the  enforceability  of the  related
contract.

TRANSFERS OF MANUFACTURED HOMES; ENFORCEABILITY OF "DUE-ON-SALE" CLAUSES

         The contracts, in general, prohibit the sale or transfer of the related
manufactured   homes  without  the  consent  of  the  servicer  and  permit  the
acceleration  of the maturity of the  contracts by the servicer upon any sale or
transfer that is not consented to.

         In the case of a  transfer  of a  manufactured  home  after  which  the
servicer  desires to  accelerate  the  maturity  of the  related  contract,  the
servicer's ability to do so will depend on the enforceability under state law of
the "due-on-sale"  clause. The Garn-St.  Germain Depository  Institutions Act of
1982 generally  preempts  state laws  prohibiting  enforcement of  "due-on-sale"
clauses  applicable  to  the  manufactured   homes,  with  some  exemptions  and
conditions.  Consequently,  in some states the servicer may be  prohibited  from
enforcing a "due-on-sale" clause in the contracts.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

         Title  V of  the  Depository  Institutions  Deregulation  and  Monetary
Control Act of 1980 provides that,  subject to the following  conditions,  state
usury  limitations  shall not apply to any loan which is secured by a first lien
on specified  kinds of manufactured  housing.  The contracts would be covered if
they satisfy specified  conditions,  among other things,  governing the terms of
any  prepayments,  late charges and deferral  fees and requiring a 30-day notice
period prior to instituting  any action leading to  repossession  of the related
unit.

         Title V authorized any state to reimpose  limitations on interest rates
and finance  charges by adopting  before  April 1, 1983 a law or  constitutional
provision which expressly rejects application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted such a law prior to the April 1, 1983 deadline. In addition,  even where
Title V was not so  rejected,  and  state  is  authorized  by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.
The seller will represent that all of the contracts comply with applicable usury
law.

FORMALDEHYDE LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACTS

         A number of lawsuits  have been brought in the United  States  alleging
personal injury from exposure to the chemical  formaldehyde,  which is preset in
many building materials,  including  components of manufactured  housing such as
plywood flooring and wall paneling.  Some of these lawsuits were brought against
manufacturers of manufactured housing, suppliers of component parts, and related
persons in the  distribution  process.  sponsor is aware of a limited  number of
cases in which plaintiffs have won judgments in these lawsuits.

         The holder of any contract secured by a manufactured  home with respect
to which a formaldehyde  claim has been  successfully  asserted may be liable to
the obligor for the amount paid by the obligor on the related  contract  and may
be unable to  collect  amounts  still due  under the  contract.  The  successful
assertion of that claim  constitutes a breach of a representation or warranty of
the person specified in the prospectus supplement,  and the holders would suffer
a loss  only to the  extent  that (1) the  person  breached  its  obligation  to
repurchase  the contract in the event an obligor is  successful in asserting the
claim,  and (2) the person,  the  servicer or the trustee were  unsuccessful  in
asserting any claim of


                                       44
<PAGE>

contribution or subrogation on behalf of the holders against the manufacturer or
other persons who were directly liable to the plaintiff for the damages. Typical
products  liability  insurance  policies  held by  manufacturers  and  component
suppliers  of  manufactured  homes  may  not  cover  liabilities   arising  from
formaldehyde in manufactured housing, with the result that recoveries from those
manufacturers,  suppliers  or other  persons  may be limited to their  corporate
assets without the benefit of insurance.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940

         Under the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940,  members of
all branches of the military on active duty,  including  draftees and reservists
in military service,  (1) are entitled to have interest rates reduced and capped
at 6% per annum, on obligations (including mortgage loans) incurred prior to the
commencement of military service for the duration of military  service,  (2) may
be entitled to a stay of proceedings on any kind of foreclosure or  repossession
action  in the case of  defaults  on those  obligations  entered  into  prior to
military  service  for the  duration  of  military  service and (3) may have the
maturity of the obligations  incurred prior to military  service  extended,  the
payments lowered and the payment schedule  readjusted for a period of time after
the completion of military  service.  However,  the benefits of (1), (2), or (3)
above are subject to challenge by creditors and if, in the opinion of the court,
the  ability  of a person  to  comply  with the  obligations  is not  materially
impaired  by  military  service,   the  court  may  apply  equitable  principles
accordingly.  If a borrower's  obligation  to repay  amounts  otherwise due on a
mortgage  loan  included  in a trust  fund for a series  is  relieved  under the
Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940,  none of the trust fund,  the
servicer,  the sponsor nor the trustee  will be required to advance the amounts,
and any loss in respect  thereof may reduce the amounts  available to be paid to
the holders of the securities of that series.

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  is a general  discussion  of the  material  anticipated
federal  income tax  consequences  to investors of the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the securities offered hereby. The discussion is based upon laws,
regulations,  rulings and decisions  now in effect,  all of which are subject to
change.  The  discussion  below does not  purport to deal with all  federal  tax
consequences  applicable to all  categories  of investors,  some of which may be
subject to special rules.  Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors
in determining the particular  federal,  state, local and other tax consequences
to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the securities. References
in this section to "sections" and the "code" refer to the Internal  Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended.

         The following discussion addresses securities of five general types:

         o        securities representing interests in a grantor trust which the
                  sponsor will  covenant not to elect to have treated as a REMIC
                  or a FASIT;

         o        securities  representing  interests  in a trust,  or a portion
                  thereof,  which the  sponsor  will  covenant  to elect to have
                  treated as a REMIC under sections 860A through 860G;

         o        securities  that are intended to be treated for federal income
                  tax purposes as indebtedness secured by the underlying loans;

         o        securities  representing interests in a trust that is intended
                  to be treated as a partnership under the code; and

         o        securities  representing  interests  in a  trust,  or  portion
                  thereof,  which the  Company  will  covenant  to elect to have
                  treated as a FASIT under sections 860H through 860L.


                                       45
<PAGE>

         The prospectus  supplement for each series of securities  will indicate
whether a REMIC or FASIT  election (or  elections)  will be made for the related
trust  and,  if a REMIC  or FASIT  election  is to be made,  will  identify  all
"regular  interests"  and  "residual  interests"  in the  REMIC or all  "regular
interests," "high-yield interests" or the "ownership interest" in the FASIT.

         The  Taxpayer  Relief  Act of 1997  adds  provisions  to the code  that
require the  recognition of gain upon the  "constructive  sale of an appreciated
financial  position." A constructive sale of an appreciated  financial  position
occurs if a taxpayer  enters  into  transactions  with  respect  to a  financial
instrument that have the effect of substantially eliminating the taxpayer's risk
of loss and opportunity for gain with respect to the financial instrument. These
provisions  apply  only to classes of  securities  that do not have a  principal
balance.

GRANTOR TRUST SECURITIES

         With  respect  to  each  series  of  grantor  trust  securities,  Dewey
Ballantine LLP, special tax counsel to the sponsor,  will deliver its opinion to
the sponsor that the related grantor trust will be classified as a grantor trust
and not as a partnership or an association taxable as a corporation. The opinion
shall be  attached  on Form 8-K to be filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  within fifteen days after the initial  issuance of the securities or
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a post-effective  amendment
to the  prospectus.  Accordingly,  each  beneficial  owner  of a  grantor  trust
security  will  generally  be treated as the owner of an  interest  in the loans
included in the grantor trust.

         For purposes of the  following  discussion,  a grantor  trust  security
representing an undivided  equitable  ownership interest in the principal of the
loans constituting the related grantor trust,  together with interest thereon at
a pass-through rate, will be referred to as a "grantor trust fractional interest
security." A grantor trust security  representing  ownership of all or a portion
of the difference  between  interest paid on the loans  constituting the related
grantor  trust and  interest  paid to the  beneficial  owners of  grantor  trust
fractional  interest securities issued with respect to the grantor trust will be
referred to as a "grantor trust strip security."

Taxation of Beneficial Owners of Grantor Trust Securities

         Beneficial  owners of  grantor  trust  fractional  interest  securities
generally  will be required to report on their federal  income tax returns their
respective  shares of the income from the loans  (including  amounts used to pay
reasonable  servicing fees and other expenses but excluding  amounts  payable to
beneficial  owners of any  corresponding  grantor trust strip  securities)  and,
subject to the  limitations  described  below,  will be entitled to deduct their
shares of any  reasonable  servicing  fees and other  expenses.  If a beneficial
owner acquires a grantor trust fractional  interest  security for an amount that
differs from its outstanding  principal amount,  the amount includible in income
on a grantor trust  fractional  interest  security may differ from the amount of
interest distributable  thereon. See "Discount and Premium," below.  Individuals
holding a  grantor  trust  fractional  interest  security  directly  or  through
pass-through  entities will be allowed a deduction for reasonable servicing fees
and expenses  only to the extent that the  aggregate of the  beneficial  owner's
miscellaneous  itemized deductions exceeds 2% of the beneficial owner's adjusted
gross income.  Further,  beneficial owners (other than corporations)  subject to
the alternative minimum tax may not deduct miscellaneous  itemized deductions in
determining alternative minimum taxable income.

         Beneficial  owners of grantor trust strip securities  generally will be
required to treat the  securities  as "stripped  coupons"  under  section  1286.
Accordingly,  that beneficial  owner will be required to treat the excess of the
total amount of payments on the  security  over the amount paid for the security
as original


                                       46
<PAGE>

issue discount and to include the discount in income as it accrues over the life
of the security. See "--Discount and Premium," below.

         Grantor trust fractional interest securities may also be subject to the
coupon stripping rules if a class of grantor trust strip securities is issued as
part of the same series of securities.  The  consequences  of the application of
the coupon stripping rules would appear to be that any discount arising upon the
purchase of that security  (and perhaps all stated  interest  thereon)  would be
classified as original issue  discount and includible in the beneficial  owner's
income  as  it  accrues   (regardless  of  the  beneficial   owner's  method  of
accounting),  as described  below under  "--Discount  and  Premium."  The coupon
stripping rules will not apply, however, if (i) the pass-through rate is no more
than 100 basis  points  lower  than the gross  rate of  interest  payable on the
underlying  loans and (ii) the  difference  between  the  outstanding  principal
balance on the  security and the amount paid for the security is less than 0.25%
of the principal  balance times the weighted average  remaining  maturity of the
security.

Sales of Grantor Trust Securities

         Any gain or loss  recognized  on the sale of a grantor  trust  security
(equal  to the  difference  between  the  amount  realized  on the  sale and the
adjusted  basis of the grantor  trust  security)  will be capital  gain or loss,
except to the extent of accrued and unrecognized market discount,  which will be
treated  as  ordinary  income,  and in the case of  banks  and  other  financial
institutions  except as provided under section  582(c).  The adjusted basis of a
grantor trust  security will generally  equal its cost,  increased by any income
reported by the seller  (including  original issue discount and market  discount
income) and reduced (but not below zero) by any previously  reported losses, any
amortized premium and by any distributions of principal.

Grantor Trust Reporting

         The trustee will furnish to each  beneficial  owner of a grantor  trust
fractional  interest  security with each  distribution a statement setting forth
the amount of the  distribution  allocable to principal on the underlying  loans
and to interest  thereon at the related  interest  rate.  In addition,  within a
reasonable  time  after  the end of each  calendar  year,  based on  information
provided by the Master  servicer,  the trustee will  furnish to each  beneficial
owner during the year any customary factual information that the Master servicer
deems  necessary  or  desirable  to enable  beneficial  owners of grantor  trust
securities to prepare their tax returns and will furnish comparable  information
to the Internal  Revenue  Service  (the "IRS") as and when  required to do so by
law.

REMIC SECURITIES

         If provided in a  prospectus  supplement,  an election  will be made to
treat a trust as a REMIC.  With respect to each series of  securities  for which
that election is made, Dewey Ballantine LLP, special tax counsel to the sponsor,
will  deliver its  opinion to the sponsor  that,  assuming  compliance  with the
pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  the trust  will be  treated  as a REMIC for
federal income tax purposes.  A trust for which a REMIC election is made will be
referred to in this  prospectus as a "REMIC trust." The securities of each class
will be  designated  as "regular  interests"  in the REMIC  trust  except that a
separate class will be designated as the "residual interest" in the REMIC trust.
The  prospectus  supplement  for each series of  securities  will state  whether
securities  of each class will  constitute a REMIC  regular  security or a REMIC
residual  security.  The opinion  shall be attached on Form 8-K to be filed with
the  securities  and Exchange  Commission  within fifteen days after the initial
issuance of the securities or filed with the securities and Exchange  Commission
as a post-effective amendment to the prospectus.


                                       47
<PAGE>

         A REMIC  trust will not be subject  to federal  income tax except  with
respect to income from prohibited  transactions and in other instances described
below.  See  "--Taxes on a REMIC  Trust."  Generally,  the total income from the
mortgage loans in a REMIC trust will be taxable to the beneficial  owners of the
securities of that series, as described below.

         Regulations issued by the Treasury Department on December 23, 1992 (the
"REMIC  regulations")  provide some guidance  regarding  the federal  income tax
consequences  associated  with the purchase,  ownership and disposition of REMIC
securities.  While material  provisions of the REMIC  regulations  are discussed
below,  investors  should consult their own tax advisors  regarding the possible
application of the REMIC regulations in their specific circumstances.

Special Tax Attributes

         REMIC regular securities and REMIC residual securities will be "regular
or   residual   interests   in  a  REMIC"   within   the   meaning   of  section
7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)  and "real  estate  assets"  within  the  meaning  of section
856(c)(5)(A).  If at any time during a calendar year less than 95% of the assets
of a REMIC trust consist of "qualified mortgages" (within the meaning of section
860G(a)(3)) then the portion of the REMIC regular  securities and REMIC residual
securities  that are qualifying  assets under those sections during the calendar
year may be  limited to the  portion  of the assets of the REMIC  trust that are
qualified mortgages. Similarly, income on the REMIC regular securities and REMIC
residual  securities  will be treated as  "interest  on  obligations  secured by
mortgages on real property" within the meaning of section 856(c)(3)(B) , subject
to the same limitation as described in the preceding  sentence.  For purposes of
applying this  limitation,  a REMIC trust should be treated as owning the assets
represented  by the  qualified  mortgages.  The  assets of the  trust  fund will
include, in addition to the mortgage loans,  payments on the mortgage loans held
pending  distribution  on  the  REMIC  regular  securities  and  REMIC  residual
securities and any  reinvestment  income thereon.  REMIC regular  securities and
REMIC residual securities held by a financial  institution to which section 585,
586 or 593 applies will be treated as evidences of indebtedness  for purposes of
section  582(c)(1).  REMIC regular  securities will also be qualified  mortgages
with respect to other REMICs.

Taxation of Beneficial Owners of REMIC Regular Securities

         Except as indicated  below in this federal income tax  discussion,  the
REMIC regular securities will be treated for federal income tax purposes as debt
instruments  issued  by the  REMIC  trust  on the  settlement  date  and  not as
ownership interests in the REMIC trust or its assets. Beneficial owners of REMIC
regular  securities  that  otherwise  report  income  under  a  cash  method  of
accounting  will be required to report  income with respect to those  securities
under an accrual  method.  For  additional  tax  consequences  relating to REMIC
regular securities  purchased at a discount or with premium, see "--Discount and
Premium," below.

Taxation of Beneficial Owners of REMIC Residual Securities

         Daily  Portions.  Except as indicated  below,  a beneficial  owner of a
REMIC residual  security for a REMIC trust  generally will be required to report
its daily portion of the taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC trust for each
day during a calendar quarter that the beneficial owner owned the REMIC residual
security.  For this purpose, the daily portion shall be determined by allocating
to each day in the calendar quarter its ratable portion of the taxable income or
net loss of the REMIC  trust for the  quarter  and by  allocating  the amount so
allocated  among the beneficial  owners of residual  securities (on that day) in
accordance with their  percentage  interests on that day. Any amount included in
the gross  income or  allowed  as a loss of any  beneficial  owner of a residual
security by virtue of this paragraph will be treated as ordinary income or loss.


                                       48
<PAGE>

         The requirement that each beneficial owner of a REMIC residual security
report its daily  portion of the  taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC trust
will  continue  until there are no  securities  of any class  outstanding,  even
though the  beneficial  owner of the REMIC  residual  security may have received
full  payment  of the  stated  interest  and  principal  on its  REMIC  residual
security.

         The  trustee  will  provide  to  beneficial  owners  of REMIC  residual
securities of each series of securities  (i) any  information as is necessary to
enable  them to prepare  their  federal  income tax returns and (ii) any reports
regarding the securities of the series that may be required under the code.

         Taxable Income or Net Loss of a REMIC Trust.  The taxable income or net
loss of a REMIC trust will be the income from the  qualified  mortgages it holds
and any  reinvestment  earnings less deductions  allowed to the REMIC trust. The
taxable  income or net loss for a given  calendar  quarter will be determined in
the same manner as for an  individual  having the  calendar  year as the taxable
year and using the accrual method of accounting,  with modifications.  The first
modification  is that a  deduction  will be allowed  for  accruals  of  interest
(including  any original  issue  discount,  but without regard to the investment
interest limitation in section 163(d) ) on the REMIC regular securities (but not
the REMIC  residual  securities),  even though REMIC regular  securities are for
non-tax purposes evidences of beneficial ownership rather than indebtedness of a
REMIC trust. Second,  market discount or premium equal to the difference between
the total stated principal balances of the qualified  mortgages and the basis to
the REMIC trust  generally  will be included in income (in the case of discount)
or deductible  (in the case of premium) by the REMIC trust as it accrues under a
constant  yield  method,  taking into account the  "prepayment  assumption"  (as
defined in the prospectus  supplement,  see  "--Discount  and  Premium--Original
Issue Discount," below).  The basis to a REMIC trust in the qualified  mortgages
is the  aggregate of the issue prices of all the REMIC  regular  securities  and
REMIC  residual  securities  in the  REMIC  trust on the  settlement  date.  If,
however,  a substantial  amount of a class of REMIC regular  securities or REMIC
residual  securities has not been sold to the public, then the fair market value
of all the REMIC regular  securities or REMIC residual  securities in that class
as of the date of the prospectus  supplement should be substituted for the issue
price.

         Third,  no item of  income,  gain,  loss or  deduction  allocable  to a
prohibited transaction (see "--Taxes on a REMIC Trust--Prohibited  Transactions"
below)  will be taken into  account.  Fourth,  a REMIC trust  generally  may not
deduct any item that would not be allowed in calculating the taxable income of a
partnership  by  virtue  of  section  703(a)(2).   Finally,  the  limitation  on
miscellaneous  itemized deductions imposed on individuals by section 67 will not
be applied at the REMIC trust level to any  servicing and guaranty  fees.  (See,
however,  "--Pass-Through of Servicing and Guaranty Fees to Individuals" below.)
In addition,  under the REMIC  regulations,  any  expenses  that are incurred in
connection  with the  formation  of a REMIC trust and the  issuance of the REMIC
regular securities and REMIC residual  securities are not treated as expenses of
the REMIC trust for which a deduction is allowed. If the deductions allowed to a
REMIC trust exceed its gross income for a calendar quarter, the excess will be a
net loss for the REMIC trust for that calendar  quarter.  The REMIC  regulations
also provide that any gain or loss to a REMIC trust from the  disposition of any
asset,  including a qualified mortgage or "permitted  investment" (as defined in
section 860G(a)(5) ) will be treated as ordinary gain or loss.

         A  beneficial  owner of a REMIC  residual  security  may be required to
recognize  taxable  income  without  being  entitled to receive a  corresponding
amount of cash. This could occur,  for example,  if the qualified  mortgages are
considered to be purchased by the REMIC trust at a discount,  some or all of the
REMIC regular securities are issued at a discount,  and the discount included as
a result of a prepayment on a mortgage loan that is used to pay principal on the
REMIC  regular  securities  exceeds the REMIC  trust's  deduction  for unaccrued
original issue discount relating to the REMIC regular securities. Taxable income
may also be  greater in  earlier  years  because  interest  expense  deductions,
expressed  as a  percentage  of the  outstanding  principal  amount of the REMIC
regular securities, may increase over time


                                       49
<PAGE>

as the earlier classes of REMIC regular  securities are paid,  whereas  interest
income with respect to any given  mortgage loan expressed as a percentage of the
outstanding  principal  amount of that mortgage loan,  will remain constant over
time.

         Basis Rules and  Distributions.  A beneficial owner of a REMIC residual
security has an initial basis in its security  equal to the amount paid for that
REMIC  residual  security.  That basis is increased  by amounts  included in the
income of the  beneficial  owner and decreased by  distributions  and by any net
loss  taken  into  account  with  respect  to the  REMIC  residual  security.  A
distribution on a REMIC residual  security to a beneficial owner is not included
in gross income to the extent it does not exceed the beneficial owner's basis in
the REMIC residual security  (adjusted as described above) and, to the extent it
exceeds the adjusted basis of the REMIC residual  security,  shall be treated as
gain from the sale of the REMIC residual security.

         A beneficial owner of a REMIC residual  security is not allowed to take
into  account any net loss for any  calendar  quarter to the extent that the net
loss  exceeds  the  beneficial  owner's  adjusted  basis in its  REMIC  residual
security as of the close of the calendar quarter  (determined  without regard to
the net loss).  Any loss  disallowed by reason of this limitation may be carried
forward  indefinitely  to future  calendar  quarters  and,  subject  to the same
limitation, may be used only to offset income from the REMIC residual security.

         Excess  Inclusions.  Any  excess  inclusions  with  respect  to a REMIC
residual security are subject to special tax rules. With respect to a beneficial
owner of a REMIC  residual  security,  the  excess  inclusion  for any  calendar
quarter  is defined  as the  excess  (if any) of the daily  portions  of taxable
income over the sum of the "daily  accruals"  for each day during a quarter that
the REMIC residual security was held by the beneficial owner. The daily accruals
are  determined by allocating to each day during a calendar  quarter its ratable
portion  of the  product of the  "adjusted  issue  price" of the REMIC  residual
security at the  beginning  of the  calendar  quarter  and 120% of the  "federal
long-term  rate"  in  effect  on  the  settlement   date,   based  on  quarterly
compounding,  and  properly  adjusted  for the length of the  quarter.  For this
purpose,  the  adjusted  issue  price  of a REMIC  residual  security  as of the
beginning  of any  calendar  quarter  is equal to the  issue  price of the REMIC
residual  security,  increased  by the  amount of daily  accruals  for all prior
quarters  and  decreased  by any  distributions  made with  respect to the REMIC
residual  security  before the beginning of that  quarter.  The issue price of a
REMIC residual  security is the initial offering price to the public  (excluding
bond houses and  brokers) at which a  substantial  number of the REMIC  residual
securities was sold. The federal  long-term rate is a blend of current yields on
treasury  securities  having a maturity  of more than nine years,  computed  and
published monthly by the IRS.

         In general,  beneficial owners of REMIC residual securities with excess
inclusion income cannot offset that income by losses from other activities.  For
beneficial  owners that are subject to tax only on  unrelated  business  taxable
income (as defined in section 511 ), an excess  inclusion of a beneficial  owner
is treated as  unrelated  business  taxable  income.  With  respect to  variable
contracts  (within the meaning of section 817 ), a life insurance company cannot
adjust its reserve to the extent of any excess inclusion,  except as provided in
regulations.  The REMIC  regulations  indicate  that if a beneficial  owner of a
REMIC residual security is a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated
income tax return,  the taxable  income of the  affiliated  group cannot be less
than the sum of the excess inclusions  attributable to all residual interests in
REMICs held by members of the affiliated  group.  For a discussion of the effect
of excess  inclusions on foreign  investors that own REMIC residual  securities,
see "--Foreign Investors" below.

         The Treasury  Department  also has the  authority to issue  regulations
that would treat all taxable income of a REMIC trust as excess inclusions if the
REMIC residual security does not have "significant value." Although the Treasury
Department did not exercise this authority in the REMIC regulations,


                                       50
<PAGE>

future  regulations  may contain  this rule.  If that rule were  adopted,  it is
unclear how  significant  value would be determined  for these  purposes.  If no
similar rule is applicable,  excess inclusions should be calculated as discussed
above.

         In the case of any REMIC  residual  securities  that are held by a real
estate  investment  trust, the aggregate excess inclusions with respect to REMIC
residual  securities  reduced (but not below zero) by the real estate investment
trust taxable  income  (within the meaning of section  857(b)(2) , excluding any
net capital  gain) will be  allocated  among the  shareholders  of that trust in
proportion to the dividends received by the shareholders from the trust, and any
amount so  allocated  will be treated as an excess  inclusion  with respect to a
REMIC residual  security as if held directly by the  shareholder.  Similar rules
will apply in the case of regulated investment companies, common trust funds and
cooperatives that hold a REMIC residual security.

         Pass-Through  of  Servicing  and  Guaranty  Fees  to   Individuals.   A
beneficial  owner of a REMIC  residual  security  who is an  individual  will be
required to include in income a share of any  servicing  and  guaranty  fees.  A
deduction  for these  fees will be  allowed  to a  beneficial  owner only to the
extent  that  those  fees,  along  with  some of the  beneficial  owner's  other
miscellaneous  itemized  deductions exceed 2% of the beneficial owner's adjusted
gross income.  In addition,  a beneficial owner of a REMIC residual security may
not be able to deduct any portion of the fees in computing a beneficial  owner's
alternative  minimum tax liability.  A beneficial owner's share of the fees will
generally be  determined by (i)  allocating  the amount of the expenses for each
calendar  quarter on a pro rata basis to each day in the calendar  quarter,  and
(ii)  allocating the daily amount among the  beneficial  owners in proportion to
their respective holdings on that day.

Taxes on a REMIC Trust

         Prohibited  Transactions.  The Code  imposes a tax on a REMIC  equal to
100% of the net income derived from  "prohibited  transactions."  In general,  a
prohibited  transaction means the disposition of a qualified mortgage other than
under specified exceptions, the receipt of investment income from a source other
than a mortgage loan or other permitted investments, the receipt of compensation
for services,  or the disposition of an asset purchased with the payments on the
qualified mortgages for temporary investment pending distribution on the regular
and residual interests.

         Contributions  to a REMIC after the Startup Day. The Code imposes a tax
on a REMIC equal to 100% of the value of any property  contributed  to the REMIC
after the "startup day" (generally the same as the settlement date).  Exceptions
are provided for cash contributions to a REMIC (i) during the three month period
beginning  on the  startup  day,  (ii)  made to a  qualified  reserve  fund by a
beneficial  owner of a residual  interest,  (iii) in the nature of a  guarantee,
(iv) made to facilitate a qualified  liquidation  or clean-up  call,  and (v) as
otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulations.

         Net Income from Foreclosure Property. The Code imposes a tax on a REMIC
equal to the highest  corporate rate on "net income from foreclosure  property."
The terms  "foreclosure  property" (which includes  property acquired by deed in
lieu of foreclosure) and "net income from  foreclosure  property" are defined by
reference to the rules applicable to real estate investment  trusts.  Generally,
foreclosure  property would be treated as such for a period of three years, with
a possible extension.  Net income from foreclosure property generally means gain
from the sale of  foreclosure  property  that is  inventory  property  and gross
income  from  foreclosure   property  other  than  qualifying  rents  and  other
qualifying income for a real estate investment trust.

Sales of REMIC Securities


                                       51
<PAGE>

         Except as provided below, if a REMIC regular residual security is sold,
the seller  will  recognize  gain or loss equal to the  difference  between  the
amount realized in the sale and its adjusted basis in the security. The adjusted
basis of a REMIC regular security generally will equal the cost of that security
to the seller,  increased  by any  original  issue  discount or market  discount
included in the  seller's  gross income with respect to the security and reduced
by distributions on that security  previously  received by the seller of amounts
included in the stated  redemption price at maturity and by any premium that has
reduced  the  seller's  interest  income  with  respect  to  the  security.  See
"--Discount  and Premium." The adjusted  basis of a REMIC  residual  security is
determined as described  above under  "--Taxation of Beneficial  Owners of REMIC
Residual  Securities--Basis  Rules and Distributions." Except as provided in the
following  paragraph or under section  582(c) , any gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss,  provided  the security is held as a "capital  asset"  (generally,
property held for investment) within the meaning of section 1221.

         Gain from the sale of a REMIC regular  security that might otherwise be
capital gain will be treated as ordinary income to the extent that the gain does
not exceed the excess, if any, of (i) the amount that would have been includible
in the income of the  beneficial  owner of a REMIC  regular  security had income
accrued at a rate equal to 110% of the "applicable federal rate" (generally,  an
average of current  yields on  treasury  securities)  as of the date of purchase
over (ii) the amount actually  includible in the beneficial  owner's income.  In
addition,  gain  recognized  on a sale by a beneficial  owner of a REMIC regular
security who purchased the security at a market  discount  would also be taxable
as ordinary  income in an amount not  exceeding the portion of the discount that
accrued during the period a security was held by the beneficial  owner,  reduced
by any market  discount  includible  in income under the rules  described  below
under "--Discount and Premium."

         If a  beneficial  owner of a REMIC  residual  security  sells its REMIC
residual  security at a loss,  the loss will not be  recognized  if,  within six
months before or after the sale of the REMIC residual  security,  the beneficial
owner  purchases  another  residual  interest in any REMIC or any  interest in a
taxable  mortgage pool (as defined in section 7701(i) ) comparable to a residual
interest in a REMIC.  That disallowed loss would be allowed upon the sale of the
other residual interest (or comparable  interest) if the rule referred to in the
preceding  sentence does not apply to that sale. While this rule may be modified
by Treasury Regulations, no such regulations have yet been published.

         Transfers  of REMIC  Residual  Securities.  Section  860E(e)  imposes a
substantial  tax,  payable by the  transferor  (or,  if a transfer  is through a
broker,  nominee, or other middleman as the transferee's agent,  payable by that
agent)  upon  any  transfer  of a  REMIC  residual  security  to a  disqualified
organization  and upon a pass-through  entity  (including  regulated  investment
companies,  real estate  investment  trusts,  common trust funds,  partnerships,
trusts, estates, cooperatives, and nominees) that owns a REMIC residual security
if the pass-through  entity has a disqualified  organization as a record-holder.
For  purposes of the  preceding  sentence,  a transfer  includes any transfer of
record or beneficial ownership,  whether by purchase, by default under a secured
lending agreement or otherwise.

         The term  "disqualified  organization"  includes the United States, any
state  or  political   subdivision   thereof,   any  foreign   government,   any
international  organization,  or any agency or  instrumentality of the foregoing
(other than taxable instrumentalities),  any cooperative organization furnishing
electric energy or providing telephone service to persons in rural areas, or any
organization  (other than a farmers'  cooperative)  that is exempt from  federal
income tax, unless the organization is subject to the tax on unrelated  business
income.  Moreover,  an  entity  will not  qualify  as a REMIC  unless  there are
reasonable  arrangements  designed to ensure that (i) residual  interests in the
entity are not held by disqualified organizations and (ii) information necessary
for the application of the REMIC tax will be made available. Restrictions on the
transfer of a REMIC residual  security and other provisions that are intended to
meet this requirement are described in the pooling and servicing agreement,  and
will be discussed more fully in


                                       52
<PAGE>

the  prospectus  supplement  relating  to the  offering  of any  REMIC  residual
security.  In addition, a pass-through entity (including a nominee) that holds a
REMIC  residual  security may be subject to additional  taxes if a  disqualified
organization is a record-holder of an interest in that entity. A transferor of a
REMIC  residual  security  (or an  agent  of a  transferee  of a REMIC  residual
security,  as the case may be) will be relieved of that tax liability if (i) the
transferee  furnishes to the transferor (or the transferee's agent) an affidavit
that the transferee is not a disqualified organization,  and (ii) the transferor
(or the transferee's agent) does not have actual knowledge that the affidavit is
false at the  time of the  transfer.  Similarly,  no tax  will be  imposed  on a
pass-through  entity for a period with  respect to an interest in that entity is
owned by a disqualified  organization if (i) the  record-holder  of the interest
furnishes to the pass-through  entity an affidavit that it is not a disqualified
organization, and (ii) during that period, the pass-through entity has no actual
knowledge that the affidavit is false.

         The Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 adds  provisions to the code that will
apply to an "electing large partnership." If an electing large partnership holds
a residual  certificate,  all interests in the electing  large  partnership  are
treated as held by  disqualified  organizations  for purposes of the tax imposed
upon a  pass-through  entity  by  section  860E(e).  An  exception  to this tax,
otherwise  available to a pass-through  entity that is furnished with affidavits
by  record  holders  of  interests  in the  entity  and  that  does not know the
affidavits are false, is not available to an electing large partnership.

         Under the REMIC  regulations,  a transfer  of a  "noneconomic  residual
interest" to a U.S.  Person (as defined below in  "--Foreign  Investors--grantor
trust  securities and REMIC regular  securities")  will be  disregarded  for all
federal tax purposes unless no significant  purpose of the transfer is to impede
the assessment or collection of tax. A REMIC residual  security would be treated
as  constituting  a noneconomic  residual  interest  unless,  at the time of the
transfer,  (i) the present  value of the expected  future  distributions  on the
REMIC residual  security is no less than the product of the present value of the
"anticipated  excess  inclusions"  with respect to that security and the highest
corporate  rate of tax for the year in which the transfer  occurs,  and (ii) the
transferor  reasonably  expects that the transferee  will receive  distributions
from the applicable REMIC trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy the liability
for  income  tax on any  "excess  inclusions"  at or  after  the  time  when the
liability accrues.  Anticipated excess inclusions are the excess inclusions that
are  anticipated to be allocated to each calendar  quarter (or portion  thereof)
following the transfer of a REMIC residual  security,  determined as of the date
the security is  transferred  and based on events that have  occurred as of that
date  and on  the  prepayment  assumption.  See  "--Discount  and  Premium"  and
"--Taxation   of  Beneficial   Owners  of  REMIC   Residual   Securities--Excess
Inclusions."

         The REMIC regulations  provide that a significant purpose to impede the
assessment  or  collection  of tax  exists  if, at the time of the  transfer,  a
transferor of a REMIC residual security has "improper  knowledge" (i.e.,  either
knew, or should have known,  that the transferee would be unwilling or unable to
pay  taxes  due on its  share of the  taxable  income  of the  REMIC  trust).  A
transferor  is presumed not to have  improper  knowledge  if (i) the  transferor
conducts, at the time of a transfer, a reasonable investigation of the financial
condition  of  the  transferee  and,  as a  result  of  the  investigation,  the
transferor  finds that the  transferee has  historically  paid its debts as they
come due and finds no significant  evidence to indicate that the transferee will
not  continue  to pay its  debts as they  come due in the  future;  and (ii) the
transferee makes  representations to the transferor in the affidavit relating to
disqualified  organizations  discussed  above.  Transferors  of a REMIC residual
security  should  consult with their own tax  advisors  for further  information
regarding the transfers.

         Reporting  and  Other  Administrative  Matters.  For  purposes  of  the
administrative  provisions  , each REMIC trust will be treated as a  partnership
and the  beneficial  owners of REMIC  residual  securities  will be  treated  as
partners. The trustee will prepare, sign and file federal income tax returns for
each REMIC  trust,  which  returns  are  subject to audit by the IRS.  Moreover,
within a reasonable time after the


                                       53
<PAGE>

end of each calendar  year,  the trustee will furnish to each  beneficial  owner
that  received a  distribution  during that year a statement  setting  forth the
portions of any distributions that constitute interest  distributions,  original
issue discount,  and any other information required by Treasury Regulations and,
with respect to beneficial owners of REMIC residual securities in a REMIC trust,
information  necessary to compute the daily  portions of the taxable  income (or
net loss) of the REMIC trust for each day during the year. The trustee will also
act as the tax matters partner for each REMIC trust, either in its capacity as a
beneficial owner of a REMIC residual security or in a fiduciary  capacity.  Each
beneficial  owner of a REMIC residual  security,  by the acceptance of its REMIC
residual  security,  agrees that the trustee  will act as its  fiduciary  in the
performance of any duties required of it in the event that it is the tax matters
partner.

         Each beneficial owner of a REMIC residual security is required to treat
items on its return  consistently  with the treatment on the return of the REMIC
trust,  unless the  beneficial  owner either files a statement  identifying  the
inconsistency  or  establishes  that the  inconsistency  resulted from incorrect
information  received  from the REMIC  trust.  The IRS may  assert a  deficiency
resulting  from a failure to comply  with the  consistency  requirement  without
instituting an administrative proceeding at the REMIC trust level.

Termination

         In general,  no special  tax  consequences  will apply to a  beneficial
owner of a REMIC  regular  security  upon the  termination  of a REMIC  trust by
virtue of the final payment or  liquidation  of the last mortgage loan remaining
in the trust fund. If a beneficial owner of a REMIC residual security's adjusted
basis in its REMIC residual security at the time the termination  occurs exceeds
the amount of cash  distributed  to the  beneficial  owner in liquidation of its
interest,  although the matter is not entirely free from doubt,  it would appear
that the beneficial  owner of the REMIC residual  security is entitled to a loss
equal to the amount of that excess.

DEBT SECURITIES

         With respect to each series of debt  securities,  Dewey Ballantine LLP,
special tax counsel to the sponsor, will deliver its opinion to the sponsor that
the  securities  will  be  classified  as debt  secured  by the  related  loans.
Consequently,  the debt securities will not be treated as ownership interests in
the loans or the trust.  Beneficial  owners will be  required  to report  income
received with respect to the debt  securities  in  accordance  with their normal
method  of  accounting.   For  additional  tax  consequences  relating  to  debt
securities  purchased  at a  discount  or  with  premium,  see  "--Discount  and
Premium," below.

Special Tax Attributes

         As  described   above,   REMIC  securities  will  possess  special  tax
attributes by virtue of the REMIC provisions.  In general,  debt securities will
not possess these special tax attributes. Investors to whom these attributes are
important  should  consult their own tax advisors  regarding  investment in debt
securities.

Sale or Exchange

         If a  beneficial  owner  of a debt  security  sells  or  exchanges  the
security,  the  beneficial  owner  will  recognize  gain  or loss  equal  to the
difference,  if any,  between the amount  received  and the  beneficial  owner's
adjusted  basis in the security.  The adjusted  basis in the security  generally
will equal its initial cost,  increased by any original issue discount or market
discount  previously  included in the seller's  gross income with respect to the
security and reduced by the payments previously received on the security,  other
than payments of qualified stated interest, and by any amortized premium.


                                       54
<PAGE>

         In general  (except as described  in  "--Discount  and  Premium--Market
Discount," below), except for financial institutions subject to section 582(c) ,
any gain or loss on the sale or exchange  of a debt  security  recognized  by an
investor  who holds the  security  as a capital  asset  (within  the  meaning of
section 1221 ), will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term
depending on whether the security has been held for more than one year.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

         With respect to each series of partnership interests,  Dewey Ballantine
LLP, special tax counsel to the sponsor, will deliver its opinion to the sponsor
that the trust will be treated as a partnership  and not an association  taxable
as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.  The opinion shall be attached
on Form 8-K to be filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  within
fifteen  days after the  initial  issuance of the  securities  or filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as  a  post-effective  amendment  to  the
prospectus.  Accordingly,  each beneficial owner of a partnership  interest will
generally be treated as the owner of an interest in the loans.

Special Tax Attributes

         As  described   above,   REMIC  securities  will  possess  special  tax
attributes by virtue of the REMIC provisions. In general,  partnership interests
will  not  possess  these  special  tax  attributes.  Investors  to  whom  these
attributes  are  important  should  consult  their  own tax  advisors  regarding
investment in partnership interests.

Taxation of Beneficial Owners of Partnership Interests

         If the  trust is  treated  as a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
purposes,  the trust will not be subject to federal  income tax.  Instead,  each
beneficial  owner of a partnership  interest will be required to separately take
into account an allocable share of income,  gains, losses,  deductions,  credits
and other tax items of the  trust.  These  partnership  allocations  are made in
accordance with the code,  Treasury  Regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(here, the trust agreement and related documents).

         The trust's assets will be the assets of the  partnership.  The trust's
income will  consist  primarily of interest  and finance  charges  earned on the
underlying  mortgage loans.  The trust's  deductions  will consist  primarily of
interest  accruing  with  respect  to any  indebtedness  issued  by  the  trust,
servicing  and  other  fees,  and  losses  or  deductions   upon  collection  or
disposition of the trust's assets.

         The trust could have an obligation to make payments of withholding  tax
on  behalf  of a  beneficial  owner  of a  partnership  interest.  (See  "Backup
Withholding" and "Foreign Investors" below).

         Substantially all of the taxable income allocated to a beneficial owner
of a partnership interest that is a pension,  profit sharing or employee benefit
plan or other tax-exempt  entity  (including an individual  retirement  account)
will constitute  "unrelated  business taxable income"  generally  taxable to the
holder under the code.

         Under  section 708 , the trust will be deemed to terminate  for federal
income tax  purposes if 50% or more of the capital and profits  interests in the
trust  are  sold  or  exchanged  within  a  12-month  period.  Under  the  final
regulations  issued on May 9, 1997 if such a  termination  occurs,  the trust is
deemed  to  contribute  all of its  assets  and  liabilities  to a newly  formed
partnership in exchange for a partnership interest.  Immediately thereafter, the
terminated  partnership  distributes  interests  in the new  partnership  to the
purchasing  partner and remaining  partners in proportion to their  interests in
liquidation of the terminated partnership.


                                       55
<PAGE>

Sale or Exchange of Partnership Interests

         Generally,  capital  gain  or  loss  will  be  recognized  on a sale or
exchange of partnership  interests in an amount equal to the difference  between
the amount  realized  and the seller's  tax basis in the  partnership  interests
sold. A beneficial owner of a partnership  interest's tax basis in a partnership
interest  will  generally  equal the  beneficial  owner's cost  increased by the
beneficial owner's share of trust income (includible in income) and decreased by
any  distributions  received  with  respect  to  the  partnership  interest.  In
addition, both the tax basis in the partnership interest and the amount realized
on a sale of a  partnership  interest  would take into  account  the  beneficial
owner's share of any  indebtedness  of the trust. A beneficial  owner  acquiring
partnership  interests at different  prices may be required to maintain a single
aggregate adjusted tax basis in the partnership interest, and upon sale or other
disposition  of some of the  partnership  interests,  allocate  a portion of the
aggregate tax basis to the partnership interests sold (rather than maintaining a
separate tax basis in each  partnership  interest for purposes of computing gain
or loss on a sale of that partnership interest).

         Any  gain on the sale of a  partnership  interest  attributable  to the
beneficial  owner's share of unrecognized  accrued market discount on the assets
of the trust would  generally  be treated as  ordinary  income to the holder and
would give rise to special tax reporting requirements.  If a beneficial owner of
a  partnership  interest is required to recognize an aggregate  amount of income
over the life of the  partnership  interest  that  exceeds  the  aggregate  cash
distributions  with respect  thereto,  that excess will generally give rise to a
capital loss upon the retirement of the  partnership  interest.  If a beneficial
owner sells its  partnership  interest at a profit or loss, the transferee  will
have a higher or lower basis in the  partnership  interests  than the transferor
had.  The tax basis of the trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher or lower basis unless the trust files an election under section 754.

Partnership Reporting Matters

         The Owner trustee is required to (i) keep  complete and accurate  books
of the trust,  (ii) file a partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with
the IRS for each  taxable  year of the trust and (iii)  report  each  beneficial
owner of a partnership  interest's  allocable share of items of trust income and
expense to beneficial owners and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The trust will provide
the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to provide the trust with the
information  statement  described  below and those  nominees will be required to
forward the information to the beneficial  owners of the partnership  interests.
Generally,  beneficial  owners of a partnership  interests must file tax returns
that are consistent with the information return filed by the trust or be subject
to penalties unless the beneficial owner of a partnership  interest notifies the
IRS of all the inconsistencies.

         Under section 6031 , any person that holds  partnership  interests as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the trust with
a statement containing information on the nominee, the beneficial owners and the
partnership  interests  so held.  Required  information  includes  (i) the name,
address and  taxpayer  identification  number of the nominee and (ii) as to each
beneficial owner (x) the name, address and identification  number of the person,
(y) whether  the person is a United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity or a
foreign government, and international  organization,  or any wholly owned agency
or  instrumentality  of  either  of  the  foregoing,   and  (z)  information  on
partnership  interests  that were  held,  bought or sold on behalf of the person
throughout the year. In addition,  brokers and financial  institutions that hold
partnership  interests through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the
trust information as to themselves and their ownership of partnership interests.
A clearing agency registered under section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 is not  required to furnish any such  information  statement  to the trust.
Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the trust with
the information described above may be subject to penalties.


                                       56
<PAGE>

         The Code provides for administrative examination of a partnership as if
the partnership were a separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of
limitations for  partnership  items does not expire before three years after the
date  on  which  the  partnership  information  return  is  filed.  Any  adverse
determination  following an audit of the return of the trust by the  appropriate
taxing  authorities  could  result  in an  adjustment  of  the  returns  of  the
beneficial  owner  of a  partnership  interests,  and a  beneficial  owner  of a
partnership  interest may be  precluded  from  separately  litigating a proposed
adjustment  to the items of the trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an
audit  of  the  beneficial  owner  of  a  partnership   interest's  returns  and
adjustments of items note related to the income and losses of the trust.

FASIT SECURITIES

         If provided in a  prospectus  supplement,  an election  will be made to
treat the trust as a FASIT within the meaning of section  860L(a).  With respect
to each series of  securities  for which an election is made,  Dewey  Ballantine
LLP, special tax counsel to the sponsor, will deliver its opinion to the sponsor
that,  assuming compliance with the pooling and servicing  agreement,  the trust
will be treated as a FASIT for federal income tax purposes.  A trust for which a
FASIT  election  is made  will be  referred  to in this  prospectus  as a "FASIT
trust." The  securities of each class will be designated as "regular  interests"
or  "high-yield  regular  interests" in the FASIT trust except that one separate
class will be designated  as the  "ownership  interest" in the FASIT trust.  The
prospectus   supplement  for  each  series  of  securities  will  state  whether
securities  of each  class  will  constitute  either  a  regular  interest  or a
high-yield  regular interest (a FASIT regular security) or an ownership interest
(a FASIT  Ownership  security).  The opinion shall be attached on Form 8-K to be
filed with the securities and Exchange  Commission within fifteen days after the
initial  issuance of the  securities or filed with the  securities  and Exchange
Commission as a post-effective amendment to the prospectus.

Special Tax Attributes

         FASIT securities held by a real estate investment trust will constitute
"real estate assets" within the meaning of sections  856(c)(5)(A)  and 856(c)(6)
and interest on the FASIT regular  securities  will be  considered  "interest on
obligations  secured by  mortgages  on real  property  or on  interests  in real
property"  within the  meaning of section  856(c)(3)(B)  in the same  proportion
that,  for both  purposes,  the assets of the FASIT trust and the income thereon
would be so treated.  FASIT regular  securities held by a domestic  building and
loan  association  will be treated as  "regular  interest[s]  in a FASIT"  under
section  7701(a)(19)(C)(xi),  but only in the  proportion  that the FASIT  trust
holds  "loans . . .  secured  by an  interest  in real  property  which is . . .
residential real property" within the meaning of section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v).  If
at all times 95% or more of the assets of the FASIT trust or the income  thereon
qualify for the foregoing treatments,  the FASIT regular securities will qualify
for the  corresponding  status  in  their  entirety.  For  purposes  of  section
856(c)(5)(A),  payments of principal  and  interest on a mortgage  loan that are
reinvested  pending  distribution to holders of FASIT regular  securities should
qualify  for  that  treatment.  FASIT  regular  securities  held by a  regulated
investment  company  will not  constitute  "government  securities"  within  the
meaning of section  851(b)(4)(A)(i).  FASIT regular securities held by financial
institutions will constitute an "evidence of indebtedness" within the meaning of
section 582(c)(1).

Taxation of Beneficial Owners of FASIT Regular Securities

         A FASIT  trust will not be subject  to federal  income tax except  with
respect  to  income  from  prohibited  transactions  and in other  instances  as
described  below.  The FASIT regular  securities  generally  will be treated for
federal income tax purposes as  newly-originated  debt instruments.  In general,
interest,  original  issue  discount  and  market  discount  on a FASIT  regular
security  will be  treated  as  ordinary  income to the  beneficial  owner,  and
principal payments, other than principal payments that do not exceed


                                       57
<PAGE>

accrued  market  discount,  on an FASIT  regular  security  will be treated as a
return of  capital  to the  extent of the  beneficial  owner's  basis  allocable
thereto.  Beneficial  owners  must use the  accrual  method of  accounting  with
respect to FASIT  regular  securities,  regardless  of the method of  accounting
otherwise  used by those  beneficial  owners.  See  discussion  of "Discount and
Premium" below.

         In order for the  FASIT  trust to  qualify  as a FASIT,  there  must be
ongoing  compliance with the requirements of the code. The FASIT must fulfill an
asset test, which requires that substantially all the assets of the FASIT, as of
the close of the third calendar month  beginning  after the "startup day," which
for purposes of this discussion is the date of the initial issuance of the FASIT
securities,  and  at  all  times  thereafter,  must  consist  of  cash  or  cash
equivalents,  debt instruments,  other than debt instruments issued by the owner
of the FASIT or a related party, and hedges,  and contracts to acquire the same,
foreclosure property and regular interests in another FASIT or in a REMIC. Based
on  identical  statutory  language  applicable  to REMICs,  it appears  that the
"substantially  all"  requirement  should be met if at all  times the  aggregate
adjusted  basis of the  nonqualified  assets  is less  than one  percent  of the
aggregate  adjusted  basis of all the  FASIT's  assets.  The  FASIT  provisions,
sections  860H  through  860L,  also  require the FASIT  ownership  interest and
"high-yield  regular  interests"  to be held  only  by  fully  taxable  domestic
corporations.

         Permitted debt  instruments  must bear interest,  if any, at a fixed or
qualified  variable  rate.  Permitted  hedges  include  interest rate or foreign
currency notional principal contracts, letters of credit, insurance,  guarantees
of payment default and similar  instruments to be provided in  regulations,  and
which are  reasonably  required to guarantee or hedge  against the FASIT's risks
associated with being the obligor on interests issued by the FASIT.  Foreclosure
property is real property  acquired by the FASIT in connection  with the default
or  imminent  default of a  qualified  mortgage,  provided  the  sponsor  had no
knowledge  or reason to know as of the date the asset was  acquired by the FASIT
that a default had occurred or would occur.

         The   various   interests   in  a  FASIT  also  must  meet   additional
requirements. All of the interests in a FASIT must be either one or more classes
of regular interests or a single class of ownership interest. A regular interest
is an  interest in a FASIT that is issued on or after the Startup Day with fixed
terms, is designated as a regular interest, and (1) unconditionally entitles the
holder to receive a specified  principal amount (or other similar  amount),  (2)
provides that interest payments (or other similar amounts), if any, at or before
maturity either are payable based on a fixed rate or a qualified  variable rate,
(3) has a stated  maturity of not longer  than 30 years,  (4) has an issue price
not greater  than 125% of its stated  principal  amount,  and (5) has a yield to
maturity not greater than 5 percentage points higher than the related applicable
federal  rate,  as  defined  in  section  1274(d).  In order to meet the 30 year
maturity requirement, the FASIT regular securities will be retired and replaced,
to  the  extent  then-outstanding,  with  new  regular  interests  on  the  30th
anniversary of the date of issuance of the FASIT regular  securities.  A regular
interest  that is described in the  preceding  sentence  except that if fails to
meet one or more of  requirements  (1), (2) (4) or (5) is a "high-yield  regular
interest." A high-yield regular interest that fails requirement (2) must consist
of a specified,  nonvarying  portion of the interest  payments on the  permitted
assets, by reference to the REMIC rules. An ownership interest is an interest in
a FASIT  other than a regular  interest  that is issued on the  Startup  Day, is
designated  an  ownership  interest  and is  held  by a  single,  fully-taxable,
domestic  corporation.  An  interest  in a FASIT  may be  treated  as a  regular
interest  even if  payments  of  principal  with  respect  to the  interest  are
subordinated to payments on other regular interests or the ownership interest in
the FASIT,  and are  dependent  on the absence of defaults or  delinquencies  on
permitted  assets lower than reasonably  expected  returns on permitted  assets,
unanticipated expenses incurred by the FASIT or prepayment interest shortfalls.

         If an  entity  fails  to  comply  with  one  or  more  of  the  ongoing
requirements  for status as a FASIT during any taxable  year,  the code provides
that the entity or applicable potion thereof will not be treated


                                       58
<PAGE>

as a FASIT  thereafter.  In this event, any entity that holds mortgage loans and
is the obligor with  respect to debt  obligations  with two or more  maturities,
such as the trust fund,  may be treated as a separate  association  taxable as a
corporation, and the FASIT regular securities may be treated as equity interests
in that association.  The legislative history to the FASIT provisions indicates,
however,  that an entity  can  continue  to be a FASIT if loss of its status was
inadvertent,  it takes prompt steps to requalify and other requirements that may
be provided in Treasury  Regulations  are met.  Loss of FASIT status  results in
retirement  of all regular  interests  and their  reissuance.  If the  resulting
instruments   would  be  treated  as  equity  under   general  tax   principles,
cancellation of debt income may result.

Taxes on a FASIT Trust

         Income  from  "prohibited  transactions"  by a FASIT are taxable to the
holder  of  the  ownership  interest  in a  FASIT  at a  100%  rate.  Prohibited
transactions  generally  include (1) the  disposition of a permitted asset other
than for (a) foreclosure,  default, or imminent default of a qualified mortgage,
(b)  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of  the  FASIT,  (c)  a  qualified   (complete)
liquidation,   (d)  substitution  for  another   permitted  debt  instrument  or
distribution of the debt  instrument to the holder of the ownership  interest to
reduce  overcollateralization,  but only if a principal purpose of acquiring the
debt  instrument  which is disposed of was not the  recognition  of gain, or the
reduction of a loss,  on the  withdrawn  asset as a result of an increase in the
market  value  of the  asset  after  its  acquisition  by the  FASIT  or (e) the
retirement of a class of FASIT regular interests; (2) the receipt of income from
nonpermitted  assets;  (3) the receipt of compensation for services;  or (4) the
receipt of any income derived from a loan originated by the FASIT. It is unclear
the extent to which tax on these  transactions could be collected from the FASIT
trust directly under the applicable  statutes rather than from the holder of the
FASIT residual security.

         Due  to  the  complexity  of  these  rules,  the  absence  of  Treasury
Regulations and the current uncertainty as to the manner to their application to
the trust and to holders of FASIT securities,  it is particularly important that
potential  investors consult their own tax advisors  regarding the tax treatment
of their acquisition ownership and disposition of the FASIT regular securities.

DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM

         A security purchased for an amount other than its outstanding principal
amount will be subject to the rules governing  original issue  discount,  market
discount or premium.  In addition,  all grantor trust strip  securities and some
grantor trust fractional  interest securities will be treated as having original
issue discount by virtue of the coupon  stripping rules in section 1286. In very
general terms,  (1) original issue discount is treated as a form of interest and
must be included in a beneficial owner's income as it accrues (regardless of the
beneficial  owner's regular method of accounting) using a constant yield method;
(2) market  discount  is treated as  ordinary  income and must be  included in a
beneficial  owner's  income as  principal  payments are made on the security (or
upon a sale of a security); and (3) if a beneficial owner so elects, premium may
be  amortized  over the life of the security and offset  against  inclusions  of
interest income. These tax consequences are discussed in greater detail below.

Original Issue Discount

         In general,  a security  will be  considered to be issued with original
issue discount equal to the excess,  if any, of its "stated  redemption price at
maturity"  over its "issue  price." The issue price of a security is the initial
offering  price to the public,  excluding  bond houses and  brokers,  at which a
substantial number of the securities was sold. The issue price also includes any
accrued  interest  attributable to the period between the beginning of the first
remittance  period  and the  settlement  date.  The stated  redemption  price at
maturity  of a  security  that  has a  notional  principal  amount  or  receives
principal  only or that is or may be an accrual  security is equal to the sum of
all distributions to be made


                                       59
<PAGE>

under  the  security.  The  stated  redemption  price at  maturity  of any other
security is its stated principal amount,  plus an amount equal to the excess, if
any, of the interest  payable on the first  distribution  date over the interest
that accrues for the period from the settlement  date to the first  distribution
date.

         Notwithstanding the general definition, original issue discount will be
treated as zero if the  discount  is less than  0.25% of the  stated  redemption
price at maturity  multiplied by its weighted average life. The weighted average
life of a security is  apparently  computed for this purpose as the sum, for all
distributions included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the amounts
determined by multiplying  (1) the number of complete  years  (rounding down for
partial  years)  from  the  settlement   date  until  the  date  on  which  each
distribution is expected to be made under the assumption that the mortgage loans
prepay at the rate specified in the prospectus supplement by (2) a fraction, the
numerator  of which is the amount of the  distribution  and the  denominator  of
which is the security's stated  redemption price at maturity.  If original issue
discount is treated as zero under this rule, the actual amount of original issue
discount must be allocated to the principal  distributions  on the security and,
when each distribution is received,  gain equal to the discount allocated to the
distribution will be recognized.

         Section  1272(a)(6)  contains  special  original  issue  discount rules
directly applicable to REMIC securities and debt securities. The Taxpayer Relief
Act of 1997  extends  application  of section  1272(a)(6)  to the grantor  trust
securities for tax years beginning after August 5, 1997.  Under these rules, (1)
the amount and rate of accrual of  original  issue  discount  on each  series of
securities will be based on (x) the prepayment  assumption,  and (y) in the case
of a security  calling for a variable rate of interest,  an assumption  that the
value of the index upon which the variable  rate is based  remains  equal to the
value of that rate on the settlement  date, and (2) adjustments  will be made in
the  amount of  discount  accruing  in each  taxable  year in which  the  actual
prepayment rate differs from the prepayment assumption.

         Section 1272(a)(6)(B)(iii) requires that the prepayment assumption used
to calculate  original issue discount be determined in the manner  prescribed in
Treasury  Regulations.  To date, no such regulations have been promulgated.  The
legislative history of this Code provision indicates that the assumed prepayment
rate must be the rate used by the parties in pricing the particular transaction.
The  sponsor  anticipates  that the  prepayment  assumption  for each  series of
securities  will  be  consistent  with  this  standard.  The  sponsor  makes  no
representation,  however, that the mortgage loans for a given series will prepay
at the rate  reflected in the  prepayment  assumption  for that series or at any
other rate.  Each  investor  must make its own  decision  as to the  appropriate
prepayment  assumption to be used in deciding  whether or not to purchase any of
the securities.

         Each  beneficial  owner  must  include  in gross  income the sum of the
"daily  portions" of original issue discount on its security for each day during
its taxable year on which it held the security. For this purpose, in the case of
an original beneficial owner, the daily portions of original issue discount will
be determined as follows. A calculation will first be made of the portion of the
original issue  discount that accrued during each "accrual  period." The trustee
will supply,  at the time and in the manner  required by the IRS, to  beneficial
owners,  brokers and middlemen  information  with respect to the original  issue
discount  accruing on the  securities.  The trustee will report  original  issue
discount  based on  accrual  periods  of no  longer  than one  year  either  (1)
beginning on a  distribution  date or, in the case of the first accrual  period,
the settlement date, and ending on the day before the next  distribution date or
(2)  beginning on the next day following a  distribution  date and ending on the
next distribution date.

         Under  section  1272(a)(6),  the  portion of  original  issue  discount
treated as accruing for any accrual period will equal the excess, if any, of (1)
the sum of (A) the present values of all the distributions  remaining to be made
on the  security,  if  any,  as of the  end of the  accrual  period  and (B) the
distribution  made on the security during the accrual period of amounts included
in the stated redemption price at maturity, over (2) the adjusted issue price of
the security at the beginning of the accrual period. The


                                       60
<PAGE>

present  value  of the  remaining  distributions  referred  to in the  preceding
sentence will be calculated  based on (1) the yield to maturity of the security,
calculated  as  of  the  settlement  date,   giving  effect  to  the  prepayment
assumption,  (2) events (including actual  prepayments) that have occurred prior
to the end of the accrual period, (3) the prepayment assumption,  and (4) in the
case of a security  calling for a variable rate of interest,  an assumption that
the value of the index upon which the variable rate is based remains the same as
its value on the  settlement  date over the  entire  life of the  security.  The
adjusted issue price of a security at any time will equal the issue price of the
security, increased by the aggregate amount of previously accrued original issue
discount  with  respect  to that  security,  and  reduced  by the  amount of any
distributions  made on the  security as of that time of amounts  included in the
stated redemption price at maturity. The original issue discount accruing during
any accrual period will then be allocated  ratably to each day during the period
to determine the daily portion of original issue discount.

         In  the  case  of  grantor  trust  strip   securities  and  some  REMIC
securities,  the calculation  described in the preceding paragraph may produce a
negative amount of original issue discount for one or more accrual  periods.  No
definitive  guidance  has been issued  regarding  the  treatment of the negative
amounts.  The  legislative  history to  section  1272(a)(6)  indicates  that the
negative amounts may be used to offset subsequent  positive accruals but may not
offset prior  accruals  and may not be allowed as a deduction  item in a taxable
year in which negative accruals exceed positive  accruals.  Beneficial owners of
the securities should consult their own tax advisors concerning the treatment of
negative accruals.

         A subsequent  purchaser of a security that  purchases the security at a
cost less than its remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity also will be
required to include in gross income for each day on which it holds the security,
the daily portion of original issue discount with respect to that security,  but
reduced, if the cost of the security to the purchaser exceeds its adjusted issue
price,  by an amount  equal to the  product of (1) the daily  portion  and (2) a
constant  fraction,  the numerator of which is the excess and the denominator of
which  is the sum of the  daily  portions  of  original  issue  discount  on the
security for all days on or after the day of purchase.

Market Discount

         A beneficial owner that purchases a security at a market discount, that
is, at a  purchase  price less than the  remaining  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of the  security,  or, in the case of a security  with  original  issue
discount,  its adjusted issue price, will be required to allocate each principal
distribution  first to accrued  market  discount on the security,  and recognize
ordinary  income  to the  extent  that  the  distribution  does not  exceed  the
aggregate  amount of accrued  market  discount on the  security  not  previously
included in income.  With respect to  securities  that have  unaccrued  original
issue  discount,  the market  discount must be included in income in addition to
any  original  issue  discount.  A  beneficial  owner that  incurs or  continues
indebtedness  to acquire a security at a market discount may also be required to
defer the  deduction  of all or a portion of the  interest  on the  indebtedness
until the  corresponding  amount of market  discount is  included in income.  In
general terms,  market  discount on a security may be treated as accruing either
(1) under a constant yield method or (2) in proportion to remaining  accruals of
original  issue  discount,  if any,  or if  none,  in  proportion  to  remaining
distributions  of interest on the security,  in any case taking into account the
prepayment assumption.  The trustee will make available, as required by the IRS,
to beneficial owners of securities  information necessary to compute the accrual
of market discount.

         Notwithstanding  the above rules, market discount on a security will be
considered  to be zero if that  discount  is less  than  0.25% of the  remaining
stated  redemption price at maturity of the security  multiplied by its weighted
average  remaining life.  Weighted  average  remaining life presumably  would be
calculated in a manner  similar to weighted  average  life,  taking into account
payments,  including  prepayments,  prior  to the  date  of  acquisition  of the
security by the subsequent purchaser. If market


                                       61
<PAGE>

discount on a security is treated as zero under this rule,  the actual amount of
market discount must be allocated to the remaining  principal  distributions  on
the security and, when each distribution is received, gain equal to the discount
allocated to that distribution will be recognized.

Securities Purchased at a Premium

         A purchaser of a security that purchases the security at a cost greater
than its  remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity will be considered to
have  purchased  that "premium  security" at a premium.  The purchaser  need not
include in income any remaining  original  issue  discount and may elect,  under
section  171(c)(2) , to treat the premium as an "amortizable bond premium." If a
beneficial  owner makes that election,  the amount of any interest  payment that
must be included in the  beneficial  owner's  income for each period ending on a
distribution  date will be reduced by the  portion of the premium  allocable  to
each period  based on the plan's  yield to  maturity.  The premium  amortization
should be made using constant yield  principles.  If the election is made by the
beneficial  owner,  the  election  will also apply to all bonds the  interest on
which is not excludible  from gross income held by the  beneficial  owner at the
beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies and to all the
fully taxable bonds  thereafter  acquired by it, and is irrevocable  without the
consent of the IRS. If the election is not made, (1) the  beneficial  owner must
include the full amount of each  interest  payment in income as it accrues,  and
(2) the premium  must be allocated to the  principal  distributions  on the plan
and, when each principal  distribution is received,  a loss equal to the premium
allocated  to that  distribution  will be  recognized.  Any tax benefit from the
premium not previously  recognized  will be taken into account in computing gain
or loss upon the sale or disposition of the plan.

         Some securities may provide for only nominal distributions of principal
in comparison to the distributions of interest thereon.  It is possible that the
IRS or the Treasury Department may issue guidance excluding some securities from
the rules  generally  applicable  to debt  instruments  issued at a premium.  In
particular,  it is possible that a security  will be treated as having  original
issue discount equal to the excess of the total payments to be received  thereon
over its issue price. In that event, section 1272(a)(6) would govern the accrual
of  the  original  issue  discount,  but  a  beneficial  owner  would  recognize
substantially  the same income in any given period as would be  recognized if an
election  were made  under  section  171(c)(2).  Unless  and until the  Treasury
Department or the IRS publishes  specific guidance relating to the tax treatment
of  these  securities,  the  trustee  intends  to  furnish  tax  information  to
beneficial  owners of the securities in accordance  with the rules  described in
the preceding paragraph.

Special Election

         For any security acquired on or after April 4, 1994, a beneficial owner
may elect to include in gross income all "interest" that accrues on the security
by using a  constant  yield  method.  For  purposes  of the  election,  the term
"interest"  includes  stated  interest,  acquisition  discount,  original  issue
discount, de minimis original issue discount, market discount, de minimis market
discount and unstated  interest as adjusted by any  amortizable  bond premium or
acquisition  premium.  A  beneficial  owner  should  consult its own tax advisor
regarding  the time and manner of making and the scope of the  election  and the
implementation of the constant yield method.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

         Distributions  of interest and principal,  as well as  distributions of
proceeds from the sale of securities,  may be subject to the "backup withholding
tax" under section 3406 at a rate of 31% if recipients of the distributions fail
to furnish to the payor  information,  including  their taxpayer  identification
numbers,  or otherwise fail to establish an exemption from the tax. Holders that
are not exempt  recipients  must  provide  form W-9 or the  equivalent  to avoid
having  such  amounts  withheld.  Any  amounts  deducted  and  withheld  from  a
distribution  to  a  recipient  would  be  allowed  as  a  credit  against  that
recipient's federal


                                       62
<PAGE>

income tax.  Furthermore,  penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of
distributions  that is required to supply information but that does not do so in
the proper manner.

FOREIGN INVESTORS

General

         U.S. withholding regulations require, in the case of securities held by
a foreign  partnership,  that (x)  certification  of exemption  from U.S. tax be
provided by the  partners  rather than by the  foreign  partnership  and (y) the
partnership   provide   information,   including   a  United   States   taxpayer
identification  number.  A  look-through  rule would apply in the case of tiered
partnerships.  Non-U.S.  Persons should consult their own tax advisors regarding
the application to them of U.S. withholding regulations.

Grantor Trust Securities and REMIC Regular Securities

         Distributions  made on a grantor  trust  security,  Debt  security or a
REMIC  regular  security to, or on behalf of, a  beneficial  owner that is not a
U.S.  Person  generally will be exempt from U.S.  federal income and withholding
taxes. The term "U.S.  Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States,
a corporation,  partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political  subdivision  thereof, an estate that
is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income, or
a trust if a court  within the United  States can exercise  primary  supervision
over its  administration  and at  least  one  United  States  fiduciary  has the
authority to control all substantial  decisions of the trust.  This exemption is
applicable  provided  (a) the  beneficial  owner is not subject to U.S. tax as a
result  of a  connection  to the  United  States  other  than  ownership  of the
security,  (b) the beneficial owner signs a statement under penalties of perjury
that certifies that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. Person,  and provides the
name and address of that beneficial  owner,  and (c) the last U.S. Person in the
chain  of  payment  to the  beneficial  owner  receives  a  statement  from  the
beneficial owner or a financial  institution  holding on its behalf and does not
have actual knowledge that the statement is false.  Beneficial  owners should be
aware that the IRS might take the position that this exemption does not apply to
a beneficial  owner that also owns 10% or more of the REMIC residual  securities
of any REMIC  trust,  or to a  beneficial  owner that is a  "controlled  foreign
corporation" described in section 881(c)(3)(C).

REMIC Residual Securities and FASIT Ownership Securities

         Amounts  distributed to a beneficial owner of a REMIC residual security
that is a not a U.S.  Person  generally will be treated as interest for purposes
of applying the 30%, or lower treaty rate, withholding tax on income that is not
effectively  connected  with  a  U.S.  trade  or  business.  Temporary  Treasury
Regulations  clarify that amounts not  constituting  excess  inclusions that are
distributed  on a REMIC  residual  security or a FASIT  ownership  security to a
beneficial  owner that is not a U.S.  Person  generally will be exempt from U.S.
federal income and withholding tax, subject to the same conditions applicable to
distributions  on grantor trust  securities,  debt  securities and REMIC regular
securities,  as  described  above,  but only to the extent that the  obligations
directly  underlying  the REMIC or FASIT  trust that  issued the REMIC  residual
security or FASIT ownership security,  e.g., mortgage loans or regular interests
in another REMIC or FASIT,  were issued after July 18, 1984. In no case will any
portion  of REMIC or FASIT  income  that  constitutes  an  excess  inclusion  be
entitled to any exemption from the


                                       63
<PAGE>

withholding  tax  or  a  reduced  treaty  rate  for  withholding.  See  "--REMIC
Securities--Taxation  of Beneficial Owners of REMIC residual  securities--Excess
Inclusions."

Partnership Interests

         Depending  upon  the  particular  terms  of  the  trust  agreement  and
servicing  agreement,  a trust may be  considered  to be  engaged  in a trade or
business in the United  States for  purposes of federal  withholding  taxes with
respect to non-U.S. persons. If the trust is considered to be engaged in a trade
or business in the United States for those  purposes and the trust is treated as
a partnership,  the income of the trust distributable to a non-U.S. person would
be  subject  to  federal  withholding  tax.  Also,  in those  cases,  a non-U.S.
beneficial owner of a partnership  interest that is a corporation may be subject
to the branch profits tax. If the trust is notified that a beneficial owner of a
partnership  interest is a foreign person,  the trust may withhold as if it were
engaged  in a trade or  business  in the United  States in order to protect  the
trust from possible  adverse  consequences  of a failure to withhold.  A foreign
holder  generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund with
respect to withheld  taxes,  taking the position  that no taxes were due because
the trust was not in a U.S. trade or business.

FASIT Regular Securities

         "High-yield"   FASIT  regular   securities   may  not  be  sold  to  or
beneficially owned by non-U.S. Persons. Any such purported transfer will be null
and  void  and,  upon the  trustee's  discovery  of any  purported  transfer  in
violation of this requirement,  the last preceding owner of the high-yield FASIT
regular  securities  will be  restored to  ownership  thereof as  completely  as
possible.  The last preceding owner will, in any event, be taxable on all income
with respect to the high-yield  FASIT regular  securities for federal income tax
purposes.  The pooling and servicing agreement will provide that, as a condition
to transfer of a high-yield FASIT regular security, the proposed transferee must
furnish an  affidavit  as to its  status as a U.S.  Person  and  otherwise  as a
permitted transferee.

                            STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         In  addition  to the  federal  income  tax  consequences  described  in
"Material Federal Income Tax Consequences,"  potential investors should consider
the state and local income tax consequences of the acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition  of the  securities.  State  and  local  income  tax law may  differ
substantially  from the corresponding  federal law, and this discussion does not
purport to describe  any aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality.
Therefore,  potential  investors  should  consult  their own tax  advisors  with
respect to the various state and local tax  consequences of an investment in the
securities.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Section  406 of ERISA and section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code
prohibit a "plan," which is a pension,  profit sharing or other employee benefit
plan and  individual  retirement  arrangements  from  engaging  in  transactions
involving  "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  persons" under the Internal  Revenue Code with respect to the
plan, unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to the transaction.
ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code also prohibit  generally  actions  involving
conflicts  of  interest  by  persons  who are  fiduciaries  of  those  plans  or
arrangements.  A violation of these "prohibited  transaction" rules may generate
excise tax and other  liabilities  under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code for
those persons. In addition,  investments by plans are subject to ERISA's general
fiduciary  requirements,  including the  requirement of investment  prudence and
diversification  and  the  requirement  that a  plan's  investments  be  made in
accordance with the documents  governing the plan.  Employee  benefit plans that
are governmental plans, as defined in


                                       64
<PAGE>

Section 3(32) of ERISA,  and church plans, as defined in section 3(33) of ERISA,
are not subject to ERISA requirements. Accordingly, assets of these plans may be
invested in  securities  without  regard to the ERISA  considerations  discussed
below,  subject to the provisions of other applicable  federal,  state and local
law. Any plan which is qualified and exempt from taxation  under section  401(a)
and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code,  however,  is subject to the prohibited
transaction rules of section 503 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         Transactions   involving  the  trust  might  be  deemed  to  constitute
prohibited  transactions  under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect
to a plan,  including  an  individual  retirement  arrangement,  that  purchased
securities.  Therefore,  in the absence of an exemption,  the purchase,  sale or
holding of a security by a plan, including individual  retirement  arrangements,
subject to section 406 of ERISA or section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code
might result in prohibited  transactions  and the imposition of excise taxes and
civil penalties.

CERTIFICATES

       First Union  Corporation  has received  from the  Department  of Labor an
underwriter  individual prohibited transaction exemption (which has been amended
by prohibited transaction exemptions 97-34 and 2000-58), which generally exempts
from the application of the prohibited transaction provisions of section 406(a),
406(b)(1),  406(b)(2)  and  407(a)  of ERISA and the  excise  taxes  imposed  by
sections 4975(a) and (b) of the Internal Revenue Code, transactions with respect
to the  initial  purchase,  the holding  and the  subsequent  resale by plans of
certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of secured receivables, secured
loans and other secured obligations that meet the conditions and requirements of
the underwriter exemption.  The underwriter exemption will only be available for
securities that are certificates.

         Among  the  conditions   that  must  be  satisfied  in  order  for  the
underwriter exemption to apply to offered certificates are the following:

         o        the  acquisition  of the  certificates  by a plan is on terms,
                  including the price for the certificates, that are at least as
                  favorable  to the  plan as they  would  be in an  arm's-length
                  transaction with an unrelated party;

         o        the assets held by the trust must be fully secured (other than
                  one-to-four family residential  mortgage loans and home equity
                  loans or receivables backing certain types of certificates, as
                  described below);

         o        unless   the    certificates   are   issued   in   "designated
                  transactions"   (as   described   below)  and  are  backed  by
                  fully-secured loans, the rights and interests evidenced by the
                  certificates  acquired by the plan are not subordinated to the
                  rights and interests  evidenced by other  certificates  of the
                  trust;

         o        the  certificates  acquired by the plan have received a rating
                  at the time of the  acquisition  that is one of the three (or,
                  in the case of designated transactions,  four) highest generic
                  rating  categories from Standard & Poor's,  Moody's  Investors
                  Service or Fitch, Inc.;

         o        the  trustee is not an  affiliate  of any other  member of the
                  restricted group, as defined below)

         o        the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
                  underwriters  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the
                  certificates  represents not more than reasonable compensation
                  for  underwriting  the  certificates;  the sum of all payments
                  made to and  retained  by the  originators  and the sponsor in
                  exchange for the assignment of the loans to the trust


                                       65
<PAGE>

                  estate  represents  not more than the fair market value of the
                  loans;  the sum of all  payments  made to and  retained by any
                  servicer represents not more than reasonable  compensation for
                  that  person's   services  under  the  pooling  and  servicing
                  agreement  and  reimbursement  of  that  person's   reasonable
                  expenses;

         o        the  plan  investing  in the  certificates  is an  "accredited
                  investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
                  1933; and

         o        in the  event  that  all of the  obligations  used to fund the
                  trust have not been  transferred  to the trust on the  closing
                  date,  additional  obligations  of the types  specified in the
                  prospectus  supplement and/or pooling and servicing  agreement
                  having  an  aggregate  value  equal to no more than 25% of the
                  total principal  amount of the  certificates  being offered by
                  the trust may be  transferred  to the trust,  in exchange  for
                  amounts   credited  to  the  account  funding  the  additional
                  obligations, within a funding period of no longer than 90 days
                  or 3 months following the closing date.

         The trust estate must also meet the following requirements:

         o        the corpus of the trust estate must  consist  solely of assets
                  of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

         o        certificates  in the  other  investment  pools  must have been
                  rated  in one of the  three  (or, in the  case  of  designated
                  transactions,  four) highest  rating  categories of Standard &
                  Poor's,  Moody's Investors Service or Fitch, Inc. for at least
                  one year prior to the plan's acquisition of certificates; and

         o        certificates  evidencing  interests in other  investment pools
                  must have been purchased by investors  other than plans for at
                  least   one  year   prior  to  the   plan's   acquisition   of
                  certificates.

         In the case where the certificates are backed by trust assets which are
residential,  home equity,  manufactured housing or multi-family loans which are
described and defined in the underwriter  exemption as designated  transactions,
certificates issued by the trust in such transactions may be rated in one of the
highest four generic rating  categories by the specified  rating agencies and/or
may be  subordinated.  In  addition,  one  subset  of  designated  transactions,
residential  (one-to-four  family) and home equity loans, may be less than fully
secured, provided that the rights and interests evidenced by certificates issued
in such  designated  transactions  are: (a) not  subordinated  to the rights and
interests  evidenced  by  securities  of the same trust;  (b) such  certificates
acquired by the plan have received a rating from the specified  rating  agencies
at the time of such acquisition that is in one of the two highest generic rating
categories;  and (c) any loan  included  in the corpus or assets of the trust is
secured  by  collateral  whose  fair  market  value on the  closing  date of the
designated  transactions  is at  least  equal  to 80% of the  sum  of:  (i)  the
outstanding  principal balance due under the loan which is held by the trust and
(ii) the  outstanding  principal  balance(s)  of any  other  loan(s)  of  higher
priority  (whether  or not held by the  trust)  which  are  secured  by the same
collateral.

         Moreover,    the   underwriter    exemption    provides   relief   from
self-dealing/conflict  of interest  prohibited  transactions that may occur when
the plan fiduciary causes a plan to acquire certificates in a trust in which the
fiduciary, or its affiliate, is an obligor on the receivables held in the trust;
although,  among  other  requirements,  (1) in the  case  of an  acquisition  in
connection with the initial issuance of certificates,  at least fifty percent of
each class of  certificates  in which plans have invested is acquired by persons
independent of the restricted  group and at least fifty percent of the aggregate
interest  in the trust is  acquired  by persons  independent  of the  restricted
group; (2) the fiduciary,  or its affiliate,  is an obligor with respect to five
percent or less of the fair market  value of the  obligations  contained  in the
trust; (3)


                                       66
<PAGE>

the plan's  investment in certificates of any class does not exceed  twenty-five
percent of all of the certificates of that class  outstanding at the time of the
acquisition; and (4) immediately after the acquisition, no more than twenty-five
percent  of the  assets  of the plan  with  respect  to which  the  person  is a
fiduciary are invested in  certificates  representing an interest in one or more
trusts  containing  assets sold or serviced by the same entity.  The underwriter
exemption does not apply to plans sponsored by the "restricted  group," which is
the sponsor,  the  underwriters,  the trustee,  any  servicer,  any obligor with
respect to mortgage loans included in the trust fund constituting more than five
percent  of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the assets in the
trust fund,  the insurer,  the  counterparty  of any  interest  rate swap or any
affiliate of the parties.

         The underwriter  exemption permits  interest-rate  swaps and/or a yield
supplement agreements to be assets of a trust provided that certain requirements
are satisfied. The prospectus supplement for a series of securities will provide
further information if the trust holds such a contract.

         In addition to the underwriter  exemption,  the Department of Labor has
issued Prohibited  Transaction  Class Exemption  ("PTCE") 83-1 which provides an
exemption  for  transactions  involving  the  sale or  exchange  of  residential
mortgage  pool  pass-through  certificates  by  plans  and for  transactions  in
connection with the servicing and operation of the mortgage pool.

NOTES

         The underwriter exemption will not be available for securities that are
notes. Under the "plan assets regulation" issued by the United States Department
of Labor,  the assets of the trust would be treated as plan assets of a plan for
the purposes of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code only if the plan acquired an
equity  interest in the trust and none of the  exceptions  contained in the plan
assets  regulation were  applicable.  An "equity  interest" is defined under the
plan assets  regulation as an interest other than an instrument which is treated
as indebtedness  under applicable local law and which has no substantial  equity
features.  Accordingly,  if the notes are treated as having  substantial  equity
features,  the  purchase,  holding  and  resale of the notes  could  result in a
transaction  that is prohibited under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code. If the
notes are treated as  indebtedness  without  substantial  equity  features,  the
trust's assets would not be deemed assets of a plan.  However, in that case, the
acquisition or holding of the notes by or on behalf of a plan could nevertheless
give rise to a prohibited  transaction,  if the acquisition and holding of notes
by or on  behalf  of a plan was  deemed  to be a  prohibited  loan to a party in
interest with respect to the plan.  Exemptions  from the prohibited  transaction
rules  could be  applicable  to the  purchase  and  holding  of notes by a plan,
depending  on the  type  and  circumstances  of the plan  fiduciary  making  the
decision to acquire the notes.  Included among these exemptions are: PTCE 84-14,
regarding transactions effected by "qualified professional asset managers"; PTCE
90-1,  regarding  transactions entered into by insurance company pooled separate
accounts;  PTCE 91-38,  regarding  transactions  entered into by bank collective
investment funds; PTCE 95-60,  regarding  transactions entered into by insurance
company general accounts;  and PTCE 96-23,  regarding  transactions  effected by
"in-house asset managers".  Each purchaser and each transferee of a note that is
treated as debt for  purposes of the plan assets  regulation  may be required to
represent  and warrant that its purchase and holding of the note will be covered
by one of the  exemptions  listed above or by another  Department of Labor class
exemption.

CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL

         The prospectus  supplement  for each series of securities  will provide
further  information  which plans should consider before  purchasing the offered
securities.  A plan  fiduciary  considering  the purchase of  securities  should
consult its tax and/or legal advisors  regarding whether the assets of the trust
would be considered plan assets,  the  possibility of exemptive  relief from the
prohibited  transaction  rules  and  other  ERISA  issues  and  their  potential
consequences. Moreover, each plan fiduciary should determine whether


                                       67
<PAGE>

under   the   general   fiduciary   standards   of   investment   prudence   and
diversification,  an investment in the securities is  appropriate  for the plan,
taking  into  account  the  overall  investment  policy  of  the  plan  and  the
composition of the plan's investment portfolio. The sale of securities to a plan
is in no respect a representation  by the sponsor or the underwriters  that this
investment meets all relevant  requirements with respect to investments by plans
generally or any  particular  plan or that this  investment is  appropriate  for
plans generally or any particular plan.

         In John Hancock  Mutual Life  Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings
Bank, 510 U.S. 86 (1993), the United States Supreme Court ruled that assets held
in an insurance  company's general account may be deemed to be "plan assets" for
ERISA purposes.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

         The related  prospectus  supplement  will  describe  whether or not the
securities will constitute  "mortgage-related  securities" within the meaning of
SMMEA.  Accordingly,  investors whose  investment  authority is subject to legal
restrictions should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether and to
what extent the securities constitute legal investments for them.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  sponsor has filed a  registration  statement  with  respect to the
securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  This prospectus,  which
forms a part  of the  registration  statement,  and  the  prospectus  supplement
relating to each series of securities contain summaries of the material terms of
the agreements,  but do not contain all of the  information in the  registration
statement.  For  further  information,  reference  is made  to the  registration
statement  and its  exhibits.  The  registration  statement  and exhibits can be
inspected  and copied at  prescribed  rates at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission at its Public  Reference
Section,  450 Fifth Street,  NW,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and at its Regional
Office located as follows,  Midwest  Regional  Office,  500 West Madison Street,
Chicago,  Illinois  60661;  and  Northeast  Regional  Office,  Seven World Trade
Center,  New York,  New York 10048.  In addition,  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  maintains  a World  Wide Web site at  http://www.sec.gov  containing
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other  information  regarding
registrants, including the sponsor, that file electronically with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.

         Each trust fund will be required to file  reports  with the  Securities
and Exchange  Commission as required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The
sponsor  may cause any trust fund to suspend  filing the reports if and when the
reports are no longer required under said act.

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this prospectus and any prospectus
supplement and you must not rely upon such information or representations.  This
prospectus and any prospectus supplement do not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities offered
hereby and thereby nor an offer of the  securities to any person in any state or
other jurisdiction in which that offer would be unlawful.  You should not assume
that  information in this prospectus is correct as of any time subsequent to its
date.

                     INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         All  documents  that we  subsequently  file  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  under section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, after the date of this prospectus shall be incorporated by
reference in this  prospectus  and be a part of this  prospectus.  Any statement


                                       68
<PAGE>

contained  in  a  document  incorporated  by  reference  shall  be  modified  or
superseded  if  a  statement  contained  in  this  prospectus,   the  prospectus
supplement  or in any other  document  subsequently  incorporated  by  reference
modifies or replaces that statement.

         The sponsor will provide without  charge,  on request of each person to
whom this  prospectus  is  delivered,  a copy of any of the  documents  that are
incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Requests should be directed to the
sponsor at One First Union  Center,  301 S.  College  Street,  Charlotte,  North
Carolina 28288, telephone no. (704) 590-6161.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The  sponsor may offer each series of  securities  through  First Union
Securities,  Inc. or one or more other firms that may be  designated at the time
of each offering of the securities.  The prospectus supplement will describe the
specific  terms of the  offering  of the  series  and of each  class  within the
series, the names of the underwriters, the purchase price of the securities, the
proceeds  to the sponsor  from the sale,  any  securities  exchange on which the
securities  may be listed,  and,  if  applicable,  the initial  public  offering
prices,  the discounts and commissions to the underwriters and any discounts and
concessions  allowed or reallowed to dealers.  The place and time of delivery of
each  series  will be stated in the  prospectus  supplement.  First  Union is an
affiliate of the sponsor.

         This  prospectus  and  prospectus  supplement  also  may be used by the
sponsor,  First Union  Securities,  Inc.,  an affiliate of the sponsor,  and any
other  affiliate of the sponsor when required under the federal  securities laws
in  connection   with  offers  and  sales  of  securities  in   furtherance   of
market-making  activities in  securities.  First Union  Securities,  Inc. or any
other such  affiliate may act as principal or agent in such  transactions.  Such
sales will be made at prices related to prevailing  market prices at the time of
sale or otherwise.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Dewey  Ballantine  LLP,  New  York,  New  York,  or any  other  counsel
identified in the  prospectus  supplement,  will pass upon legal matters for the
sponsor.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The  sponsor  has  determined  that its  financial  statements  are not
material to the offering made hereby.

         A new trust will be formed to own the primary  assets and to issue each
series of securities. Each new trust will have no assets or obligations prior to
the issuance of the securities and will not engage in any activities  other than
those described in this prospectus.  Accordingly,  no financial  statements with
respect to the trusts  will be  included in this  prospectus  or any  prospectus
supplement.

         A prospectus  supplement and the related Form 8-K may contain financial
statements of any credit enhancer.


                                       69

<PAGE>

                                                              FORM OF PROSPECTUS
                                                      SUPPLEMENT -- CERTIFICATES

Prospectus supplement to prospectus dated ____________


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  $-----------
                             ----------------------
                    Mortgage-Backed Certificates, Series _______
$_____ ___% Class A-1 Certificates      $_______ ____% Class A-2 Certificates
    _____________                       Residential Asset Funding Corporation
      Depositor                                        Sponsor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
                                                    The trust fund --

                                                    o    The trust fund consists
                                                         primarily of two pools
                                                         of fixed-rate business
                                                         and consumer purpose
                                                         home equity loans
                                                         secured by first- or
                                                         second-lien mortgages
                                                         on residential or
                                                         commercial
  You should read the section entitled                   real properties.
  "Risk Factors" starting on page S-__
  of this prospectus supplement and                 The certificates--
  page 3 of the accompanying
  prospectus and consider these                     o    Each class of offered certificates will represent a beneficial
  factors before making a decision to                    ownership interest in one pool of mortgage loans.
  invest in the certificates.
                                                    Credit enhancement --
  The certificates ownership interests
  in the trust fund only and are not                o    The certificates will have the benefit of a financial guaranty
  interests in or obligations of any                     insurance policy to be issued by [certificate insurer]
  other person.
                                                    o    The certificates will be cross-collateralized to a limited
  Neither the certificates nor the                       extent.
  underlying mortgage loans will be                 o    The certificates have the benefit of initial
  insured or guaranteed by any                           over-collateralization.
  governmental agency or                            o    Excess interest will be used in the early years of the
  instrumentality.                                       transaction to increase this over-collateralization.
------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Original Certificate    Price to the     Underwriting    Proceeds to the      Ratings       Final Stated
  Class      Principal Balance         Public          Discount         Depositor           [ ]         Maturity Date
----------   ------------------     ------------     ------------    ----------------     -------       -------------
<S>         <C>                    <C>              <C>             <C>                  <C>           <C>
   A-1      $_____________           ____%              ____%        $_____________

   A-2      $_____________           ____%              ____%        $_____________       ________      ______________
--------
  Total     $_____________        $____________        $____         $_____________
</TABLE>


              You will also be required to pay the interest that accrued on your
              note since ________.  The proceeds to the depositor are calculated
              without  taking into effect the expenses of this  offering,  which
              are expected to be $________.

              Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor any state
              securities   commission  has  approved  or  disapproved  of  these
              securities  or  passed  upon  the  accuracy  or  adequacy  of this
              prospectus  supplement.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
              criminal offense.

                          First Union Securities, Inc.

               The date of this prospectus supplement is ________

<PAGE>


            Important notice about the information presented in this
              prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus


     We  provide  information  to you about  the  certificates  in two  separate
documents  that   progressively   provide  more  detail:  (1)  the  accompanying
prospectus,  which provides general information,  some of which may not apply to
your series of certificates, and (2) this prospectus supplement, which describes
the specific terms of your series of certificates.

     This prospectus  supplement does not contain complete information about the
offering  of  the  certificates.  Additional  information  is  contained  in the
accompanying  prospectus.  You are urged to read both this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying  prospectus in full. We cannot sell the certificates to you
unless you have received both this  prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying
prospectus.

     The  accompanying  prospectus  contains  information  which  describes  the
possible characteristics of different series of securities,  and is not intended
to be contradictory to the information contained in this prospectus  supplement.
If the accompanying prospectus contemplates multiple options, you should rely on
the information in this prospectus supplement as to the applicable option.

     [This prospectus supplement and the accompanying  prospectus may be used by
us, First Union Securities, Inc., our affiliate, and any of our other affiliates
when required under the federal  securities  laws in connection  with offers and
sales of offered  certificates  in  furtherance of  market-making  activities in
offered certificates.  First Union Securities,  Inc. or any other such affiliate
may act as principal or agent in such transactions. Sales will be made at prices
related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale or otherwise.]

     We  include   cross-references  in  this  prospectus   supplement  and  the
accompanying  prospectus  to  captions  in these  materials  where  you can find
further  information  concerning  a particular  topic.  The  following  table of
contents provides the pages on which these captions are located.


<PAGE>


                                Table of Contents

Summary...............................................S-1
Risk Factors..........................................S-3
Transaction Overview..................................S-7
     Parties..........................................S-7
     The Transaction..................................S-7
The Mortgage Loan Pools...............................S-8
     The Pool I Mortgage Loans........................S-9
     The Pool II Mortgage Loans......................S-13
     Conveyance of subsequent mortgage loans.........S-16
The Originators, the Depositor and the Servicer......S-17
     Underwriting Guidelines.........................S-17
     The Servicer....................................S-17
     Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience............S-17
The Trustee..........................................S-19
The Collateral Agent.................................S-19
Description of the Certificates......................S-19
     Book-Entry Registration.........................S-20
     Definitive Certificates.........................S-24
     Assignment and Pledge of Initial Mortgage
       Loans.........................................S-24
     Assignment and Pledge of Subsequent Mortgage
       Loans.........................................S-24
     Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents.............S-25
     Representations and Warranties of the Depositor.S-26
     Payments on the Mortgage Loans..................S-28
     Over-collateralization Provisions...............S-30
     Cross-collateralization Provisions..............S-31
     Flow of Funds...................................S-32
     Reports to Certificateholders...................S-32
     Amendment.......................................S-33
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans......................S-33
     The Servicer....................................S-33
     Servicing Fees and Other Compensation and
       Payment of Expenses...........................S-33
     Periodic Advances and Servicer Advances.........S-34
     Prepayment Interest Shortfalls..................S-35
     Civil Relief Act Interest Shortfalls............S-35
     Optional Purchase of Defaulted Mortgage Loans...S-35


                                       ii


<PAGE>


     Servicer Reports................................S-35
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures.......S-36
     Hazard Insurance................................S-36
     Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans.......S-37
     Removal and Resignation of the Servicer.........S-37
     Termination; Purchase of Mortgage Loans.........S-39
The Certificate Insurance Policy.....................S-40
The Certificate Insurer..............................S-43
     The Certificate Insurer.........................S-43
     Reinsurance.....................................S-44
     Ratings.........................................S-44
     Capitalization..................................S-44
     Insurance Regulation............................S-44
Prepayment and Yield Considerations..................S-45
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations............S-48
ERISA Considerations.................................S-49
Legal Investment.....................................S-51
Plan of Distribution.................................S-51
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference....S-52
Additional Information...............................S-52
Experts..............................................S-53
Legal Matters........................................S-53
Ratings..............................................S-53
Glossary.............................................S-54

                                       iii

<PAGE>

                                     Summary

       This  summary  highlights  selected   information  from  this  prospectus
       supplement and does not contain all of the  information  that you need to
       consider in making your  investment  decision.  To understand  all of the
       terms of the  offering of the  certificates,  carefully  read this entire
       prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

                    -------------------------------

The Certificates

The  ___________  will  issue  the  class  A-1  certificates  and the  class A-2
certificates.  The  class  A  certificates  are  being  offered  to you by  this
prospectus supplement.

The class A certificates  will accrue  interest at the interest  rate,  have the
original  principal balance and have the final stated maturity date indicated on
the cover of this prospectus supplement.

The trust  will  also  issue one  class of  residual  certificates,  the class R
certificates,  for each class of class A certificates.  The class R certificates
are not offered by this prospectus supplement.

Distributions

   Distributions on the certificates will be made on the ____ day of each month,
       or,  if the  ____  day is not a  business  day,  on the  next  succeeding
       business day, beginning on _________.

Distributions of Interest

On each distribution date, each class of certificates is entitled to receive its
current interest.

        o      Current Interest. The current interest for a distribution date is
               the interest  which  accrues on a class of  certificates  at that
               class's certificate rate on the outstanding  principal balance of
               the class during the accrual period.

        o      Accrual Period. The accrual period for the certificates is the
               calendar month preceding the distribution date.

All  computations of interest  accrued on the  certificates  will be made on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Distributions of Principal

The holders of each class of certificates are entitled to receive  distributions
of principal on each distribution  date which generally  reflect  collections of
principal during the preceding  calendar month on the mortgage loans in the pool
relating to their class.

In  addition,  in  accordance  with the  over-collateralization  features of the
transaction,  holders may also receive  extra  distributions  of principal  from
excess interest on a distribution date.

The Mortgage Loans

The  mortgage  loans  to be  included  in the  trust  estate  will be  primarily
fixed-rate,  closed-end,  monthly pay, business and consumer purpose home equity
loans  secured  by first,  second  or  multiple  mortgages  or deeds of trust on
residential or commercial real properties.

On the closing date, the trust will purchase the mortgage  loans.  The aggregate
principal   balance  of  the  pool  I  mortgage  loans  will  be   approximately
$_____________ and the aggregate principal balance of the pool II mortgage loans
will be approximately $_____________.

The aggregate  principal balance of the mortgage loans purchased by the trust on
the closing date will be less than the amount  required to be held by the trust.
The amount of the difference  will be taken from the proceeds of the sale of the
certificates,  placed in the  pre-funding  accounts and used for the purchase of
mortgage loans by the trust after the closing date.

                                       S-1


<PAGE>

Servicing of the Mortgage Loans

__________________ will act as servicer and will be obligated to service and
administer the mortgage loans.

Option of the Servicer to Terminate the Trust

The servicer may, at its option, terminate the trust on the distribution date on
which the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of all mortgage loans is less
than 10% of the sum of the aggregate  original principal balance of the mortgage
loans purchased on the closing date and the amount on deposit in the pre-funding
accounts on the closing date.

ERISA Considerations

Subject  to the  conditions  described  under  "ERISA  Considerations"  in  this
prospectus supplement, the certificates may be purchased by any employee benefit
plan or other  retirement  arrangement  subject to ERISA or the Internal Revenue
Code.

Federal Income Tax Status

An  election  will be made to  treat  the  trust  fund as a REMIC.  The  class A
certificates  will  be  designated  as  "regular  interests"  and  the  class  R
certificates will be designated as "residual interests" in the REMIC.

The class A certificates  will be treated as newly  originated debt  instruments
and  the  beneficial  owners  will be  required  to  report  income  thereon  in
accordance with the accrual method of accounting.

Ratings

In order to be issued,  the certificates must be rated [ ]by ________ and [ ] by
________,  taking into account the certificate  insurance  policy issued for the
certificates.

                                       S-2

<PAGE>

                                  Risk Factors

         Investors should consider, among other things, the following factors --
as well as the  factors  enumerated  under "Risk  Factors"  in the  accompanying
prospectus -- before deciding to invest in the certificates.

If the funds on deposit in the  pre-funding  accounts  are not used to  purchase
additional  mortgage  loans,  those funds will be distributed as a prepayment of
principal, which may adversely affect the yield on your certificate.

                  If the  principal  balance  of  the  eligible  mortgage  loans
                  available for purchase by the trust on  _____________  is less
                  than the amount on deposit  in either  pre-funding  account on
                  that  date,  the  remaining   amount  will  be  applied  as  a
                  prepayment of principal on the following  distribution date to
                  the  holders  of the class of  certificates  relating  to that
                  pre-funding  account.  You will  bear the risk of  reinvesting
                  these unscheduled  distributions and there can be no assurance
                  that you will be able to reinvest them at a yield  equaling or
                  exceeding the yield on your certificate.

                  Any purchase of additional  mortgage  loans by the trust using
                  funds on deposit in the pre-funding accounts is subject to the
                  following conditions, among others:

                      o    each additional mortgage loan must satisfy specified
                           statistical criteria and representations and
                           warranties;

                      o    additional  mortgage  loans will not be selected in a
                           manner   that  is  believed  to  be  adverse  to  the
                           interests of the holders of the  certificates and the
                           certificate insurer; and

                      o    opinions of counsel will be delivered with concerning
                           the validity of the conveyance of additional mortgage
                           loans.

                  If the originators do not have additional mortgage loans which
                  satisfy these conditions with an aggregate  principal  balance
                  equal to the amount on deposit  in the  pre-funding  accounts,
                  such a prepayment will occur.

Because  many of the  mortgage  loans  backing  your  certificate  were  made to
borrowers with impaired or unsubstantiated credit histories,  there is a greater
risk of delinquent payments on these mortgage loans, which could lead to greater
risk of losses on your certificate.

                  The mortgage  loans were made, in part, to borrowers  who, for
                  one reason or another, are not able, or do not wish, to obtain
                  financing from traditional  sources such as commercial  banks.
                  These  mortgage  loans  may be  considered  to be of a riskier
                  nature  than  mortgage  loans made by  traditional  sources of
                  financing,  so that the  holders  of the  certificates  may be
                  deemed to be at greater risk than if the  mortgage  loans were
                  made to other types of borrowers.

                  The  underwriting  standards  used in the  origination  of the
                  mortgage  loans held by the trust are generally less stringent
                  than  those  of  Fannie  Mae  or  Freddie  Mac   concerning  a
                  borrower's  credit  history  and in  certain  other  respects.
                  Borrowers  on the  mortgage  loans  may  have an  impaired  or
                  unsubstantiated  credit  history.  As a  result  of this  less
                  stringent   approach  to  underwriting,   the  mortgage  loans
                  purchased  by  the  trust  may  experience   higher  rates  of
                  delinquencies, defaults and

                                       S-3

<PAGE>

                  foreclosures  than  mortgage  loans  underwritten  in a manner
                  which  is more  similar  to the  Fannie  Mae and  Freddie  Mac
                  guidelines.

Geographic  concentration of the mortgage loans in particular  jurisdictions may
result in greater losses if those jurisdictions experience economic downturns.

                  Some geographic regions of the United States from time to time
                  will  experience  weaker  regional  economic   conditions  and
                  housing markets,  and,  consequently,  will experience  higher
                  rates of loss and delinquency on mortgage loans generally. Any
                  concentration  of the  mortgage  loans  in such a  region  may
                  present  risk  considerations  in addition to those  generally
                  present for similar  mortgage-backed  securities  without this
                  concentration.   The  mortgaged   properties   underlying  the
                  mortgage loans are located  primarily on the eastern  seaboard
                  of the United States. This may subject the mortgage loans held
                  by the trust to the risk that a  downturn  in the  economy  in
                  this area of the country  would more  greatly  affect the pool
                  than if the pool were more diversified.

                  In  particular,  the  states  listed  below had the  following
                  percentages of mortgage loans in pool I and pool II,  measured
                  as  of  _______,   ______,  which  are  secured  by  mortgaged
                  properties located in the their states:

                       -------  -------   -------  -------   --------
               Pool I      %       %        %         %         %
               Pool II     %       %        %         %         %

                  Because  of  the  relative  geographic  concentration  of  the
                  mortgage   loans   within   the   states   of   _____________,
                  _____________, _____________, _____________ and _____________,
                  losses on the  mortgage  loans may be higher than would be the
                  case  if  the   mortgage   loans   were  more   geographically
                  diversified. For example, some of the mortgaged properties may
                  be more  susceptible to particular  types of special  hazards,
                  such as  earthquakes  and other  natural  disasters  and major
                  civil disturbances,  than residential or commercial properties
                  located  in  other  parts of the  country.  In  addition,  the
                  economies  of  _____________,   _____________,  _____________,
                  _____________ and _____________ may be adversely affected to a
                  greater  degree  than  the  economies  of  other  areas of the
                  country  by  regional  developments.   If  the  _____________,
                  _____________,  _____________, _____________ and _____________
                  residential or commercial  real estate  markets  experience an
                  overall   decline  in  property  values  after  the  dates  of
                  origination of the respective  mortgage loans,  then the rates
                  of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses on the  mortgage
                  loans may be  expected to increase  and this  increase  may be
                  substantial.

Loans  with  balloon  and  non-traditional  payment  methods  may have a greater
default risk, which could lead to losses on your securities.

                  Approximately  ____% of the mortgage loans in pool I, measured
                  as of _____, ____, and ____% of the mortgage loans in pool II,
                  measured as of ____,  ____, are not fully amortized over their
                  terms and  instead  require  substantial  balloon  payments on
                  their  maturity  dates.  The  borrower's  ability  to pay  the
                  balloon amount due at maturity of his or her balloon loan will
                  depend  on  the   borrower's   ability   to  obtain   adequate
                  refinancing  or funds from other  sources to repay the balloon
                  loan. The  originators  have only limited  historical  default
                  data  concerning  their  balloon loans and they do not believe
                  that  their  data  is   sufficient   to  predict  the  default
                  experience of the balloon loans. Other "non-traditional" loans
                  include

                                       S-4

<PAGE>

                  loans with escalating or variable principle payments.  Because
                  borrowers  of  non-traditional  loans  are  required  to  make
                  substantial  single  payments upon maturity,  the default risk
                  associated  with  balloon  loans  may  be  greater  than  that
                  associated with fully-amortizing loans.

A portion of the mortgage  loans are secured by  subordinate  mortgages;  in the
event of a default, these mortgage loans are more likely to experience losses.

                  Approximately _____% of the mortgage loans in pool I, measured
                  as of ____, _____, and ____% of the mortgage loans in pool II,
                  measured  as of ____,  ____,  are  secured by  subordinate  or
                  junior  mortgages  which are  subordinate to the rights of the
                  holder of the senior mortgages. As a result, the proceeds from
                  any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings will be
                  available to satisfy the principal  balance of such a mortgage
                  loan  only to the  extent  that the  claims,  if any,  of each
                  senior   mortgagee  are  satisfied  in  full,   including  any
                  foreclosure costs. In addition,  a holder of a junior mortgage
                  may not  foreclose  on the  mortgaged  property  securing  the
                  mortgage  unless it forecloses  subject to the related  senior
                  mortgages,  in which case it must either pay the entire amount
                  of the senior  mortgages to the  mortgagees at or prior to the
                  foreclosure  sale or undertake the obligation to make payments
                  on each senior mortgage in the event of default thereunder. In
                  servicing  business and consumer  purpose home equity loans in
                  its  portfolio,  it is the  servicer's  practice to satisfy or
                  reinstate  each  such  first  mortgage  at  or  prior  to  the
                  foreclosure  sale only to the extent  that it  determines  any
                  amount so paid will be  recoverable  from future  payments and
                  collections on the mortgage loans or otherwise. The trust will
                  have no source of funds to satisfy any senior mortgage or make
                  payments due to any senior mortgagee.

                  An  overall  decline in the  residential  or  commercial  real
                  estate  markets  could  adversely  affect  the  values  of the
                  mortgaged  properties  such  that  the  outstanding  principal
                  balances  of the  mortgage  loans,  together  with the primary
                  senior financing  thereon,  equals or exceeds the value of the
                  mortgaged  properties.  Such a decline would adversely  affect
                  the  position  of a second  mortgagee  before  having  such an
                  effect  on that of the  first  mortgagee.  A rise in  interest
                  rates over a period of time and the general  condition  of the
                  mortgaged  property  as well as  other  factors  may  have the
                  effect of reducing the value of the  mortgaged  property  from
                  the  appraised  value  at  the  time  the  mortgage  loan  was
                  originated.  If there is a reduction in value of the mortgaged
                  property,  the ratio of the amount of the mortgage loan to the
                  value of the mortgaged  property may increase over what it was
                  at the time the mortgage loan was originated. Such an increase
                  may reduce the  likelihood of  liquidation  or other  proceeds
                  being   sufficient   to  satisfy  the   mortgage   loan  after
                  satisfaction of any first liens.

A portion of the mortgage  loans are high  loan-to-value  (LTV) ratios which may
not have adequate security in the event of a default, which could lead to losses
on your note.

                  Even  though  all  of  the  mortgage   loans  are  secured  be
                  residential real estate,  approximately _____% of the mortgage
                  loans in pool I, measured as of ____,  _____, and ____% of the
                  mortgage  loans in pool II,  measured  as of ____,  ____,  are
                  secured by real estate which has a value that may be close to,
                  or even less than,  the amount of the loan.  As a result,  the
                  mortgaged  properties  may not provide  adequate  security for
                  these high LTV loans.  Underwriting  analysis  with respect to
                  high LTV loans relies more heavily on the mortgagor's

                                       S-5

<PAGE>

                  creditworthiness than on the protection afforded by the
                  security interest in the underlying mortgaged property.

                  Additionally,  there  is also the  risk  that if the  borrower
                  moves,  he or she will be  unable to pay the loan in full from
                  the proceeds of the sale of the property.  The costs  incurred
                  by the servicer in the collection and  liquidation of high LTV
                  loans may be higher than with respect to other loans,  because
                  the  servicer  may be  required  to pursue  collection  solely
                  against the  borrower.  Consequently,  the losses on defaulted
                  high LTV  loans may be more  severe  as there is no  assurance
                  that any  proceeds  will be  recovered,  which  could  lead to
                  losses on your certificate.

Security interests in the manufactured homes may not be perfected and the issuer
may not realize upon the full amount due under the loan.

                  Approximately _____% of the mortgage loans in pool I, measured
                  as of ____, _____, and ____% of the mortgage loans in pool II,
                  measured as of ____,  ____, are secured by manufactured  homes
                  and, in some cases,  the real estate on which the manufactured
                  home is located.  Some  federal  and state laws,  which do not
                  apply to other types of  mortgage  loans,  limit the  issuer's
                  ability to  foreclose on  manufactured  homes or may limit the
                  amount  realized  to less than the  amount due under the loan.
                  These limitations could cause losses on your certificate.

Prepayments  on the mortgage  loans could lead to  shortfalls  in the payment of
interest on your certificate.

                  The scheduled  monthly  payment  dates for the mortgage  loans
                  occur throughout a month. When a principal  prepayment in full
                  is made on a mortgage loan, the mortgagor is charged  interest
                  only up to the date of the  prepayment,  instead of for a full
                  month.  However,  the  principal  receipts will only be passed
                  through to the holders of the  certificates  once a month,  on
                  the  distribution  date which  follows the  calendar  month in
                  which  the  prepayment  was  received  by  the  servicer.  The
                  servicer   is   obligated   to  pay,   without  any  right  of
                  reimbursement,   those  shortfalls  in  interest   collections
                  payable  on the  certificates  that  are  attributable  to the
                  difference  between  the  interest  paid  by  a  mortgagor  in
                  connection with a prepayment in full and thirty days' interest
                  on the mortgage  loan, but only to the extent of the servicing
                  fee for that calendar month.

                  If the servicer  fails to make these payments or the shortfall
                  exceeds the servicing fee, there will be less funds  available
                  for  the  payment  of   interest  on  the  related   class  of
                  certificates.  These shortfalls of interest, if they result in
                  the  inability  of the  trust  to pay the full  amount  of the
                  current interest on the related class of certificates, are not
                  covered by the certificate insurance policy.


                                       S-6

<PAGE>

         Some of the terms used in this prospectus  supplement are  capitalized.
These  capitalized terms have specified  definitions,  which are included at the
end of this prospectus supplement under the heading "Glossary."

                              Transaction Overview

Parties

         The Sponsor.  Residential Asset Funding  Corporation,  a North Carolina
corporation.  The  principal  executive  office of the sponsor is located at 301
South  College  Street,   Charlotte,   North  Carolina   28288,   telephone  no.
(704) 590-6161.

         The Depositor.  ________________,  a __________  corporation,  which is
owned by the originators.  The principal executive office of the depositor is at
___________________________, and its telephone number is _____________.

         The  Originators.   _____________,  a  _____________  corporation,  and
_____________, a _____________ corporation, originated or purchased the mortgage
loans.  For  a  description  of  the  business  of  the  originators,  see  "The
Originators, the Depositor and the Servicer" in this prospectus supplement.

         The Servicer and the Subservicers.  _____________  will act as servicer
of  the  mortgage  loans,  and  _____________  and  _____________  will  act  as
subservicers for different  portions of the mortgage loans. For a description of
the  business of the  servicer,  see "The  Originators,  the  Depositor  and the
Servicer" in this prospectus supplement.

         The Trustee.  _____________,  a _____________ banking corporation.  The
corporate  trust  office of the  trustee is located  at  _____________,  and its
telephone  number is  _____________.  For a  description  of the trustee and its
responsibilities  with respect to the  certificates,  see "The  Trustee" in this
prospectus supplement.

         The Collateral  Agent.  _________________________,  a national  banking
association.  The corporate  trust office of the collateral  agent is located at
________________________, and its telephone number is _____________.

         The Certificate Insurer.  ___________________________,  a _____________
financial  guaranty  insurance  company.  The  certificate  insurer will issue a
financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  for the  benefit  of the  holders of the
certificates.   For  a  description  of  the  business  and  selected  financial
information of the certificate insurer,  see "The Certificate  Insurance Policy"
and "The Certificate Insurer" in this prospectus supplement.

         The Rating Agencies.  ________________ and ________________  will issue
ratings for each class of certificates.

The Transaction

         Formation of the Trust and Issuance of the Certificates. The trust will
be formed pursuant to the terms of a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  dated as
of  _____________,  between the trustee,  the collateral agent, the servicer and
the depositor.  Under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the trust will also
issue  the  certificates  to  the  depositor,  together  evidencing  the  entire
beneficial ownership interest in the sub-trust of the trust consisting of a pool
of mortgage loans.

                                       S-7


<PAGE>


         Sale and Servicing of the Mortgage Loans.  The mortgage loans have been
originated  or  purchased  by  the  originators  pursuant  to  their  respective
underwriting guidelines, as described under "The Originators,  the Depositor and
the  Servicer." The  originators  will sell the mortgage loans to the depositor,
pursuant  to  Loan  Sale  Agreement,  dated  as  of  _____________,   among  the
originators and the depositor.  The depositor will deposit the mortgage loans in
the trust  pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.  The servicer will
service the mortgage  loans  pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.

         Issuance of the Certificate  Insurance Policy. The certificate  insurer
will  issue  the  certificate  insurance  policy  pursuant  to the  terms  of an
Insurance  and  Indemnity  Agreement,  dated  as  of  _____________,  among  the
certificate insurer, the trust, the depositor, the originators and the servicer.

                             The Mortgage Loan Pools

         Difference between Statistical Calculation Date and Closing Date Pools.
The statistical  information  presented in this prospectus supplement concerning
the  mortgage  loans is based on the pools of mortgage  loans that  existed on a
statistical  calculation  date,  in this case _______,  ____.  Pool I aggregated
$_____________  as of the  statistical  calculation  date and pool II aggregated
$_____________  as of the statistical  calculation  date. The depositor  expects
that  the  actual  pools  on  the  closing  date  will  represent  approximately
$_____________ in aggregate principal balance of mortgage loans in pool I, as of
a cut-off date of ________, ____, and approximately  $_____________ in aggregate
principal  balance of  mortgage  loans in pool II, as of the cut-off  date.  The
additional  mortgage  loans will  represent  mortgage  loans  acquired  or to be
acquired by the trust on or prior to the closing date. In addition, with respect
to the  pools as of the  statistical  calculation  date as to which  statistical
information is presented in this prospectus  supplement,  some amortization will
occur prior to the closing date.  Moreover,  some mortgage loans included in the
pools as of the  statistical  calculation  date may  prepay  in full,  or may be
determined not to meet the eligibility requirements for the final pools, and may
not be  included  in  the  final  pools.  As a  result  of  the  foregoing,  the
statistical distribution of characteristics as of the closing date for the final
mortgage loan pools will vary somewhat from the statistical  distribution of the
characteristics  as of the  statistical  calculation  date as  presented in this
prospectus  supplement,  although this variance  should not be material.  In the
event that the depositor does not, as of the closing date,  have the full amount
of mortgage loans which the depositor expects to sell to the trust on this date,
the  depositor  will  increase  the  size of the  pre-funding  accounts  and the
capitalized interest accounts, as applicable.

         Additional  mortgage  loans are  intended to be  purchased by the trust
from  time to time on or  before  _____________  from  funds on  deposit  in the
pre-funding  accounts.  These  subsequent  mortgage loans to be purchased by the
trust, if available, will be originated or purchased by the originators, sold by
the  originators  to the  depositor and then sold by the depositor to the trust.
The Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that the  mortgage  loans,
following the conveyance of the subsequent mortgage loans, must in the aggregate
conform to specified  characteristics  described  below under " -- Conveyance of
subsequent mortgage loans."

         Unless otherwise noted, all statistical  percentages in this prospectus
supplement are approximate and are measured by the aggregate  principal  balance
of the applicable  mortgage loans in relation to the aggregate principal balance
of  the  mortgage  loans  in  the  applicable  pool,  in  each  case,  as of the
statistical calculation date.

         The mortgage loans will be  predominantly  business or consumer purpose
residential  home equity loans used to refinance an existing  mortgage  loan, to
consolidate   debt,  or  to  obtain  cash  proceeds  by  borrowing  against  the
mortgagor's equity in the mortgaged property in order to provide funds for,



                                      S-8
<PAGE>

working capital for business,  business  expansion,  equipment  acquisition,  or
personal  acquisitions.  The mortgaged  properties  securing the mortgage  loans
consist primarily of single-family  residences -- which may be detached, part of
a multi-family  dwelling,  a condominium  unit, a townhouse,  a mobile home or a
unit in a planned unit development -- and commercial or mixed use property.  The
mortgaged properties may be owner-occupied properties, which includes second and
vacation homes,  non-owner  occupied  investment  properties or business purpose
properties.

         The majority of the mortgage loans have a prepayment fee clause.  These
prepayment  fee  clauses   generally   provide  that  the  mortgagor  pay,  upon
prepayment, one or more of the following:

         o    a fee equal to a percentage, negotiated at origination, of the
              outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loan,

         o    a fee which is designed to allow the holder of the  mortgage  note
              to earn  interest on the  mortgage  loan as if the  mortgage  loan
              remained outstanding until a designated point in time, or

         o    a fee equal to the amount of interest on the outstanding principal
              balance of the mortgage loan calculated pursuant to a rule of 78's
              calculation,  which has the effect of requiring  the  mortgagor to
              pay a greater amount of interest than would be required to be paid
              if the actuarial method of calculating interest was utilized.

The Pool I Mortgage Loans

         As of the statistical  calculation  date, each of the mortgage loans in
pool I had a remaining  term to maturity of no greater than 360 months and had a
mortgage interest rate of at least ____% per annum.

         The  combined   loan-to-value   ratios  or  CLTV's  described  in  this
prospectus  supplement  were calculated  based upon the appraised  values of the
mortgaged properties at the time of origination.  No assurance can be given that
the appraised values of the mortgaged properties have remained or will remain at
the levels that existed on the dates of  origination of the mortgage  loans.  If
property  values  decline such that the  outstanding  principal  balances of the
mortgage loans,  together with the outstanding  principal  balances of any first
liens,  become equal to or greater than the value of the  mortgaged  properties,
the actual rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses could be higher than
those  historically  experienced by the servicer,  as described below under "The
Originators,  the  Depositor  and the  Servicer  --  Delinquency  and Loan  Loss
Experience," and in the mortgage lending industry generally.

         As of the  statistical  calculation  date, the mortgage loans in pool I
had the following characteristics:

         o    there were ___ mortgage loans under which the mortgaged properties
              are located in __ states,

         o    the aggregate principal balance, after application of all payments
              due on or before the statistical calculation date, was
              $_____________,

         o    the minimum principal balance was $_____________, the maximum
              principal balance was $_____________, and the average principal
              balance was $_____________,

         o    the mortgage interest rates ranged from _____% to ____% per annum,
              and the weighted average mortgage  interest rate was approximately
              ____% per annum,

         o    the original term to stated maturity ranged from ___ months to 360
              months,



                                      S-9
<PAGE>

         o    the  remaining  term to stated  maturity  ranged from __ months to
              ____ months, the weighted average original term to stated maturity
              was  approximately  ___ months and the weighted average  remaining
              term to stated maturity was approximately ____ months,

         o    no mortgage loan had a maturity later than _________,

         o    approximately  _______% of the aggregate  principal balance of the
              mortgage  loans require  monthly  payments of principal  that will
              fully amortize these mortgage loans by their  respective  maturity
              dates, and approximately  ____% of the aggregate principal balance
              of the mortgage loans are balloon loans,

         o    the weighted average CLTV was approximately _____%,

         o    approximately _____% of mortgage loans are secured by first liens,
              and approximately _____% of mortgage loans are secured by second
              liens, and

         o    approximately  _____%,  _____%,  ____%,  _____%  and  ____% of the
              mortgage loans are secured by mortgaged  properties located in the
              States    of    _____________,    _____________,    _____________,
              _____________ and _____________, respectively.

         On or prior  to  _____________,  the  trust is  expected  to  purchase,
subject to  availability,  subsequent  mortgage loans to be added to pool I. The
maximum  aggregate  principal  balance of subsequent  mortgage loans that may be
purchased is expected to be approximately $_____________.



                                      S-10
<PAGE>

         The following  tables present  statistical  information on the mortgage
loans in pool I. Due to rounding,  the percentages shown may not precisely total
100.00%.

                Geographical Distribution of Mortgaged Properties

                                                      Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Number of              Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
                State                    Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance         Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                     <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                            Distribution of CLTV Ratios

                                                      Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Original                     Number of             Aggregate Unpaid       % of Statistical Calculation Date
              CLTV Range                 Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance          Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                     <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                   Distribution of Gross Mortgage Interest Rates

                                                      Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Gross Mortgage                  Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
         Interest Rate Range             Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance        Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                     <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Distribution of Original Terms to Maturity
                                                    (in months)

                                                      Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Range of Original Terms             Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
             (in months)                Mortgage Loans           Principal Balance        Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     Distribution of Remaining Terms to Maturity
                                                       (in months)

                                                         Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Range of Remaining Terms             Number of             Aggregate Unpaid       % of Statistical Calculation Date
            (in months)                 Mortgage Loans           Principal Balance         Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------      ---------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                      S-11
<PAGE>

                                    Distribution of Original Principal Balances

                                                      Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Range of Original Mortgage Loan         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid     % of Statistical Calculation Date
          Principal Balances             Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance        Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Distribution of Current Principal Balances

                                                      Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Range of Current Mortgage Loan         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
          Principal Balances            Mortgage Loans           Principal Balance        Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------        ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                             ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                           Distribution by Lien Status

                                                     Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
             Lien Status               Mortgage Loans           Principal Balance        Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------        ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                             ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                        Distribution by Amortization Type

                                                     Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of              Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
         Amortization Type             Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance         Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------        ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                             ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                        Distribution by Occupancy Status

                                                     Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
          Occupancy Status             Mortgage Loans           Principal Balance         Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------        ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                             ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>




                                      S-12
<PAGE>

                                          Distribution by Property Type

                                                     Pool I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Number of              Aggregate Unpaid     % of Statistical Calculation Date
           Property Type                Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance        Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------        ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                    <C>

     Total                             ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

The Pool II Mortgage Loans

         As of the statistical  calculation  date, each of the mortgage loans in
pool II had a remaining term to maturity of no greater than 360 months and had a
mortgage interest rate of at least _____% per annum.

         The CLTVs described in this prospectus supplement were calculated based
upon  the  appraised  values  of  the  mortgaged   properties  at  the  time  of
origination.  No  assurance  can be  given  that  the  appraised  values  of the
mortgaged  properties have remained or will remain at the levels that existed on
the dates of origination of the mortgage  loans. If property values decline such
that the outstanding principal balances of the mortgage loans, together with the
outstanding  principal  balances of any first liens,  become equal to or greater
than the value of the mortgaged  properties,  the actual rates of delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses could be higher than those  historically  experienced by
the servicer,  as described below under "The Originators,  the Depositor and the
Servicer -- Delinquency and Loan Loss  Experience,"  and in the mortgage lending
industry.

         As of the statistical  calculation  date, the mortgage loans in pool II
had the following characteristics:

         o    there were ___ mortgage loans under which the mortgaged properties
              are located in ___ states,

         o    the aggregate principal balance, after application of all payments
              due on or before the statistical calculation date, was
              $_____________,

         o    the minimum principal balance was $_____________, the maximum
              principal balance was $_____________, and the average principal
              balance was $_____________,

         o    the mortgage  interest  rates ranged from ____% to ___% per annum,
              and the weighted average mortgage  interest rate was approximately
              ___% per annum,

         o    the original term to stated maturity ranged from __ months to 360
              months,

         o    the remaining term to stated maturity ranged from __ months to ___
              months,  the weighted average original term to stated maturity was
              approximately  ___ months and the weighted average  remaining term
              to stated maturity was approximately ___ months,

         o    no mortgage loan had a maturity later than _____________,

         o    approximately  ____% of the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
              mortgage  loans require  monthly  payments of principal  that will
              fully amortize these mortgage loans by their  respective  maturity
              dates, and approximately  ____% of the aggregate principal balance
              of the mortgage loans are balloon loans,

         o    the weighted average CLTV was approximately ____%,



                                      S-13
<PAGE>

         o    approximately ____% of mortgage loans are secured by first liens,
              and approximately ____% of mortgage loans are secured by second
              liens, and

         o    approximately  ___%, ___%, ____%,  ____% and ____% of the mortgage
              loans are secured by mortgaged properties located in the States of
              _____________,  _____________,  _____________,  _____________  and
              _____________, respectively.

         On or prior  to  _____________,  the  trust is  expected  to  purchase,
subject to availability,  subsequent  mortgage loans to be added to pool II. The
maximum  aggregate  principal  balance of subsequent  mortgage loans that may be
purchased is expected to be approximately $_____________.

         The following  tables present  statistical  information on the mortgage
loans in pool II. Due to rounding, the percentages shown may not precisely total
100.00%.

                               Geographical Distribution of Mortgaged Properties

                                                   Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid     of Statistical Calculation Date
             State                     Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance     Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------       ---------------          -----------------   ---------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                            ---------------          -----------------   ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                            Distribution of CLTV Ratios

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid     of Statistical Calculation Date
        Original CLTV Ratio            Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance    Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------       ---------------          -----------------   ---------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                            ---------------          -----------------   ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Distribution of Gross Mortgage Interest Rates

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Gross Mortgage                 Number of             Aggregate Unpaid    % of Statistical Calculation Date
         Interest Rate Range            Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance      Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------         -----------------   ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                              ---------------          -----------------   ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Distribution of Original Terms to Maturity
                                                    (in months)

                                                      Pool II
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Range of Original Terms               Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      of Statistical Calculation Date
          (in months)                   Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance      Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------         ---------------         -----------------   ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                              ---------------         -----------------   ---------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                      S-14
<PAGE>

                                     Distribution of Remaining Terms to Maturity
                                                     (in months)

                                                       Pool II
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Range of Remaining Terms            Number of            Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
            (in months)               Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance      Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------       ---------------         -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                            ---------------         -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Distribution of Original Principal Balances

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Range of Original Mortgage          Number of             Aggregate Unpaid      % of Statistical Calculation Date
      Loan Principal Balances          Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance     Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------       ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                            ---------------          -----------------     ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                    Distribution of Current Principal Balances

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Range of Current Mortgage Loan         Number of            Aggregate Unpaid       % of Statistical Calculation
        Principal Balances            Mortgage Loans         Principal Balance       Date Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------       ---------------        -----------------      ---------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                      <C>                 <C>

     Total                            ---------------        -----------------      ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                            Distribution by Lien Status

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Number of               Aggregate Unpaid    % of Statistical Calculation Date
           Lien Status              Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance     Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------    ---------------          -----------------    ---------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                      <C>                  <C>

     Total                         ---------------          -----------------    ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                         Distribution by Amortization Type

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Number of             Aggregate Unpaid         % of Statistical Calculation Date
        Amortization Type           Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance            Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------     ---------------         -----------------         ---------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                     <C>                       <C>

     Total                          ---------------         -----------------         ---------------------------------
</TABLE>






                                      S-15
<PAGE>

                                         Distribution by Occupancy Status

                                                      Pool II
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Number of             Aggregate Unpaid         % of Statistical Calculation Date
        Occupancy Status           Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------    ---------------         -----------------         ---------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                     <C>                        <C>

     Total                         ---------------         -----------------         ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                           Distribution By Property Type

                                                      Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Number of             Aggregate Unpaid           % of Statistical Calculation
         Property Type            Mortgage Loans         Principal Balance         Date Aggregate Principal Balance
-------------------------------  ---------------         -----------------        ---------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                     <C>                       <C>

     Total                       ---------------         -----------------        ---------------------------------
</TABLE>

Conveyance of subsequent mortgage loans

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  permits  the trust to  acquire
subsequent mortgage loans with the funds on deposit in the pre-funding accounts.
It is  expected  that the amount on deposit in the  pre-funding  accounts on the
closing date will be approximately  $_____________ for pool I and $_____________
for pool II. Accordingly,  the statistical characteristics of the mortgage loans
in pool I and  pool II will  vary as of any  subsequent  cut-off  date  upon the
acquisition of subsequent mortgage loans.

         The obligation of the trust to purchase the  subsequent  mortgage loans
on any subsequent  transfer date during the Pre-Funding Period is subject to the
following requirements:

         o    the  subsequent   mortgage  loan  may  not  be  30  or  more  days
              contractually  delinquent as of a subsequent cut-off date which is
              the  close  of  business  on the last  day of the  calendar  month
              preceding  the month in which  the  subsequent  mortgage  loan was
              purchased by the trust;

         o    the original term to maturity of the subsequent  mortgage loan may
              not exceed 360 months for pool I and 360 months for pool II;

         o    the subsequent mortgage loan must have a mortgage interest rate of
              at least ____% for pool I and ____% for pool II;

         o    the purchase of the  subsequent  mortgage loans is consented to by
              the certificate  insurer and the rating agencies,  notwithstanding
              the fact that the  subsequent  mortgage  loans meet the parameters
              stated in this prospectus supplement;

         o    the principal balance of any subsequent mortgage loan may not
              exceed $_____________ for pool I and $_____________ for pool II;

         o    no more  than  _____%  for  pool I and  ____%  for  pool II of the
              aggregate  principal balance of the subsequent  mortgage loans may
              be second liens;



                                      S-16
<PAGE>

         o    no such  subsequent  mortgage  loan shall have a CLTV of more than
              (a) for consumer purpose loans, ___% for pool I and ____% for pool
              II, and (b) for business  purpose loans,  ___% for pool I and ___%
              for pool II;

         o    no more than ____% for pool I and ___% for pool II of the
              subsequent mortgage loans may be balloon loans;

         o    no  more  than  ____%  for  pool I and  ____%  for  pool II of the
              subsequent mortgage loans may be secured by mixed-use  properties,
              commercial   properties,   or  five  or  more   unit   multifamily
              properties; and

         o    following the purchase of the subsequent mortgage loans by the
              trust, the mortgage loans, including the subsequent mortgage
              loans, (a) will have a weighted average mortgage interest rate,
              (I) for consumer purpose loans, of at least ____% for pool I and
              ____% for pool II and (II) for business purpose loans, of at least
              ____% for pool I and ____% for pool II; and (b) will have a
              weighted average CLTV of not more than (I) for consumer purpose
              loans, ____% for pool I and ____% for pool II, and (II) for
              business purpose loans, ____% for pool I and ____% for pool II.

         The Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that any of these
requirements may be waived or modified in any respect upon prior written consent
of the certificate  insurer,  with the exception of the requirements  concerning
maximum principal balance.

                 The Originators, the Depositor and the Servicer

                             [Corporate description]
             [To be supplied by originators, depositor and servicer]

Underwriting Guidelines

                         [To be supplied by originators]

The Servicer

                          [To be supplied by servicer]

Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience

         The following  tables present  information  relating to the delinquency
and loan loss experience on the mortgage loans included in originators servicing
portfolio  for the  periods  shown.  The  delinquency  and loan loss  experience
represents the  historical  experience of the  originators,  and there can be no
assurance that the future  experience on the mortgage loans in the trust will be
the  same  as,  or more  favorable  than,  that  of the  mortgage  loans  in the
originators' overall servicing portfolio.



                                      S-17
<PAGE>

                                      Delinquency and Foreclosure Experience
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           At                  At                   At
                                     ------------------  ------------------   -----------------
                                               % of                 % of                % of
                                     Amount    Amount    Amount     Amount    Amount    Amount
                                     Serviced  Serviced  Serviced   Serviced  Serviced  Serviced
                                     ------------------  ------------------   -----------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Servicing portfolio..............

  Past due loans:
    60-89 days...................
    90 days or more .............
                                     ------------------  ------------------   -----------------
Total past due loans.............


REO Properties...................
                                     ------------------  ------------------   -----------------
</TABLE>

Total past due loans, foreclosures pending and REO Properties(3)....

         The foregoing table was prepared assuming that:

         o    The past due period is based on the  actual  number of days that a
              payment  is  contractually  past due; a loan as to which a monthly
              payment  was due  60-89  days  prior to the  reporting  period  is
              considered 60-89 days past due, etc.;

         o    total past due loans includes pending foreclosures; and

         o    an "REO  property" is a property  acquired and held as a result of
              foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.

                           Loan Charge-Off Experience
                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  At        At         At
                                             ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>        <C>
Servicing portfolio at period end.........
Average outstanding.......................
  Gross losses............................
  Loan recoveries.........................

  Net loan charge-offs....................

  Net loan charge-offs as a percentage
  of servicing portfolio at period end....
  Net loan charge-offs as a percentage
  of average outstanding..................
</TABLE>

         The foregoing table was prepared assuming that:

         o    "average  outstanding" is the arithmetic  average of the principal
              balances  of the  loans in the  originators'  servicing  portfolio
              outstanding  at the  opening  and  closing  of  business  for this
              period; and



                                      S-18
<PAGE>

         o    "gross  losses"  means  the  outstanding  principal  balance  plus
              accrued but unpaid interest on liquidated mortgage loans.

         While  the  above  delinquency  and  foreclosure  and  loan  charge-off
experiences  are typical of the  originators'  experiences  at the dates for the
periods  indicated,   there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  delinquency  and
foreclosure  and loan  charge-off  experiences  on the  mortgage  loans  will be
similar.  Accordingly,  the information  should not be considered to reflect the
credit  quality of the mortgage  loans  included in the trust,  or as a basis of
assessing the  likelihood,  amount or severity of losses on the mortgage  loans.
The statistical  data in the tables is based on all of the mortgage loans in the
originators'  servicing  portfolio.  The mortgage  loans,  in general,  may have
characteristics  which  distinguish  them from the  majority of the loans in the
originators' servicing portfolio.

                                   The Trustee

         ________________________,  a ____________ banking  corporation,  has an
office  at   ________________________.   The   trustee   will  act  as   initial
authenticating  agent,  paying agent and certificate  registrar  pursuant to the
terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                              The Collateral Agent

         ________________________,  a  national  banking  association,  has  its
corporate  trust  office at  ________________________.  The  collateral  agent's
duties are  limited  solely to its  express  obligations  under the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

                         Description of the Certificates

         On the closing date,  the trust will issue the class A-1  certificates,
the class A-2 certificates and both classes of class R certificates  pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Each class A-1  certificate  represents a
beneficial  ownership  interest in the portion of the trust estate consisting of
the pool I  mortgage  loans  and,  to the  extent  provided  in this  prospectus
supplement,  the pool II mortgage loans. Each class A-2 certificate represents a
beneficial  ownership  interest in the portion of the trust estate consisting of
the pool II  mortgage  loans and,  to the  extent  provided  in this  prospectus
supplement,  the pool I mortgage  loans.  Pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  the trust will also issue two class R certificates,  one relating to
the class A-1 certificates and the other relating to the class A-2 certificates.
Together the class A certificate  and the related class R certificate  represent
the entire beneficial  ownership interest in the portion of the trust consisting
of the related pool of mortgage loans.  None of the class R certificates  may be
transferred  without the consent of the certificate  insurer and compliance with
the transfer provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         The trust estate consists of

         o    the mortgage  loans,  together  with the mortgage  files  relating
              thereto and all collections thereon and proceeds thereof collected
              after the cut-off date,

         o    the assets as from time to time are identified as REO property and
              collections thereon and proceeds thereof,

         o    assets that are  deposited in the accounts  relating to the trust,
              including  amounts on  deposit in the  Accounts  and  invested  in
              accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,



                                      S-19
<PAGE>

         o    the trustee's  rights with respect to the mortgage loans under all
              insurance  policies  required  to be  maintained  pursuant  to the
              Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any insurance proceeds,

         o    Liquidation Proceeds and

         o    released mortgaged property proceeds.  In addition,  the depositor
              will  cause  the  certificate  insurer  to issue  the  certificate
              insurance  policy  under which it will  guarantee  payments to the
              holders  of the  certificates  as  described  in  this  prospectus
              supplement.

         The class A  certificates  will be issued only in  book-entry  form, in
denominations  of $1,000  initial  principal  balance and integral  multiples of
$1,000 in excess  thereof,  except  that one  certificate  of each  class may be
issued in a different amount.

Book-Entry Registration

         The  certificates   are  sometimes   referred  to  in  this  prospectus
supplement as "book-entry  certificates." No person acquiring an interest in the
book-entry  certificates  will be entitled to receive a  definitive  certificate
representing an obligation of the trust, except under the limited  circumstances
described in this  prospectus  supplement.  beneficial  owners may elect to hold
their interests through DTC, in the United States, or Cedelbank or the Euroclear
System, in Europe. Transfers within DTC, Cedelbank or Euroclear, as the case may
be, will be in accordance  with the usual rules and operating  procedures of the
relevant system. So long as the certificates are book-entry certificates,  these
certificates  will be evidenced by one or more  certificates  registered  in the
name of Cede & Co.,  which will be the  "holder" of these  certificates,  as the
nominee  of DTC or one of  the  relevant  depositaries.  Cross-market  transfers
between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and
counterparties holding directly or indirectly through Cedelbank or Euroclear, on
the other,  will be  effected  in DTC  through  The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  the
relevant  depositories  of  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear,  respectively,  and each a
participating  member of DTC. The  certificates  will initially be registered in
the name of Cede & Co.. The interests of the holders of these  certificates will
be represented by book-entries on the records of DTC and  participating  members
thereof.  All  references  in this  prospectus  supplement  to any  certificates
reflect the rights of  beneficial  owners only as these  rights may be exercised
through  DTC  and  its   participating   organizations  for  so  long  as  these
certificates are held by DTC.

         The  beneficial   owners  of  certificates  may  elect  to  hold  their
certificates through DTC in the United States, or Cedelbank or Euroclear if they
are participants in these systems, or indirectly through organizations which are
participants in these systems. The book-entry certificates will be issued in one
or more certificates per class of certificates  which in the aggregate equal the
outstanding  principal  balance of the related  class of  certificates  and will
initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. Cedelbank
and  Euroclear  will hold  omnibus  positions  on  behalf of their  participants
through customers'  securities  accounts in Cedelbank's and Euroclear's names on
the  books  of  their  respective  depositaries  which in turn  will  hold  such
positions in customers'  securities  accounts in the depositaries'  names on the
books of DTC.  Chase will act as depositary  for  Cedelbank and Morgan  Guaranty
Trust Company of New York will act as depositary  for  Euroclear.  Investors may
hold  their  beneficial  interests  in the  book-entry  certificates  in minimum
denominations  representing  principal  amounts of $1,000.  Except as  described
below, no beneficial  owner will be entitled to receive a physical or definitive
certificate   representing  this   certificate.   Unless  and  until  definitive
certificates  are  issued,  it is  anticipated  that the only  "holder" of these
certificates  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  beneficial owners will not
be "holders" or  "certificateholders" as those terms are used in the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  Beneficial  owners are only  permitted to exercise  their
rights indirectly through participants and DTC.



                                      S-20
<PAGE>

         The beneficial  owner's  ownership of a book-entry  certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial  intermediary  that maintains the beneficial  owner's account for such
purpose.  In turn,  the  financial  intermediary's  ownership of the  book-entry
certificate  will be  recorded  on the  records  of DTC or on the  records  of a
participating  firm  that acts as agent for the  financial  intermediary,  whose
interest  will in turn be  recorded  on the  records of DTC,  if the  beneficial
owner's  financial  intermediary  is not a DTC participant and on the records of
Cedelbank or Euroclear, as appropriate.

         DTC is a limited purpose trust company  organized under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within  the  meaning of the New York UCC and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its  participants  and to facilitate the clearance and settlement
of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entries,
thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. participants
include securities brokers and dealers, including the underwriter,  banks, trust
companies and clearing  corporations.  Indirect access to the DTC system also is
available to others such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that
clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a participant,  either
directly or indirectly through "indirect participants".

         Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations,  DTC is required to make book-entry  transfers of book-entry
certificates,  such as the certificates,  among  participants on whose behalf it
acts for the book-entry  certificates and to receive and transmit  distributions
of principal of and interest on the book-entry  certificates.  Participants  and
indirect participants with which beneficial owners have accounts with respect to
the book-entry  certificates similarly are required to make book-entry transfers
and receive and transmit these payments on behalf of their respective beneficial
owners.

         Beneficial  owners that are not  participants or indirect  participants
but  desire to  purchase,  sell or  otherwise  transfer  ownership  of, or other
interests in,  book-entry  certificates may do so only through  participants and
indirect  participants.   In  addition,   beneficial  owners  will  receive  all
distributions  of principal and interest from the trustee,  or a paying agent on
behalf  of the  trustee,  through  DTC  participants.  DTC  will  forward  these
distributions  to its  participants,  which  thereafter  will  forward  them  to
indirect  participants  or  beneficial  owners.  Beneficial  owners  will not be
recognized  by the  trustee,  the servicer or any paying agent as holders of the
certificates,  and beneficial owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of
the  holders  of  the   certificates   only  indirectly   through  DTC  and  its
participants.

         Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a participant  will be
made during subsequent  securities  settlement processing and dated the business
day following the DTC settlement  date. These credits or any transactions in the
securities  settled  during this  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or Cedelbank  participants  on that  business  day.  Cash  received in
Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  as a result  of sales of  securities  by or  through a
Cedelbank  participant  or Euroclear  participant to a DTC  participant  will be
received  with value on the DTC  settlement  date but will be  available  in the
relevant  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the  business  day
following  settlement  in DTC.  For  information  concerning  tax  documentation
procedures  relating  to the  certificates,  see  "Material  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences -- REMIC Securities" in the accompanying prospectus.

         Transfers between participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedelbank  participants and Euroclear  participants will occur
in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.



                                      S-21
<PAGE>

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC, on the one hand,  and  directly or  indirectly  through  Cedelbank
participants or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  relevant  depositary;   however,  these  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in this system in accordance
with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines. The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the relevant depositary to take
action to effect  final  settlement  on its behalf by  delivering  or  receiving
securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in  accordance  with normal
procedures  for  same  day  funds  settlement   applicable  to  DTC.   Cedelbank
participants and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to
the European Depositaries.

         Cedelbank  is   incorporated   under  the  laws  of   Luxembourg  as  a
professional   depository.   Cedelbank  holds  securities  for  its  participant
organizations  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of  securities
transactions  between  Cedelbank   participants  through  electronic  book-entry
changes in accounts of Cedelbank participants,  thereby eliminating the need for
physical  movement of certificates.  Transactions may be settled in Cedelbank in
any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedelbank provides to its
Cedelbank   participants,   among  other  things,   services  for   safekeeping,
administration,  clearance and settlement of  internationally  traded securities
and securities lending and borrowing. Cedelbank interfaces with domestic markets
in several  countries.  As a  professional  depository,  Cedelbank is subject to
regulation by the Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedelbank  participants  are
recognized  financial  institutions  around the world,  including  underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain other organizations.  Indirect access to Cedelbank is also available
to  others,  such as banks,  brokers,  dealers  and trust  companies  that clear
through or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a  Cedelbank  participant,
either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  participants  of
Euroclear and to clear and settle  transactions  between Euroclear  participants
through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry delivery against payment,  thereby
eliminating  the need for physical  movement of  certificates  and any risk from
lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions may now be
settled in any of 31  currencies,  including  United States  dollars.  Euroclear
includes various other services,  including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries  generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market  transfers with DTC described above.  Euroclear is
operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York,  under  contract  with  Euroclear   Clearance   Systems  S.C.,  a  Belgian
cooperative corporation. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator,
and all Euroclear  Securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are
accounts  with  the  Euroclear  operator,  not  Euroclear  Clearance.  Euroclear
Clearance establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear  participants.
Euroclear  participants  include banks  (including  central  banks),  securities
brokers and dealers and other professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect
access to  Euroclear  is also  available  to other  firms that clear  through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant,  either directly
or indirectly.

         The  Euroclear  operator  is the Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law. The
Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within



                                      S-22
<PAGE>

Euroclear,  withdrawals of securities and cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of
payments on securities in Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a
fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific   certificates  to  specific
securities  clearance accounts.  The Euroclear operator acts under the Terms and
Conditions  only on behalf of  Euroclear  participants,  and has no record of or
relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

         Distributions  on the  book-entry  certificates  will  be  made on each
distribution  date by the trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  DTC will be
responsible  for crediting  the amount of these  payments to the accounts of the
applicable DTC participants in accordance with DTC's normal procedures. Each DTC
participant  will be responsible  for disbursing  this payment to the beneficial
owners of the book-entry  certificates  that it represents and to each financial
intermediary  for which it acts as agent.  Each financial  intermediary  will be
responsible  for  disbursing  funds to the  beneficial  owners of the book-entry
certificates that it represents.

         Under  a  book-entry  format,   beneficial  owners  of  the  book-entry
certificates may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since these
payments  will be  forwarded  by the  trustee to Cede & Co.,  as nominee of DTC.
Distributions  on  certificates  held through  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  will be
credited  to  the  cash   accounts  of  Cedelbank   participants   or  Euroclear
participants in accordance with the relevant  system's rules and procedures,  to
the extent  received by the relevant  depositary.  These  distributions  will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance  with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. Because DTC can only act on behalf of financial intermediaries, the
ability of a beneficial  owner to pledge  book-entry  certificates to persons or
entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in
respect  of the  book-entry  certificates,  may be  limited  due to the  lack of
physical certificates for the book-entry certificates.  In addition, issuance of
the book-entry  certificates  in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of the
certificates  in the  secondary  market since some  potential  investors  may be
unwilling  to  purchase  certificates  for which  they  cannot  obtain  physical
certificates.

         Monthly and annual reports on the trust provided by the trustee to Cede
& Co.,  as nominee of DTC,  may be made  available  to  beneficial  owners  upon
request,  in accordance with the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and
affecting  DTC, and to the  financial  intermediaries  to whose DTC accounts the
book-entry certificates of the beneficial owners are credited.

         DTC has advised the  depositor  and the servicer  that it will take any
action permitted to be taken by a holder of the  certificates  under the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement  only at the direction of one or more  participants  to
whose accounts with DTC the book-entry certificates are credited.  Additionally,
DTC has  advised  the  depositor  that it will  take  these  actions  concerning
specified percentages of voting rights only at the direction of and on behalf of
participants  whose holdings of book-entry  certificates  evidence the specified
percentages of voting rights.  DTC may take conflicting  actions with respect to
percentages of voting rights to the extent that  participants  whose holdings of
book-entry  certificates  evidence the  percentages  of voting rights  authorize
divergent action.

         None of the trust, the depositor, the servicer, the certificate insurer
or the  trustee  will have any  responsibility  for any  aspect  of the  records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of the
book-entry  certificates  held  by  Cede &  Co.,  as  nominee  for  DTC,  or for
maintaining,  supervising  or reviewing any records  relating to the  beneficial
ownership interests.

         Although  DTC,  Cedelbank  and  Euroclear  have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of certificates  among participants
of DTC,  Cedelbank  and  Euroclear,  they are under no  obligation to perform or
continue to perform these procedures and these procedures may be discontinued at
any time.



                                      S-23
<PAGE>

Definitive Certificates

         The  certificates,   which  will  be  issued  initially  as  book-entry
certificates,  will be  converted  to  definitive  certificates  and reissued to
beneficial owners or their nominees,  rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if
(a) DTC or the  servicer  advises the  trustee in writing  that DTC is no longer
willing or able to discharge properly its  responsibilities as depository of the
book-entry  certificates and DTC or the servicer is unable to locate a qualified
successor or (b) the trustee, at its option,  elects to terminate the book-entry
system through DTC.

         Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding
paragraph,  DTC will be required to notify all  participants of the availability
through  DTC  of   definitive   certificates.   Upon   delivery  of   definitive
certificates, the trustee will reissue the book-entry certificates as definitive
certificates to beneficial  owners.  Distributions of principal of, and interest
on, the book-entry  certificates  will  thereafter be made by the trustee,  or a
paying  agent on  behalf of the  trustee,  directly  to  holders  of  definitive
certificates  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

         Definitive  certificates  will be transferable  and exchangeable at the
offices of the trustee or the certificate  registrar.  No service charge will be
imposed  for any  registration  of  transfer  or  exchange,  but the trustee may
require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to cover  any tax or other  governmental
charge imposed in connection therewith.

Assignment and Pledge of Initial Mortgage Loans

         Pursuant  to the  Loan  Sale  Agreement,  the  originators  will  sell,
transfer,  assign,  set over and otherwise  convey the mortgage  loans,  without
recourse,  to the  depositor  on the closing  date.  Pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  the depositor will sell,  transfer,  assign, set over and
otherwise  convey without  recourse to the trustee,  on behalf of the trust, all
right, title and interest in and to each mortgage loan,  including all principal
outstanding as of, and interest due after,  the cut-off date. Each transfer will
convey all right,  title and interest in and to (a) principal  outstanding as of
the cut-off  date,  and (b) interest due on each mortgage loan after the cut-off
date. The  originators  cannot  convey,  and should reserve and retain all their
respective right, title and interest in and to, principal,  including  principal
prepayments in full and  curtailments or partial  prepayments,  received on each
mortgage  loan on or prior to the  cut-off  date and (ii)  interest  due on each
mortgage loan on or prior to the cut-off date.

Assignment and Pledge of Subsequent Mortgage Loans

         The trust  may  acquire  subsequent  mortgage  loans  with the funds on
deposit in either  pre-funding  account at any time  during the period  from the
closing date until the earliest of

         o    the date on which the amount on deposit in pre-funding account is
              less than $100,000,

         o    the date on which an event of default occurs under the terms of
              the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or

         o    the close of business on ____________.

         The  amount on  deposit  in the  pre-funding  accounts  will be reduced
during  the this  period  by the  amount  thereof  used to  purchase  subsequent
mortgage  loans in  accordance  with  the  terms of the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  The  depositor  expects  that the  amount on  deposit in each of the
pre-funding  accounts will be reduced to less than $100,000 by ____________.  To
the extent funds in the pre-funding accounts are not used to purchase subsequent
mortgage loans by ____________, these funds will be used to prepay the principal
of the  related  class  of  certificates  on the  following  distribution  date.
Subsequent



                                      S-24
<PAGE>

mortgage  loans will be  transferred  by the  originators  to the  depositor and
transferred  by the  depositor  to the  trust.  The trust  will then  pledge the
subsequent  mortgage  loans to the  trustee,  on  behalf of the  holders  of the
certificates and the certificate insurer.

Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents

         In  connection  with the sale,  transfer,  assignment  or pledge of the
mortgage  loans to the  trust,  the  trust  will  cause to be  delivered  to the
collateral  agent, on behalf of the trustee,  on the closing date, the following
documents concerning each mortgage loan which constitute the mortgage file:

         (a)  the original mortgage note,  endorsed without recourse in blank by
              the originator,  including all intervening  endorsements showing a
              complete chain of endorsement;

         (b)  the original mortgage with evidence of recording indicated thereon
              or, in limited  circumstances,  a copy  thereof  certified  by the
              applicable recording office;

         (c)  the recorded mortgage  assignment(s),  or copies thereof certified
              by the applicable  recording  office,  if any,  showing a complete
              chain of  assignment  from the  originator of the mortgage loan to
              the  originator  --  which  assignment  may,  at the  originator's
              option, be combined with the assignment  referred to in clause (d)
              below;

         (d)  a mortgage assignment in recordable form, which, if acceptable for
              recording  in the  relevant  jurisdiction,  may be  included  in a
              blanket  assignment  or  assignments,  of each  mortgage  from the
              originator to the trustee;

         (e)  originals  of  all  assumption,   modification   and  substitution
              agreements in those  instances  where the terms or provisions of a
              mortgage or mortgage  note have been  modified or the  mortgage or
              mortgage note has been assumed; and

         (f)  an  original  title  insurance  policy  or (A) a copy of the title
              insurance  policy,  or (B) a binder  thereof or copy of the binder
              together with a certificate  from the originator that the original
              mortgage has been  delivered to the title  insurance  company that
              issued the binder for recordation.

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  the collateral agent,
on behalf of the  trustee,  agrees to  execute  and  deliver  on or prior to the
closing date, or, for subsequent  mortgage  loans, on or prior to the subsequent
transfer date, an  acknowledgment of receipt of the original mortgage note, item
(a) above,  for each of the  mortgage  loans,  with any  exceptions  noted.  The
collateral  agent,  on behalf of the  trustee,  agrees,  for the  benefit of the
holders of the certificates and the certificate  insurer, to review, or cause to
be reviewed, each mortgage file within thirty days after the closing date or the
subsequent  transfer  date, as  applicable  -- or, for any Qualified  Substitute
Mortgage  Loan,  within  thirty days after the receipt by the  collateral  agent
thereof -- and to deliver a  certification  generally to the effect that,  as to
each mortgage loan listed in the schedule of mortgage loans,

         o    all documents required to be delivered to it pursuant to the
              Pooling and Servicing Agreement are in its possession,

         o    each of these  documents  has been reviewed by it and has not been
              mutilated,  damaged, torn or otherwise physically altered, appears
              regular on its face and relates to the mortgage loan, and



                                      S-25
<PAGE>

         o    based on its examination  and only as to the foregoing  documents,
              specified  information  included on the schedule of mortgage loans
              accurately reflects the information  included in the mortgage file
              delivered on that date.

         If the collateral  agent,  during the process of reviewing the mortgage
files,  finds any document  constituting a part of an mortgage file which is not
executed,  has not been received or is unrelated to the mortgage  loans, or that
any  mortgage  loan  does  not  conform  to  the  requirements  above  or to the
description  thereof  as  included  in  the  schedule  of  mortgage  loans,  the
collateral  agent  shall  promptly  so notify the  trustee,  the  servicer,  the
depositor  and the  certificate  insurer in writing  with details  thereof.  The
depositor  agrees to use  reasonable  efforts to cause to be remedied a material
defect in a document  constituting  part of an  mortgage  file of which it is so
notified by the  collateral  agent.  If,  however,  within  sixty days after the
collateral agent's notice of the defect, the depositor has not caused the defect
to be remedied and the defect  materially and adversely  affects the interest of
the holders of the  certificates or the interests of the certificate  insurer in
the mortgage loan, the depositor or the originator will either (a) substitute in
lieu of the mortgage loan a Qualified  Substitute Mortgage Loan and, if the then
outstanding  principal balance of the Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan is less
than  the  principal  balance  of  the  mortgage  loan  as of  the  date  of the
substitution plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, deliver to the servicer a
substitution  adjustment  equal  to the  amount  of any  such  shortfall  or (b)
purchase the mortgage loan at a price equal to the outstanding principal balance
of the  mortgage  loan as of the date of  purchase,  plus the greater of (1) all
accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon  and (2) thirty  days'  interest  thereon,
computed at the mortgage interest rate, net of the servicing fee if the servicer
is  effecting  the  repurchase,  plus the amount of any  unreimbursed  servicing
advances made by the servicer,  which  purchase  price shall be deposited in the
Distribution  Account  on the next  succeeding  servicer  remittance  date after
deducting therefrom any amounts received in respect of the repurchased  mortgage
loan or Loans and being held in the Distribution Account for future distribution
to the extent  these  amounts have not yet been applied to principal or interest
on the mortgage loan. In addition,  the depositor and the  originators  shall be
obligated to indemnify the trustee,  the  collateral  agent,  the holders of the
certificates and the certificate  insurer for any third-party claims arising out
of a breach by the depositor or the originators of representations or warranties
regarding  the  mortgage  loans.   The  obligation  of  the  depositor  and  the
originators  to cure a breach or to substitute or purchase any mortgage loan and
to indemnify  constitute the sole remedies  respecting a material  breach of any
representation or warranty to the holders of the certificates,  the trustee, the
collateral agent and the certificate insurer.

Representations and Warranties of the Depositor

         The depositor  will  represent,  among other things,  for each mortgage
loan, as of the closing date or the subsequent transfer date, as applicable, the
following:

                  1. the information included in the schedule of mortgage loans
         for each mortgage loan is true and correct;

                  2. all of the original or certified documentation constituting
         the mortgage files,  including all material  documents related thereto,
         has been or will be delivered to the collateral agent, on behalf of the
         trustee,  on the  closing  date or the  subsequent  transfer  date,  as
         applicable;

                  3. the mortgaged  property consists of a single parcel of real
         property separately assessed for tax purposes,  upon which is erected a
         detached  or an attached  one-family  residence  or a detached  two- to
         six-family  dwelling,  or an individual  condominium unit in a low-rise
         condominium,  or a mobile home unit, or an individual unit in a planned
         unit development,  or a commercial property, or a mixed use or multiple
         purpose property. The residence, dwelling or unit is not,



                                      S-26
<PAGE>

                      o    a unit in a cooperative apartment,

                      o    a property constituting part of a syndication,

                      o    a time share unit,

                      o    a property held in trust,

                      o    a manufactured dwelling,

                      o    a log-constructed home, or

                      o    a recreational vehicle;

                  4. each  mortgage  is a valid  first or  second  lien on a fee
         simple,  or its equivalent  under  applicable  state law, estate in the
         real  property  securing  the amount  owed by the  mortgagor  under the
         mortgage note subject only to,

                      o    the lien of current real property taxes and
                           assessments which are not delinquent,

                      o    any first mortgage loan on the property,

                      o    covenants, conditions and restrictions, rights of
                           way, easements and other matters of public record as
                           of the date of recording of the mortgage, the
                           exceptions appearing of record being acceptable to
                           mortgage lending institutions generally in the area
                           wherein the property subject to the mortgage is
                           located or specifically reflected in the appraisal
                           obtained in connection with the origination of the
                           mortgage loan obtained by the depositor, and

                      o    other matters to which like  properties  are commonly
                           subject which do not  materially  interfere  with the
                           benefits of the  security  intended to be provided by
                           the mortgage;

                  5.  immediately  prior to the transfer and  assignment  by the
         depositor to the  depositor,  the  depositor had good title to, and was
         the sole owner of each mortgage loan, free of any interest of any other
         person, and the depositor has transferred all right, title and interest
         in each mortgage loan to the depositor;

                  6. each mortgage loan conforms, and all the mortgage loans in
         the aggregate conform, to the description thereof in this prospectus
         supplement; and

                  7. all of the mortgage loans were originated in accordance
         with the underwriting criteria described in this prospectus supplement.

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  upon the discovery by
any  of the  holder  of the  certificates,  the  depositor,  the  servicer,  any
subservicer,  the certificate  insurer, the collateral agent or the trustee that
any of the representations and warranties contained in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  have been breached in any material  respect as of the closing date or
the subsequent transfer date, as applicable,  with the result that the interests
of the holders of the  certificates in the mortgage loan or the interests of the
certificate insurer were materially and adversely affected, notwithstanding that
any  representation and warranty was made to the depositor's or the originator's
best  knowledge  and the  depositor or the  originator  lacked  knowledge of the
breach,  the party  discovering  the breach is required  to give prompt  written
notice to the other parties. Subject to specified provisions of the Pooling and



                                      S-27
<PAGE>

Servicing  Agreement,  within  sixty  days  of  the  earlier  to  occur  of  the
depositor's or an originator's discovery or its receipt of notice of any breach,
the depositor or the originators will

         o    promptly cure the breach in all material respects,

         o    remove each mortgage loan which has given rise to the requirement
              for action by the depositor or the originators, substitute one or
              more Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loans and, if the outstanding
              principal balance of the Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loans as of
              the date of the substitution is less than the outstanding
              principal balance, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, of
              the replaced mortgage loans as of the date of substitution,
              deliver to the trust as part of the amounts remitted by the
              servicer on the distribution date the amount of the shortfall, or

         o    purchase  the  mortgage  loan at a price  equal  to the  principal
              balance of the mortgage  loan as of the date of purchase  plus the
              greater of

                      o    all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and

                      o    thirty  days'  interest   thereon   computed  at  the
                           mortgage  interest  rate, net of the servicing fee if
                           ____________ is the servicer,  plus the amount of any
                           unreimbursed servicing advances made by the servicer,

and  deposit  the  purchase  price  into the  Distribution  Account  on the next
succeeding  servicer  remittance  date after  deducting  therefrom  any  amounts
received in respect of this  repurchased  mortgage  loan or  mortgage  loans and
being held in the  Distribution  Account for future  distribution  to the extent
these amounts have not yet been applied to principal or interest on the mortgage
loan.  In addition,  the  depositor  and the  originators  shall be obligated to
indemnify  the trust,  the trustee,  the  collateral  agent,  the holders of the
certificates and the certificate  insurer for any third-party claims arising out
of a breach by the depositor or the originators of representations or warranties
regarding  the  mortgage  loans.   The  obligation  of  the  depositor  and  the
originators  to cure any breach or to  substitute  or purchase any mortgage loan
and to indemnify  constitute the sole remedies  respecting a material  breach of
any representation or warranty to the holders of the certificates,  the trustee,
the collateral agent and the certificate insurer.

Payments on the Mortgage Loans

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the servicer, for the
benefit of the holders of the  certificates,  shall  establish  and maintain the
Collection  Account,  which will generally be (a) an account  maintained  with a
depository   institution  or  trust  company  whose  long  term  unsecured  debt
obligations  are rated by each rating  agency in one of its two  highest  rating
categories at the time of any deposit  therein or (b) trust accounts  maintained
with  a  depository  institution  acceptable  to  each  rating  agency  and  the
certificate insurer. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement permits the servicer to
direct any depository  institution  maintaining the Collection Account to invest
the funds in the  Collection  Account in one or more eligible  investments  that
mature,  unless payable on demand,  no later than the business day preceding the
date on which the  servicer  is required to  transfer  the  servicer  remittance
amount from the Collection  Account to the  Distribution  Account,  as described
below.

         The  servicer is  obligated  to deposit or cause to be deposited in the
Collection Account on a daily basis, amounts representing the following payments
received  and  collections  made by it after the  cut-off  date,  other  than in
respect of monthly  payments on the mortgage  loans due on each mortgage loan up
to and including any due date occurring on or prior to the cut-off date:

         o    all payments on account of principal, including prepayments of
              principal;

         o    all payments on account of interest on the mortgage loans;



                                      S-28
<PAGE>

         o    all Liquidation  Proceeds and all Insurance Proceeds to the extent
              the  proceeds  are not to be  applied  to the  restoration  of the
              mortgaged  property or released to the borrower in accordance with
              the express  requirements of law or in accordance with prudent and
              customary servicing practices;

         o    all Net REO Proceeds;

         o    all other amounts required to be deposited in the Collection
              Account pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and

         o    any amounts required to be deposited in connection with net losses
              realized on investments of funds in the Collection Account.

         The trustee  will be  obligated  to set up an account for each class of
certificates  a  distribution  account into which the  servicer  will deposit or
cause to be deposited  the servicer  remittance  amount on the _____ day of each
month.

         The servicer remittance amount" for a servicer remittance date is equal
to the sum, without duplication, of

         o    all  collections of principal and interest on the mortgage  loans,
              including principal prepayments,  Net REO Proceeds and Liquidation
              Proceeds,  if any,  collected  by the  servicer  during  the prior
              calendar month,

         o    all Periodic Advances made by the servicer with respect to
              payments due to be received on the mortgage loans on the due date
              and

         o    any other amounts required to be placed in the Collection Account
              by the servicer pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,

but excluding the following:

         (a)  amounts  received  on  particular  mortgage  loans,  for which the
              servicer has previously made an unreimbursed  Periodic Advance, as
              late payments of interest,  or as Net Liquidation Proceeds, to the
              extent of the unreimbursed Periodic Advance;

         (b)  amounts  received  on a  particular  mortgage  loan for  which the
              servicer has previously made an unreimbursed servicing advance, to
              the extent of the unreimbursed servicing advance;

         (c)  for the servicer remittance date, the aggregate servicing fee;

         (d)  all net income from eligible investment that is held in the
              Collection Account for the account of the servicer;

         (e)  all amounts  actually  recovered  from the  servicer in respect of
              late fees, assumption fees, prepayment fees and similar fees;

         (f)  Net Foreclosure Profits; and

         (g)  other amounts which are reimbursable to the servicer, as provided
              in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.



                                      S-29
<PAGE>

         The amounts described in clauses (a) through (g) above may be withdrawn
by the  servicer  from the  Collection  Account  on or  prior  to each  servicer
remittance date.

Over-collateralization Provisions

         Over-collateralization  Resulting from Cash Flow Structure. The Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement  requires that,  starting with the second  distribution
date, the Excess Interest for a pool of mortgage loans, if any, that is not used
to make  cross-collateralization  payments will be applied on each  distribution
date  as  an   accelerated   payment  of  principal  on  the  related  class  of
certificates,   but  only  to  the  limited  extent  hereafter  described.   The
application  of Excess  Interest  as a payment  of  principal  has the effect of
accelerating  the  amortization  of a  class  of  certificates  relative  to the
amortization of the related pool of mortgage  loans.  The Excess Interest from a
pool of mortgage loans will be used

         o    to reimburse the certificate insurer for any amounts due to it,

         o    as needed to pay Net Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls relating to
              that class,

         o    as needed to make cross-collateralization payments in respect of
              the other pool of mortgage loans,

         o    as a payment of  principal  to the related  class of  certificates
              until   the   distribution   date   on   which   the   amount   of
              over-collateralization has reached the required level, and

         o    as  needed  to fund the  Cross-collateralization  Reserve  Account
              relating to the other pool of mortgage loans.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the event specified tests  enumerated in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement are violated, all available Excess Interest will
be used as a payment  of  principal  to the  related  class of  certificates  to
accelerate the amortization of the certificates.

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  requires that,  starting with the
second  distribution date, Excess Interest from a pool of mortgage loans that is
not  used  to  make  cross-collateralization  payments  will  be  applied  as an
accelerated  payment of principal on the related class of certificates until the
Over-collateralized  Amount has  increased to the level  required by the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. After this time, if it is necessary to re-establish the
required  level of  over-collateralization,  Excess  Interest  from each pool of
mortgage  loans that is not used to make  cross-collateralization  payments will
again be applied as an accelerated  payment of principal on the related class of
certificates.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the  event  specified  tests
enumerated  in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement are violated,  all available
Excess  Interest  from each pool of mortgage  loans will be used as a payment of
principal to accelerate the  amortization of the related class of  certificates.
Initially, the Over-collateralized Amount of each pool of mortgage loans will be
an amount equal to approximately 0.50% of the sum of (x) the aggregate principal
balance  of the  mortgage  loans in each  pool on the  closing  date and (y) the
original  amount on deposit in the  related  pre-funding  account on the closing
date.

         In   the   event   that   the   required   level   of   the   Specified
Over-collateralized Amount for a pool of mortgage loans is permitted to decrease
or "step down" on a distribution  date in the future,  the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  provides  that a portion of the  principal  which would  otherwise be
distributed  to  the  holders  of  the  related  class  of  certificates  on the
distribution date shall instead be distributed in the priority described in this
prospectus   supplement  under  "--Flow  of  Funds."  This  has  the  effect  of
decelerating the  amortization of the related class of certificates  relative to
the   amortization  of  that  pool  of  mortgage  loans,  and  of  reducing  the
Over-collateralized   Amount.   If,  on  any   distribution   date,  the  Excess
Over-collateralized   Amount  is,  or,  after  taking  into  account  all  other
distributions to be made on the distribution date would be, greater than zero --
i.e., the Over-collateralized Amount is or would be



                                      S-30
<PAGE>

greater  than  the  related  Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount  -- then any
amounts  relating to  principal  which would  otherwise  be  distributed  to the
holders of the related class of  certificates  on this  distribution  date shall
instead be distributed in the priority  described in this prospectus  supplement
under  "--Flow  of  Funds",  in an  amount  equal to the  Over-collateralization
Reduction Amount.

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement provides that, on any distribution
date,  all  amounts  collected  on account of  principal  -- other than any such
amount applied to the payment of an  Over-collateralization  Reduction Amount --
for each pool of mortgage  loans  during the a due period of the prior  calendar
month will be distributed to the holders of the related class of certificates on
the distribution date. In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides
that the  principal  balance of any  mortgage  loan which  becomes a  Liquidated
Mortgage Loan shall then equal zero.  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  does
not contain any rule which requires that the amount of any Liquidated  Loan Loss
be  distributed  to the  holders of the  related  class of  certificates  on the
distribution date which immediately follows the event of loss; i.e., the Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement  does not  require  the  current  recovery  of losses.
However,   the   occurrence   of  a   Liquidated   Loan  Loss  will  reduce  the
Over-collateralized Amount for that pool of mortgage loans, which, to the extent
that the  reduction  causes the  Over-collateralized  Amount to be less than the
Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount  applicable  to the related  distribution
date, will require the payment of an  Over-collateralization  Increase Amount on
that  distribution  date,  or,  if  insufficient  funds  are  available  on that
distribution    date,   on   subsequent    distribution    dates,    until   the
Over-collateralized  Amount  equals the  related  Specified  Over-collateralized
Amount.  The effect of the foregoing is to allocate losses to the holders of the
related class R certificates by reducing, or eliminating  entirely,  payments of
Excess Interest and  Over-collateralization  Reduction Amounts which the holders
would otherwise receive.

         Over-collateralization   and  the  Certificate  Insurance  Policy.  The
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  requires  the trustee to make a claim for an
Insured Payment under the certificate  insurance policy not later than the third
business  day  prior  to any  distribution  date as to  which  the  trustee  has
determined that an Over-collateralization  Deficit will occur for the purpose of
applying  the  proceeds of the Insured  Payment as a payment of principal to the
holders of the related class of  certificates  on that  distribution  date.  The
certificate insurer has the option on any distribution date to make a payment of
principal, including in respect of Liquidated Loan Losses, up to the amount that
would have been payable to the holders of the  certificates if sufficient  funds
were  available  thereof.  Additionally,  under  the  terms of the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  the  certificate  insurer  will have the  option to cause
Excess  Interest  to be  applied  without  regard  to any  limitation  upon  the
occurrence  of  particular  trigger  events,  or in the  event of an  "event  of
default" under the Insurance Agreement.  However,  investors in the certificates
should  realize that,  under  extreme loss or  delinquency  scenarios,  they may
temporarily receive no distributions of principal.

Cross-collateralization Provisions

         Cross-collateralization  Payments. On each distribution date, available
Excess  Interest  from a pool of  mortgage  loans,  if any,  will be paid to the
holders of the class of  certificates  relating  to the other  pool of  mortgage
loans  to  the  extent  of  the  Shortfall   Amount  for  the  other  pool.  The
cross-collateralization provisions of the transaction are limited to the payment
of specified credit losses,  certain interest shortfalls and any amounts due the
certificate insurer. Excess Interest from one pool of mortgage loans will not be
used to build over-collateralization for the other pool of mortgage loans.

         Cross-collateralization  Reserve  Account.  Each class of  certificates
will have the  benefit of a  Cross-collateralization  Reserve  Account.  On each
distribution  date,  available Excess Interest from a pool of mortgage loans, if
any, will be paid into the  Cross-collateralization  Reserve Account relating to
the other pool of mortgage  loans,  until the amount of funds on deposit therein
equals the Specified Reserve



                                      S-31
<PAGE>

Amount   for   the   other   pool.   If   the   amount   on   deposit   in   the
Cross-collateralization  Reserve  Account  for a pool of  mortgage  loans on any
distribution  date  exceeds the  Specified  Reserve  Amount for the pool and the
distribution  date,  the  amount  of this  excess  shall be  distributed  in the
priority described in this prospectus supplement under "--Flow of Funds."

         Funds on deposit in a  Cross-collateralization  Reserve Account will be
used on any  distribution  date to make  payments  in respect  of the  Shortfall
Amount for either pool, to the extent that there is no Excess Interest available
therefor on that distribution date.

Flow of Funds

         On each distribution date, the trustee, based solely on the information
received  from the  servicer  in the  servicer  remittance  report  prior to the
distribution date, shall make payments in respect of each pool of mortgage loans
to the holders of the related class of  certificates  and  reimbursement  to the
certificate  insurer  under the  Insurance  Agreement,  to the  extent of funds,
including any Insured Payments,  on deposit in the related Distribution Account,
as follows:

         (a)  to the trustee, an amount equal to the fees then due to it for the
              related class of certificates;

         (b)  from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution  Account,
              excluding any Insured  Payments,  to the  certificate  insurer the
              Reimbursement Amount as of that distribution date;

         (c)  from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution Account,
              the Interest Distribution Amount for the related class of
              certificates;

         (d)  from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution  Account,
              the  Principal  Distribution  Amount  for  the  related  class  of
              certificates,   until  the  principal  balance  of  the  class  of
              certificates is reduced to zero;

         (e)  from amounts then on deposit in the related  Distribution  Account
              the amount of any Net Mortgage  Loan Interest  Shortfalls  for the
              related class of certificates;

         (f)  from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution  Account,
              to the holders of the other class of  certificates,  the Shortfall
              Amount for the other class;

         (g)  from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution  Account,
              to the  Cross-collateralization  Reserve  Account  relating to the
              other class of certificates,  the amount necessary for the balance
              of the account to equal the Specified Reserve Amount; and

         (h)  following the making by the trustee of all allocations,  transfers
              and  disbursements  described above, to the holders of the related
              class R  certificates,  the amount  remaining on the  distribution
              date in the related Distribution Account, if any.

Reports to Certificateholders

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  on each distribution
date the trustee will deliver to the  servicer,  the  certificate  insurer,  the
depositor  and each holder of a  certificate  or a class R certificate a written
remittance report containing  information  including,  without  limitation,  the
amount  of  the  distribution  on  the  distribution  date,  the  amount  of the
distribution  allocable to principal  and  allocable to interest,  the aggregate
outstanding  principal balance of the certificates as of the distribution  date,
the



                                      S-32
<PAGE>

amount of any Insured Payment included in the  distributions on the distribution
date  and any  other  information  as  required  by the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

Amendment

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the trust and the trustee by written  agreement,  upon the prior written consent
of the certificate insurer,  without notice to, or consent of, the holder of the
certificates,  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in
this prospectus  supplement,  to comply with any changes in the Code, or to make
any other provisions  concerning  matters or questions arising under the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement which shall not be inconsistent  with the provisions of
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  This action shall not, as evidenced by an
opinion of  counsel  delivered  to,  but not  obtained  at the  expense  of, the
trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any holder of
the certificates.  In addition, no such amendment shall reduce in any manner the
amount of, or delay the timing of, payments received on mortgage loans which are
required to be distributed on any certificate  without the consent of the holder
of the  certificate,  or change the rights or  obligations of any other party to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement without the consent of that party.

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by
the trust and the trustee with the consent of the certificate  insurer,  and the
holders of the majority of the percentage interest of the certificates and class
R  certificates  for the purpose of adding any  provisions to or changing in any
manner  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  or of  modifying  in any manner the  rights of the  holders.  No such
amendment  shall  reduce in any  manner  the  amount of, or delay the timing of,
payments  received on mortgage loans which are required to be distributed on any
certificate  without the consent of the holder of the  certificate or reduce the
percentage  for each class  whose  holders  are  required to consent to any such
amendment  without  the  consent  of the  holders  of  100%  of  each  class  of
certificates affected thereby.

         The Loan Sale Agreement  contains  substantially  similar  restrictions
regarding amendment.

                         Servicing of the Mortgage Loans

The Servicer

         ____________  will  act as the  servicer  of the  mortgage  loan  pools
____________  and  ____________  will act as  subservicers  for a portion of the
mortgage  loans.  See "The  Originators,  the  Depositor,  the  Servicer and the
Subservicer" in this prospectus  supplement.  The servicer and the  subservicers
will service the mortgage  loans on behalf of the trust,  for the benefit of the
certificateholders  and the certificate  insurer and will be required to use the
same care as they  customarily  employ in servicing and  administering  mortgage
loans for their own account,  in  accordance  with accepted  mortgage  servicing
practices of prudent lending  institutions,  and giving due consideration to the
reliance of the certificate insurer and the holders of the certificates on them.

Servicing Fees and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         As  compensation  for its  activities as servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  the servicer shall be entitled to a servicing fee for each
mortgage  loan,  which shall be payable  monthly  from amounts on deposit in the
Collection  Account.  The  servicing fee shall be an amount equal to interest at
one-twelfth  of the servicing fee rate for the mortgage loan on the  outstanding
principal balance of the mortgage loan. The servicing fee rate for each mortgage
loan will be 0.50% per annum.  In addition,  the  servicer  shall be entitled to
receive,  as  additional  servicing  compensation,  to the extent  permitted  by
applicable  law and the mortgage  notes,  any late payment  charges,  assumption
fees, prepayment fees or



                                      S-33
<PAGE>

similar  items.  The  servicer  shall  also be  entitled  to  withdraw  from the
Collection  Account any net interest or other income earned on deposits therein.
The  servicer  shall pay all  expenses  incurred  by it in  connection  with its
servicing  activities under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and shall not be
entitled  to  reimbursement  therefor  except as  specifically  provided  in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

Periodic Advances and Servicer Advances

         Periodic  Advances.  Subject to the servicer's  determination  that the
action would not constitute a nonrecoverable  advance,  the servicer is required
to make  Periodic  Advances on each  servicer  remittance  date.  This  Periodic
Advances by the servicer are reimbursable to the servicer subject to a number of
conditions and  restrictions,  and are intended to provide both sufficient funds
for  the  payment  of  interest  to the  holders  of the  certificates,  plus an
additional    amount    intended   to    maintain   a    specified    level   of
over-collateralization  and to pay the trustee's  fees,  and the premium due the
certificate  insurer.  Notwithstanding  the servicer's good faith  determination
that a Periodic  Advance was  recoverable  when made,  if the  Periodic  Advance
becomes a nonrecoverable advance, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
therefor from the trust estate. See "Description of the Certificates -- Payments
on the Mortgage Loans" in this prospectus supplement.

         Servicing  Advances.  Subject to the servicer's  determination that the
action would not constitute a nonrecoverable advance and that a prudent mortgage
lender would make a like advance if it or an affiliate  owned the mortgage loan,
the servicer is required to advance  amounts on the mortgage loans  constituting
"out-of-pocket" costs and expenses relating to

         o    the preservation and restoration of the mortgaged property,

         o    enforcement proceedings, including foreclosures,

         o    expenditures relating to the purchase or maintenance of a first
              lien not included in the trust estate on the mortgaged property,
              and

         o    other customary amounts described in the Pooling and Servicing
              Agreement.

         These  servicing  advances  by the  servicer  are  reimbursable  to the
servicer subject to a number of conditions and restrictions.  In the event that,
notwithstanding  the  servicer's  good  faith  determination  at  the  time  the
servicing advance was made, that it would not be a nonrecoverable  advance,  the
servicing  advance  becomes  a  nonrecoverable  advance,  the  servicer  will be
entitled to reimbursement therefor from the trust estate.

         Recovery of Advances.  The servicer may recover  Periodic  Advances and
servicing  advances  to the  extent  permitted  by  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement or, if not recovered  from the mortgagor on whose behalf the servicing
advance or Periodic  Advance was made,  from late  collections  on the  mortgage
loan, including Liquidation  Proceeds,  Insurance Proceeds and any other amounts
as may be collected by the servicer from the mortgagor or otherwise  relating to
the  mortgage  loan.  In the event a  Periodic  Advance or a  servicing  advance
becomes a nonrecoverable advance, the servicer may be reimbursed for the advance
from the Distribution Account.

         The  servicer  shall not be  required to make any  Periodic  Advance or
servicing advance which it determines would be a nonrecoverable Periodic Advance
or nonrecoverable  servicing advance. A Periodic Advance or servicing advance is
"nonrecoverable"  if in the good faith  judgment of the  servicer,  the Periodic
Advance or servicing advance would not ultimately be recoverable.



                                      S-34
<PAGE>

Prepayment Interest Shortfalls

         Not later than the close of  business  on the _____ day of each  month,
the  servicer  is  required  to remit to the  trustee a payment of  Compensating
Interest in respect of  Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  and shall not have the
right to  reimbursement  therefor.  Insured  Payments  do not  cover  Prepayment
Interest Shortfalls.

Civil Relief Act Interest Shortfalls

         The reduction, if any, in interest payable on the mortgage loans in the
applicable pool attributable to the application of the Civil Relief Act will not
reduce  the  amount of  Current  Interest  due to the  holders  of the class A-1
certificates or class A-2 certificates,  respectively. However, in the event the
full amount of Current Interest is not available on any distribution date due to
Civil Relief Act interest  shortfalls in the applicable pool, the amount of this
shortfall  will  not be  covered  by the  certificate  insurance  policy.  These
shortfalls in Current  Interest will be paid from the Excess  Interest,  if any,
otherwise payable in respect of over-collateralization,  cross-collateralization
or to the holder of the class R certificate relating to the applicable pool. See
"Risk Factors -- Legal Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.

Optional Purchase of Defaulted Mortgage Loans

         The depositor,  or any affiliate of the depositor,  has the option, but
is not  obligated,  to purchase  from the trust any mortgage loan ninety days or
more delinquent at a purchase price equal to the outstanding  principal  balance
thereof as of the date of purchase,  plus all accrued and unpaid interest on the
principal  balance,  computed  at  the  mortgage  interest  rate  --  net of the
servicing  fee,  if  ________  is  the  servicer  --  plus  the  amount  of  any
unreimbursed  Periodic Advances and servicing  advances made by the servicer for
the mortgage loan in accordance with the provisions specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

Servicer Reports

         On each servicer  remittance  date, the servicer is required to deliver
to the certificate  insurer,  the trustee,  and the collateral agent, a servicer
remittance  report  setting forth the  information  necessary for the trustee to
make the  distributions  described  under  "--Flow of Funds" in this  prospectus
supplement  and  containing  the  information  to be included  in the  trustee's
remittance report for that distribution date.

         The  servicer is required to deliver to the  certificate  insurer,  the
trustee,  the collateral  agent,  S&P and Moody's,  not later than April 30th of
each year, starting in ________, an officer's certificate stating that

         o    the servicer has fully complied with the servicing provisions of
              the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,

         o    a review of the  activities  of the servicer  during the preceding
              calendar year and of  performance  under the Pooling and Servicing
              Agreement has been made under the officer's supervision, and

         o    to the best of the officer's knowledge,  based on that review, the
              servicer has fulfilled all its  obligations  under the Pooling and
              Servicing Agreement for that year, or, if there has been a default
              in the  fulfillment  of any  obligation,  specifying  each default
              known to that officer and the nature and status thereof  including
              the steps being taken by the servicer to remedy the default.

         Not later than April 30th of each year,  the servicer,  at its expense,
is required to cause to be delivered to the  certificate  insurer,  the trustee,
the collateral agent, S&P and Moody's from a firm of



                                      S-35
<PAGE>

independent certified public accountants,  who may also render other services to
the  servicer,  a  statement  to the effect that the firm has  examined  certain
documents and records relating to the servicing of the mortgage loans during the
preceding  calendar  year, or any longer period from the closing date to the end
of the  following  calendar  year,  and that,  on the  basis of the  examination
conducted substantially in compliance with generally accepted auditing standards
and the  requirements  of the Uniform  Single  Attestation  Program for Mortgage
Bankers or the Audit  Program  for  Mortgages  serviced  for  Freddie  Mac,  the
servicing  has been  conducted  in  compliance  with the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  except for any  significant  exceptions or errors in records that, in
the opinion of the firm,  generally  accepted auditing standards and the Uniform
Single  Attestation  Program  for  Mortgage  Bankers  or the Audit  Program  for
Mortgages  serviced  for  Freddie  Mac  require it to report,  in which case the
exceptions and errors shall be so reported.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

         The  servicer  will be  responsible  for making  reasonable  efforts to
collect all payments  called for under the mortgage  loans and will,  consistent
with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, follow the collection procedures as it
follows for loans held for its own account which are  comparable to the mortgage
loans. Consistent with the above, the servicer may, in its discretion, (a) waive
any late  payment  charge and (b) arrange  with a  mortgagor a schedule  for the
liquidation  of  delinquencies,  subject to the  provisions  of the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

         If a  mortgaged  property  has been or is about to be  conveyed  by the
mortgagor,  the servicer  will be obligated  to  accelerate  the maturity of the
mortgage  loan,  unless it  reasonably  believes  it is unable to  enforce  that
mortgage  loan's  "due-on-sale"  clause under  applicable  law. If it reasonably
believes it may be restricted  for any reason from  enforcing any  "due-on-sale"
clause,  the servicer may enter into an assumption  and  modification  agreement
with the  person  to whom  the  property  has  been or is about to be  conveyed,
pursuant to which that person becomes liable under the mortgage note.

         Any fee  collected  by the servicer  for  entering  into an  assumption
agreement will be retained by the servicer as additional servicing compensation.
In  connection  with any  assumption,  the mortgage  interest  rate borne by the
mortgage  note  relating  to each  mortgage  loan  may not be  decreased.  For a
description  of  circumstances  in which the  servicer  may be unable to enforce
"due-on-sale"  clauses, see "Servicing -- Enforcement of Due-on-Sale Clauses" in
the accompanying prospectus.

Hazard Insurance

         The servicer is required to cause to be maintained  for each  mortgaged
property a hazard  insurance  policy  with  coverage  which  contains a standard
mortgagee's clause in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum insurable
value of the  mortgaged  property or (b) the  principal  balance of the mortgage
loan plus the  outstanding  balance of any mortgage  loan senior to the mortgage
loan,  but in no event may this amount be less than is  necessary to prevent the
borrower from  becoming a coinsurer  thereunder.  As stated  above,  all amounts
collected  by the  servicer  under any hazard  policy,  except for amounts to be
applied to the  restoration  or repair of the mortgaged  property or released to
the borrower in accordance with the servicer's normal servicing  procedures,  to
the extent they constitute Net Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds,  will
ultimately be deposited in the related Distribution  Account. The ability of the
servicer to assure that hazard insurance proceeds are appropriately  applied may
be  dependent  on its being  named as an  additional  insured  under any  hazard
insurance  policy,  or upon the extent to which  information  in this  regard is
furnished to the  servicer by a borrower.  The Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
provides that the servicer may satisfy its  obligation to cause hazard  policies
to be maintained by maintaining a blanket policy issued by an insurer acceptable
to the rating  agencies  insuring  against losses on the mortgage loans. If this
blanket policy contains a deductible clause, the servicer is obligated



                                      S-36
<PAGE>

to deposit in the  related  Distribution  Account the sums which would have been
deposited therein but for that clause.

         In general,  the  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the  improvements on the property by
fire,  lightning,  explosion,  smoke,  windstorm and hail, and riot,  strike and
civil  commotion,  subject to the conditions  and  exclusions  specified in each
policy.   Although  the  policies   relating  to  the  mortgage  loans  will  be
underwritten by different insurers under different state laws in accordance with
different  applicable state forms and therefore will not contain identical terms
and  conditions,  the terms thereof are dictated by respective  state laws,  and
most of these policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from
the  following:   war,  revolution,   governmental  actions,  floods  and  other
weather-related  causes, earth movement,  including earthquakes,  landslides and
mudflows,  nuclear  reactions,  wet or dry  rot,  vermin,  rodents,  insects  or
domestic  animals,  theft and, in some cases,  vandalism.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative  of the types of  uninsured  risks and is not  intended to be
all-inclusive.

         The  hazard  insurance  policies  covering  the  mortgaged   properties
typically contain a co-insurance  clause which in effect requires the insured at
all times to carry insurance of a specified percentage, generally 80% to 90%, of
the full  replacement  value of the  improvements  on the  property  in order to
recover the full amount of any partial  loss. If the  insured's  coverage  falls
below  this  specified  percentage,  that  clause  generally  provides  that the
insurer's  liability in the event of partial loss does not exceed the greater of
(a) the replacement cost of the improvements  less physical  depreciation or (b)
this  proportion  of the loss as the amount of  insurance  carried  bears to the
specified percentage of the full replacement cost of these improvements.

         Since   residential   and  commercial   properties,   generally,   have
historically  appreciated in value over time, if the amount of hazard  insurance
maintained on the  improvements  securing the mortgage  loans were to decline as
the principal balances owing thereon decreased,  hazard insurance proceeds could
be insufficient to restore fully the damaged  property in the event of a partial
loss.

Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans

         The servicer will foreclose  upon, or otherwise  comparably  convert to
ownership, mortgaged properties securing such of the mortgage loans as come into
default when, in the opinion of the servicer,  no satisfactory  arrangements can
be made for the  collection  of  delinquent  payments.  In  connection  with the
foreclosure  or other  conversion,  the servicer will follow the practices as it
deems  necessary or advisable and as are in keeping with the servicer's  general
loan servicing activities and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;  although the
servicer will not expend its own funds in connection  with  foreclosure or other
conversion,  correction of a default on a senior  mortgage or restoration of any
property  unless the  foreclosure,  correction or  restoration  is determined to
increase Net Liquidation Proceeds.

Removal and Resignation of the Servicer

         The  certificate  insurer  may,  pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  remove the servicer upon the occurrence and continuation  beyond the
applicable  cure period of an event  described  in clauses (g), (h) or (i) below
and the  trustee,  only  at the  direction  of the  certificate  insurer  or the
majority holders of certificates,  with the consent of the certificate  insurer,
in the case of any  direction of the majority  holders,  may remove the servicer
upon the occurrence  and  continuation  beyond the applicable  cure period of an
event  described in clause (a),  (b),  (c),  (d), (e) or (f) below.  Each of the
following constitutes a servicer event of default:

         (a)  any  failure by the  servicer  to remit to the trustee any payment
              required to be made by the servicer under the terms of the Pooling
              and Servicing Agreement, other than servicing



                                      S-37
<PAGE>

              advances covered by clause (b) below,  which continues  unremedied
              for one business day after the date upon which  written  notice of
              any failure,  requiring  the same to be remedied,  shall have been
              given to the servicer and the  certificate  insurer by the trustee
              or to the servicer and the trustee by the  certificate  insurer or
              the holders of certificates  evidencing percentage interests of at
              least 25%;

         (b)  the failure by the servicer to make any required servicing advance
              which  failure  continues  unremedied  for a period of thirty days
              after the date on which written  notice of any failure,  requiring
              the same to be remedied,  shall have been given to the servicer by
              the trustee or to the  servicer and the trustee by any holder of a
              certificate or the certificate insurer;

         (c)  any failure on the part of the servicer duly to observe or perform
              in any material  respect any other of the  covenants or agreements
              on the part of the servicer contained in the Pooling and Servicing
              Agreement,  or the  failure  of any  representation  and  warranty
              enumerated in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which continues
              unremedied  for a period  of thirty  days  after the date on which
              written notice of any failure,  requiring the same to be remedied,
              shall have been given to the  servicer by the  trustee,  or to the
              servicer  and the  trustee by any holder of a  certificate  or the
              certificate insurer;

         (d)  a decree or order of a court or agency  or  supervisory  authority
              having  jurisdiction  in an involuntary  case under any present or
              future federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar law or
              for the  appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in
              any insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling of assets and
              liabilities  or  similar  proceedings,  or for the  winding-up  or
              liquidation  of its affairs,  shall have been entered  against the
              servicer  and this decree or order  shall have  remained in force,
              undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty days;

         (e)  the servicer shall consent to the  appointment of a conservator or
              receiver or liquidator in any  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,
              marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or
              relating to the servicer or of or relating to all or substantially
              all of the servicer's property;

         (f)  the servicer shall admit in writing its inability generally to pay
              its debts as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of
              any  applicable  insolvency  or  reorganization  statute,  make an
              assignment  for  the  benefit  of its  creditors,  or  voluntarily
              suspend payment of its obligations;

         (g)  the delinquency or loss experience of the mortgage loans exceeds
              levels specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; or

         (h)  the certificate  insurer shall notify the trustee of any "event of
              default" under the Insurance Agreement.

         The  servicer  may not assign its  obligations  under the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement nor resign from the  obligations and duties thereby imposed
on it except by mutual consent of the servicer, ________, if ________ is not the
servicer, the certificate insurer, the collateral agent and the trustee, or upon
the   determination   that  the  servicer's  duties  thereunder  are  no  longer
permissible  under  applicable  law and such  incapacity  cannot be cured by the
servicer without the incurrence,  in the reasonable  judgment of the certificate
insurer, of unreasonable expense. No such resignation shall become effective



                                      S-38
<PAGE>

until a successor has assumed the servicer's responsibilities and obligations in
accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Upon removal or  resignation  of the servicer,  the trustee will be the
successor servicer.  The trustee,  as successor  servicer,  will be obligated to
make  Periodic  Advances and  servicing  advances and other  advances  unless it
determines  reasonably  and  in  good  faith  that  the  advances  would  not be
recoverable. If, however, the trustee is unwilling or unable to act as successor
servicer,  or if the  majority  holders,  with the  consent  of the  certificate
insurer, or the certificate  insurer so requests,  the trustee shall appoint, or
petition a court of competent  jurisdiction  to appoint,  in accordance with the
provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and subject to the approval of
the certificate  insurer,  any established  mortgage loan servicing  institution
acceptable  to the  certificate  insurer  having a net  worth  of not less  than
$____________ as the successor  servicer in the assumption of all or any part of
the responsibilities, duties or liabilities of the servicer.

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the servicer covenants
and agrees to act as the  servicer  for an initial term from the closing date to
____________, which term will be extendable by the certificate insurer by notice
to the trustee for  successive  terms of three calendar  months each,  until the
termination  of the trust estate.  The servicer  will,  upon its receipt of each
notice of  extension,  become  bound for the duration of the term covered by the
extension  notice to continue as the servicer  subject to and in accordance with
the other  provisions  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  If as of the
fifteenth  day  prior to the last day of any term of the  servicer  the  trustee
shall not have received any extension notice from the certificate  insurer,  the
trustee will, within five days thereafter, give written notice of non-receipt to
the certificate insurer and the servicer.  The certificate insurer has agreed to
extend each three month term of the servicer, in the absence of a servicer event
of default under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         The  trustee  and any other  successor  servicer  in that  capacity  is
entitled  to the  same  reimbursement  for  advances  and no more  than the same
servicing  compensation as the servicer. See "--Servicing and Other Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" in this prospectus supplement.

Termination; Purchase of Mortgage Loans

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  will terminate upon notice to the
trustee of either:  (a) the later of the distribution to  certificateholders  of
the final payment or collection on the last mortgage loan, or Periodic  Advances
of same by the servicer,  or the disposition of all funds from the last mortgage
loan and the  remittance  of all  funds  due under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  and the payment of all  amounts  due and  payable to the  certificate
insurer,  the  collateral  agent and the  trustee or (b)  mutual  consent of the
servicer,  the certificate  insurer and all holders in writing. In no event will
the trust  terminate  later than  twenty-one  years  after the death of the last
surviving lineal descendant of the person named in the Trust Agreement.

         Subject to provisions in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement concerning
adopting a plan of complete liquidation,  the servicer may, at its option and at
its sole cost and expense,  terminate the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on any
date on which the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans is less than
10% of the sum of (x) the aggregate  original  principal balance of the mortgage
loans  purchased on the closing  date and (y) the original  amount on deposit in
the pre-funding  accounts,  by purchasing,  on the next succeeding  distribution
date, all of the outstanding  mortgage loans and REO Properties at a price equal
to the sum of

         o    100% of the principal balance of each outstanding mortgage loan
              and each REO property,



                                      S-39
<PAGE>

         o    the  greater of (a) the  aggregate  amount of  accrued  and unpaid
              interest  on the  mortgage  loans  through  the due period and (b)
              thirty days' accrued  interest thereon computed at a rate equal to
              the mortgage interest rate, in each case net of the servicing fee,

         o    any unreimbursed  amounts due to the certificate insurer under the
              Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Insurance  Agreement  and,
              without duplication, accrued and unpaid Insured Payments, and

         o    the trustee's fees.

Any such purchase shall be  accomplished  by depositing  into each  Distribution
Account the portion of the purchase price  specified  above which relates to the
class of  certificates.  No such  termination  is  permitted  without  the prior
written consent of the  certificate  insurer if it would result in a draw on the
certificate insurance policy.

                        The Certificate Insurance Policy

         The following summary of the terms of the certificate  insurance policy
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the certificate insurance policy. A form of the certificate insurance policy may
be obtained, upon request, from the depositor.

         Simultaneously  with the issuance of the certificates,  the certificate
insurer will deliver the certificate  insurance  policy to the trustee,  for the
benefit of the  holders of the  certificates.  Under the  certificate  insurance
policy, the certificate insurer will irrevocably and  unconditionally  guarantee
payment on each distribution date to the trustee, for the benefit of the holders
of the certificates,  of the Insured  Distribution Amounts for the related class
of  certificates  calculated  in  accordance  with  the  original  terms  of the
certificates  when issued and without regard to any amendment or modification of
the  certificates or the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  except  amendments or
modifications  to which the  certificate  insurer  has  given its prior  written
consent.  In addition,  for any  distribution  date  occurring on a date when an
event of default under the Insurance Agreement, as described below, has occurred
and is  continuing or a date on or after the first date on which a claim is made
under the certificate  insurance  policy,  the  certificate  insurer at its sole
option,  may  pay  any  or  all  of the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the
certificates.  Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls will not be covered by payments
under the certificate insurance policy.

         Payment of claims under the certificate  insurance  policy will be made
by the certificate  insurer following receipt by the certificate  insurer of the
appropriate notice for payment on the later to occur of (a) 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the second  business day following  receipt of notice for payment,
and (b) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the relevant distribution date.

         If any  payment  of an amount  guaranteed  by the  certificate  insurer
pursuant to the certificate  insurance policy is avoided as a preference payment
under  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or  similar  law  the
certificate  insurer  will pay the  amount  out of the funds of the  certificate
insurer on the later of

         o    the date when due to be paid pursuant to the bankruptcy order
              referred to below or

         o    the first to occur of

                      o    the  fourth  business  day  following  receipt by the
                           certificate   insurer  from  the  trustee  of  (A)  a
                           certified copy of the order of the court or other



                                      S-40
<PAGE>

                           governmental body which exercised jurisdiction to the
                           effect that a holder is required to return  principal
                           or interest  distributed on a certificate  during the
                           term  of the  certificate  insurance  policy  because
                           these distributions were avoidable  preferences under
                           applicable  bankruptcy  law, (B) a certificate of the
                           holder(s) that the bankruptcy  order has been entered
                           and is not subject to any stay, and (C) an assignment
                           duly executed and delivered by the holder(s), in such
                           form as is  reasonably  required  by the  certificate
                           insurer  and   provided  to  the   holder(s)  by  the
                           certificate  insurer,  irrevocably  assigning  to the
                           certificate  insurer  all  rights  and  claims of the
                           holder(s)   relating   to  or   arising   under   the
                           certificates   against  the  debtor  which  made  the
                           preference   payment  or  otherwise   concerning  the
                           preference payment, or

                      o    the date of receipt by the  certificate  insurer from
                           the trustee of the items  referred to in clauses (A),
                           (B) and (C)  above if, at least  four  business  days
                           prior to the date of receipt, the certificate insurer
                           shall have received  written  notice from the trustee
                           that these  items were to be  delivered  on that date
                           and that date was specified in the notice.

         This  payment  shall  be  disbursed  to  the   receiver,   conservator,
debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy named in the bankruptcy order and
not to the trustee or any holder directly -- unless a holder has previously paid
the  amount to the  receiver,  conservator,  debtor-in-possession  or trustee in
bankruptcy  named in the  bankruptcy  order,  in which case the payment shall be
disbursed  to the  trustee  for  distribution  to the  holder  upon proof of the
payment reasonably satisfactory to the certificate insurer.

         The terms  "receipt" and  "received,"  with respect to the  certificate
insurance  policy,  means actual delivery to the certificate  insurer and to its
fiscal agent appointed by the certificate  insurer at its option,  if any, prior
to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on a business day;  delivery  either on a day
that is not a business  day or after  12:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  shall be
deemed to be  receipt  on the next  succeeding  business  day.  If any notice or
certificate  given under the certificate  insurance policy by the trustee is not
in proper form or is not properly completed,  executed or delivered, it shall be
deemed  not to have been  received,  and the  certificate  insurer or the fiscal
agent shall promptly so advise the trustee and the trustee may submit an amended
notice.

         Under the certificate  insurance  policy,  "business day" means any day
other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which  banking  institutions  in the
City of New York, New York or the State of New York, are authorized or obligated
by law or executive order to be closed.  The certificate  insurer's  obligations
under  the  certificate  insurance  policy  to make  Insured  Payments  shall be
discharged to the extent funds are transferred to the trustee as provided in the
certificate  insurance policy,  whether or not the funds are properly applied by
the trustee.

         The  certificate  insurer  shall be  subrogated  to the  rights of each
holder to receive  payments of  principal  and  interest,  as  applicable,  with
respect to distributions on the certificates to the extent of any payment by the
certificate  insurer under the certificate  insurance  policy. To the extent the
certificate insurer makes Insured Payments, either directly or indirectly, as by
paying  through the trustee,  to the holders of  certificates,  the  certificate
insurer will be subrogated  to the rights of the holders,  as  applicable,  with
respect  to this  Insured  Payment  and  shall be  deemed  to the  extent of the
payments so made to be a registered holder for purposes of payment.

         Claims under the  certificate  insurance  policy will rank equally with
any other  unsecured  debt and  unsubordinated  obligations  of the  certificate
insurer except for particular obligations in respect of tax and



                                      S-41
<PAGE>

other payments to which preference is or may become afforded by statute.  Claims
against  the  certificate   insurer  under  the  certificate   insurance  policy
constitute  pari passu  claims  against  the general  assets of the  certificate
insurer.  The terms of the  certificate  insurance  policy cannot be modified or
altered by any other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or
dissolution of the trust.  The certificate  insurance  policy is governed by the
laws of the State of New York. The certificate  insurance  policy is not covered
by the Property/Casualty  Insurance Security Fund specified in Article 76 of the
New York Insurance Law.

         To the fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  law, the  certificate
insurer agrees under the certificate insurance policy not to assert, and waives,
for the benefit of each holder, all its rights, whether by counterclaim,  setoff
or otherwise, and defenses, including, without limitation, the defense of fraud,
whether  acquired by  subrogation,  assignment or otherwise,  to the extent that
these rights and defenses may be available to the  certificate  insurer to avoid
payment of its obligations under the certificate  insurance policy in accordance
with the express provisions of the certificate insurance policy.

         Pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  unless a
certificate  insurer default exists, the certificate  insurer shall be deemed to
be the holder of the  certificates  for all purposes,  other than for payment on
the  certificates,  will be  entitled  to  exercise  all  rights of the  holders
thereunder,  without the consent of the  holders,  and the holders may  exercise
these rights only with the prior written consent of the certificate  insurer. In
addition,  the  certificate  insurer will, as a third-party  beneficiary  to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Loan Sale Agreement, have, among others,
the following rights:

         o    the right to give notices of breach or to terminate the rights and
              obligations  of the  servicer  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
              Agreement  in the  event of a  servicer  event of  default  and to
              institute proceedings against the servicer;

         o    the right to consent to or direct any waivers of defaults by the
              servicer;

         o    the right to remove the trustee pursuant to the Pooling and
              Servicing Agreement;

         o    the right to direct the actions of the trustee during the
              continuation of a servicer default;

         o    the right to require the depositor to repurchase mortgage loans
              for breach of representation and warranty or defect in
              documentation;

         o    the right to direct foreclosures upon the failure of the servicer
              to do so in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

         o    the right to direct all matters relating to a bankruptcy or other
              insolvency proceeding involving the depositor; and

         o    the right to direct the trustee to investigate specified matters.

         The  certificate  insurer's  consent  will be required  prior to, among
other  things,  (x) the  removal  of the  trustee,  (y) the  appointment  of any
successor  trustee or servicer or (z) any amendment to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

         The  trust,  the  depositor,  the  servicer,  the  originators  and the
certificate  insurer will enter into the Insurance  Agreement  pursuant to which
the  trust,  the  depositor,  the  servicer  and the  originators  will agree to
reimburse,  with interest,  the certificate insurer for amounts paid pursuant to
claims under the certificate  insurance policy. The payment obligations shall be
non-recourse  obligations of the depositor,  the originators,  the trust and the
servicer and shall be payable only from monies available for the payment in




                                      S-42
<PAGE>

accordance  with the  provisions  of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.  The
servicer  will  further  agree to pay the  certificate  insurer  all  reasonable
charges and expenses which the certificate  insurer may pay or incur relative to
any  amounts  paid  under  the  certificate  insurance  policy or  otherwise  in
connection with the transaction and to indemnify the certificate insurer against
specified  liabilities.  Except to the extent  provided  therein,  amounts owing
under the Insurance  Agreement will be payable solely from the trust estate.  An
"event of default"  under the Insurance  Agreement  will  constitute an event of
default  under the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and a servicer  event of
default  under the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  and allow the  certificate
insurer, among other things, to direct the trustee to terminate the servicer. An
"event of default" under the Insurance Agreement includes:

         o    the originators', the depositor's or the servicer's failure to pay
              when due any amount owed under the Insurance Agreement or other
              documents,

         o    the inaccuracy or  incompleteness  in any material  respect of any
              representation  or warranty of the  originators,  the depositor or
              the servicer in the Insurance Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing
              Agreement or other documents,

         o    the  originators',  the  depositor's or the servicer's  failure to
              perform  or to  comply  with  any  covenant  or  agreement  in the
              Insurance Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and other
              documents,

         o    a finding or ruling by a governmental authority or agency that the
              Insurance Agreement,  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or other
              documents are not binding on the originators, the depositor or the
              servicer,

         o    the originators', the depositor's or the servicer's failure to pay
              its debts in  general or the  occurrence  of  specified  events of
              insolvency  or  bankruptcy  with  respect to the  depositor or the
              servicer, and

         o    the occurrence of specified "performance test violations" designed
              to measure the performance of the mortgage loans.

                             The Certificate Insurer

         The     following     information     has    been     obtained     from
________________________  and has not  been  verified  by the  originators,  the
servicer,  the depositor or the underwriter.  No  representation  or warranty is
made by the  depositor,  the  originators,  the  servicer,  the depositor or the
underwriter with respect thereto.

The Certificate Insurer

         ____________  is a monoline  insurance  company  incorporated in ______
under  the  laws  of the  State  of  ____________.  ________________________  is
licensed  to engage  in the  financial  guaranty  insurance  business  in all 50
states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

         ___________ and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of writing
financial  guaranty  insurance,  principally in respect of securities offered in
domestic and foreign markets. In general,  financial guaranty insurance consists
of the issuance of a guaranty of scheduled payments of an issuer's securities --
thereby  enhancing the credit rating of those securities -- in consideration for
the  payment  of a premium to the  insurer.  ____________  and its  subsidiaries
principally  insure  asset-backed,   collateralized  and  municipal  securities.
Asset-backed  securities  are generally  supported by  residential or commercial
mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having
an ascertainable  cash flow or market value.  Collateralized  securities include
public utility first mortgage



                                      S-43
<PAGE>

bonds and sale/leaseback  obligation bonds. Municipal securities consist largely
of general obligation bonds, special revenue bonds and other special obligations
of  state  and  local  governments.   ____________  insures  both  newly  issued
securities  sold in the primary market and  outstanding  securities  sold in the
secondary market that satisfy ____________ underwriting criteria.

         The principal executive offices of ____________ are located at
________________________, and its telephone number at that location is
____________.

Reinsurance

         Pursuant  to  an  intercompany  agreement,   liabilities  on  financial
guaranty  insurance  written or reinsured from third parties by  ____________ or
any of its domestic  operating  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  generally
reinsured  among these  companies  on an  agreed-upon  percentage  substantially
proportional  to their  respective  capital,  surplus and  reserves,  subject to
applicable  statutory risk limitations.  In addition,  ____________  reinsures a
portion  of its  liabilities  under  some of its  financial  guaranty  insurance
policies   with   other   reinsurers   under   various   treaties   and   on   a
transaction-by-transaction  basis.  This reinsurance is utilized by ____________
as a risk  management  device and to comply  with  statutory  and rating  agency
requirements;  it does not  alter or limit  ____________  obligations  under any
financial guaranty insurance policy.

Ratings

         ____________ insurance financial strength is rated "Aaa" by Moody's and
____________ insurer financial strength is rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and
Standard & Poor's (Australia) Pty. Ltd. ____________ claims-paying ability is
rated "AAA" by Fitch IBCA, Inc. and Japan Rating and Investment Information,
Inc. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies, are
not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities and are subject to revision
or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies.

Capitalization

         The following table sets forth the  capitalization  of ____________ and
its wholly owned  subsidiaries on ____________  the basis of generally  accepted
accounting principles as of ____________:

                        [Certificate insurer to provide]

         For further information concerning  ____________,  see the Consolidated
Financial Statements of ____________, and the certificates thereto, incorporated
by reference in this prospectus  supplement.  ____________  financial statements
are included as exhibits to the annual report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports
on Form 10-Q filed with the  Commission by  ____________  and may be reviewed at
the  EDGAR  website  maintained  by the  Commission.  Copies  of  the  statutory
quarterly and annual  statements filed with the State of ____________  Insurance
Department  by  ____________   are  available  upon  request  to  the  State  of
____________ Insurance Department.

Insurance Regulation

         ____________  is  licensed  and  subject to  regulation  as a financial
guaranty insurance corporation under the laws of the State of ____________,  its
state of domicile. In addition,  ____________ and its insurance subsidiaries are
subject to regulation by insurance  laws of the various other  jurisdictions  in
which they are  licensed  to do  business.  As a  financial  guaranty  insurance
corporation  licensed to do business in the State of ____________,  ____________
is subject to Article __ of the  ____________  Insurance Law which,  among other
things, limits the business of each such insurer to financial guaranty insurance
and related lines, requires that each such insurer maintain a minimum surplus to
policyholders,



                                      S-44
<PAGE>

establishes contingency, loss and unearned premium reserve requirements for each
such insurer,  and limits the size of individual  transactions -- "single risks"
--  and  the  volume  of  transactions  --  "aggregate  risks"  --  that  may be
underwritten  by  each  such  insurer.  Other  provisions  of  the  ____________
Insurance Law,  applicable to non-life insurance companies such as ____________,
regulate,  among other  things,  permitted  investments,  payment of  dividends,
transactions with affiliates, mergers, consolidations,  acquisitions or sales of
assets and incurrence of liability for borrowings.

                       Prepayment and Yield Considerations

         The weighted  average life of, and, if purchased at other than par, the
yield to maturity  on, a  certificate  will be  directly  related to the rate of
payment of principal of the mortgage loans, including for this purpose voluntary
payment in full of mortgage loans prior to stated maturity,  liquidations due to
defaults, casualties and condemnations,  and repurchases of or substitutions for
mortgage loans by  ____________  or an affiliate of  ____________ as required or
permitted under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Loan Sale Agreement.

         The actual rate of principal  prepayments on pools of mortgage loans is
influenced by a variety of economic, tax, geographic, demographic, social, legal
and other factors and has fluctuated  considerably in recent years. In addition,
the rate of principal  prepayments  may differ among pools of mortgage  loans at
any time  because of  specific  factors  relating to the  mortgage  loans in the
particular pool,  including,  among other things, the age of the mortgage loans,
the geographic  locations of the properties securing the loans and the extent of
the  mortgagors'  equity in these  properties,  and  changes in the  mortgagors'
housing needs, job transfers and unemployment.

         The rate of prepayments on  conventional  mortgage loans has fluctuated
significantly  in recent years.  In general,  if prevailing  interest rates fall
significantly  below the interest  rates of some  mortgage  loans at the time of
origination, these mortgage loans may be subject to higher prepayment rates than
if prevailing  rates remain at or above those at the time these  mortgage  loans
were originated. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise appreciably above
the interest  rates of some  mortgage  loans at the time of  origination,  these
mortgage loans may experience a lower  prepayment rate than if prevailing  rates
remain at or below  those at the time  these  mortgage  loans  were  originated.
However,  there can be no assurance  that the mortgage loans will conform to the
prepayment  experience of conventional  mortgage loans or to any past prepayment
experience or any published prepayment forecast. No assurance can be given as to
the  level  of  prepayments  on  mortgage  loans  that  the  trust  estate  will
experience.

         As  indicated  above,  if  purchased  at other  than par,  the yield to
maturity  on a  certificate  will be  affected  by the  rate of the  payment  of
principal on the mortgage  loans. If the actual rate of payments on the mortgage
loans is  slower  than the rate  anticipated  by an  investor  who  purchases  a
certificate  at a discount,  the actual yield to the investor will be lower than
the investor's anticipated yield. If the actual rate of payments on the mortgage
loans is  faster  than the rate  anticipated  by an  investor  who  purchases  a
certificate  at a premium,  the actual yield to the investor  will be lower than
the investor's anticipated yield.

         The final stated maturity date is expected to be  ____________  for the
class A-1  certificates  and the  class  A-2  certificates.  Each  final  stated
maturity date was calculated using the assumption that the final stated maturity
date is thirteen  months  after the final stated  maturity  date of the mortgage
loan  having the latest  maturity  date in each pool and  assuming a  subsequent
mortgage loan having a final stated  maturity date of  ____________ is purchased
by the trust  and  included  in each  pool.  The  weighted  average  life of the
certificates is likely to be shorter than would be the case if payments actually
made on the mortgage loans conformed to the foregoing assumptions, and the final
distribution  date for any class of the certificates  could occur  significantly
earlier than the final stated maturity date because:



                                      S-45
<PAGE>

         o    prepayments, including, for this purpose, prepayments attributable
              to foreclosure,  liquidation, repurchase and the like, on mortgage
              loans are likely to occur,

         o    thirteen months have been added to obtain the final stated
              maturity date above,

         o    the over-collateralization provisions of the transaction result in
              the application of Excess Interest to the payment of principal;

         o    the servicer may cause a liquidation  of the trust estate when the
              aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the mortgage loans is
              less than 10% of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal balance of
              the  mortgage  loans  purchased  on the  closing  date and (b) the
              original amount on deposit in the pre-funding accounts; and

         o    the servicer may, at its option,  call the class A-1  certificates
              or the  class A-2  certificates,  separately,  when the  aggregate
              outstanding principal balance of the class A-1 certificates or the
              class A-2 certificates, respectively, is equal to or less than 10%
              of the  aggregate  original  principal  balance  of the  class A-1
              certificates or the class A-2 certificates, respectively.

         Weighted  average  life refers to the average  amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of
the security is scheduled to be repaid to an investor. The weighted average life
of the  certificates  will be influenced  by the rate at which  principal of the
mortgage loans is paid,  which may be in the form of scheduled  amortization  or
prepayments -- for this purpose, the term "prepayment" includes liquidations due
to default.

         Prepayments  on  mortgage  loans are  commonly  measured  relative to a
prepayment model or standard. The model used in this prospectus supplement, Home
Equity Prepayment or HEP, is a prepayment assumption which represents an assumed
rate of prepayment each month relative to the then outstanding principal balance
of a pool of mortgage loans for the life of the mortgage loans. For example, 25%
HEP assumes a constant prepayment rate of 2.5% per annum of the then outstanding
principal  balance of the  mortgage  loans in the first month of the life of the
mortgage loans and an additional  2.5% per annum in each month  thereafter up to
and including the tenth month. Beginning in the eleventh month and in each month
thereafter  during the life of the  mortgage  loans,  25% HEP assumes a constant
prepayment  rate of 25% per annum.  As used in the table  below,  0%  prepayment
assumption   assumes   prepayment   rates   equal   to  0%  of  the   prepayment
assumption--i.e.,   no   prepayments   on  the   mortgage   loans   having   the
characteristics  described below. The prepayment  assumption does not purport to
be a historical  description  of  prepayment  experience  or a prediction of the
anticipated  rate of  prepayment  of any pool of mortgage  loans,  including the
mortgage loans.

         The  following  table has been  prepared on the basis of the  following
modeling assumptions:

         o    The mortgage loans prepay at the indicated percentage of the
              prepayment assumption,

         o    distributions on the certificates are received in cash on the ____
              day of each month commencing in ____________,

         o    no  defaults or  delinquencies  in, or  modifications,  waivers or
              amendments  respecting  the payment by the mortgagors of principal
              and interest on the mortgage loans occur,

         o    scheduled  payments  are assumed to be received on the last day of
              each month  commencing  in  ____________,  or as  presented in the
              following  table,  and prepayments  represent  payments in full of
              individual  mortgage  loans and are  assumed to be received on the
              last day of each month, commencing in



                                      S-46
<PAGE>

              ____________, or as presented in the following table, and include
              thirty (30) days' interest thereon,

         o    the certificates are purchased on ____________,

         o    the Specified Over-collateralized Amount is as enumerated in the
              Pooling and Servicing Agreement,

         o    on each  distribution  date, all Excess  Interest for each pool is
              applied to build up  over-collateralization  necessary  to satisfy
              the Specified Over-Collateralized Amount for each pool, except for
              the  first  distribution  date,  on which  the  amount  of  Excess
              Interest applied to build up over-collateralization is zero,

         o    the  mortgage  loans in pool I consist  of  ____________  mortgage
              loans having the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Principal           Mortgage        Net Mortgage    Original Amortizing    Remaining Amortizing     Remaining Term to
       Balance($)      Interest Rate(%)  Interest Rate(%)    Term (in months)        Term (in months)      Maturity (in months)
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>             <C>                <C>                <C>                   <C>                      <C>

</TABLE>

         o    The mortgage  loans in pool II consists of  ____________  mortgage
              loans having the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Principal           Mortgage        Net Mortgage    Original Amortizing    Remaining Amortizing     Remaining Term to
       Balance($)      Interest Rate(%)  Interest Rate(%)    Term (in months)        Term (in months)      Maturity (in months)
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>             <C>                <C>                <C>                   <C>                      <C>

</TABLE>

         The  foregoing  modeling   assumptions  are  assumptions  and  are  not
necessarily indicative of actual performance.

         Based  upon  the  foregoing  modeling  assumptions,  the  tables  below
indicate  the  weighted  average  life  and  earliest  retirement  date  of  the
certificates  assuming that the mortgage loans prepay according to the indicated
percentages of the prepayment assumption.

                             WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES

Class A-1 Certificates

           Prepayment            Weighted Average               Earliest
         Assumption (HEP)           Life in Years             Retirement Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Class A-2 Certificates

            Prepayment            Weighted Average               Earliest
         Assumption (HEP)           Life in Years             Retirement Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         The foregoing tables were prepared assuming that:

         o    the weighted average life of each class of certificates is
              determined by

                      o    multiplying the amount of each principal payment used
                           to retire the related  class of  certificates  by the
                           number of years  from the  closing  date to the final
                           distribution   date   when  the   related   class  of
                           certificates is fully retired,



                                      S-47
<PAGE>

                      o    adding the results, and

                      o    dividing the sum by the original principal balance of
                           that class; and

         o    the  call  of  the  class  A-1   certificates  or  the  class  A-2
              certificates,  respectively,  occurs as stated in this  prospectus
              supplement.

                             ----------------------

         There is no assurance that prepayments will occur or, if they do occur,
that they will occur at any percentage of HEP.

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement  provides  that  none  of  the
certificate insurer, the trust, the trustee, the depositor,  the depositor,  the
originators  or the servicer will be liable to any holder for any loss or damage
incurred  by the  holder  as a result  of any  difference  in the rate of return
received by the holder as  compared to the  applicable  certificate  rate,  with
respect to any holder of certificates upon reinvestment of the funds received in
connection  with any  premature  repayment  of  principal  on the  certificates,
including any such repayment resulting from any prepayment by the mortgagor, any
liquidation of the mortgage loan, or any repurchase of or  substitution  for any
mortgage loan by the depositor or the servicer.

                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         The  following  discussion  of  certain  material  federal  income  tax
consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the  certificates is
to  be  considered  only  in  connection  with  "Material   Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.  The discussion in this prospectus
supplement and in the accompanying  prospectus is based upon laws,  regulations,
rulings and  decisions  now in effect,  all of which are subject to change.  The
discussion  below and in the  accompanying  prospectus  does not purport to deal
with all federal tax  consequences  applicable  to all  categories of investors,
some of which may be subject to special  rules.  Investors  should consult their
own tax  advisors in  determining  the federal,  state,  local and any other tax
consequences  to  them  of  the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of  the
certificates.

         An  election  will be made to treat the  trust as a REMIC  for  federal
income tax purposes.  __________,  special tax counsel, will deliver its opinion
that,  assuming compliance with the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the trust
will be  treated  as a REMIC  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  The  class A
certificates  will be  designated as "regular  interests" in the REMIC,  and the
class R certificates  will be designated as the sole "residual  interest" in the
REMIC. The class R certificates are "REMIC Residual  Certificates"  for purposes
of the Prospectus.

         The  certificates  possess  certain special tax attributes by virtue of
the REMIC provisions of the Code. See "Material  Federal Income Tax Consequences
-- REMIC Securities" in the Prospectus.

         The class A certificates  generally will be treated as debt instruments
for federal income tax purposes.  Beneficial owners, or registered  holders,  in
the  case  of  definitive  certificates,  of the  class A  certificates  will be
required to report income on such  certificates  in accordance  with the accrual
method of accounting.  It is not anticipated that the class A certificates  will
be issued  with  original  issue  discount.  See  "Material  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences  --  Discount  and  Premium  --  Original  Issue  Discount"  in the
Prospectus. The prepayment assumption for calculating original issue discount is
100% of the Prepayment  Assumption.  See "Prepayment  and Yield  Considerations"
herein.



                                      S-48
<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Code impose
certain restrictions on

         o    employee benefit plans--as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,

         o    plans described in section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including
              individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans,

         o    any entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason
              of a plan's investment in such entities and

         o    persons who have certain specified  relationships to such Plans --
              "Parties-inInterest"  under ERISA and "Disqualified Persons" under
              the Code.

         Section  406  of  ERISA   prohibits  plans  from  engaging  in  certain
transactions  involving the assets of such plans with  Parties-in-Interest  with
respect  to such  plans,  unless a  statutory  or  administrative  exemption  is
applicable  to the  transaction.  Excise  taxes under  Section 4975 of the Code,
penalties  under Section 502 of ERISA and other penalties may be imposed on plan
fiduciaries  and  Parties-in-Interest  or  Disqualified  Persons  that engage in
"prohibited  transactions"  involving  assets of a plan.  Individual  retirement
arrangements  and other plans that are not subject to ERISA,  but are subject to
Section  4975  of the  Code,  and  Disqualified  Persons  with  respect  to such
arrangements and plans,  also may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties
if they engage in prohibited  transactions.  Moreover, based on the reasoning of
the United  States  Supreme  Court in John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust
and Sav. Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517 (1993), an insurance company's general account may
be deemed to include  assets of the Plans  investing  in the general  account --
e.g.,  through the purchase of an annuity  contract.  ERISA also imposes certain
duties on persons who are fiduciaries of plans subject to ERISA.

         The  Department  of Labor  has  issued  a  regulation  describing  what
constitutes  the assets of a plan when the plan  acquires an equity  interest in
another  entity.  This plan asset  regulation  states that,  unless an exemption
described in the regulation is applicable, the underlying assets of an entity in
which a plan makes an equity  investment  will be  considered,  for  purposes of
ERISA,  to be the  assets of the  investing  plan.  Pursuant  to the plan  asset
regulation,  if the assets of the trust were  deemed to be plan assets by reason
of a plan's  investment  in any class A  certificates,  such plan  assets  would
include an undivided  interest in any assets held in such trust.  Therefore,  in
the  absence  of an  exemption,  the  purchase,  sale or  holding of any class A
certificate  by a plan  subject to Section  406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the
Code might result in prohibited  transactions and the imposition of excise taxes
and civil penalties.

         On  April 3,  1996,  the  Department  of Labor  issued  to First  Union
Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates,  which  include First Union
Securities, Inc., an individual administrative exemption, Prohibited Transaction
Exemption  96-22,  as amended by  Prohibited  Transaction  Exemptions  97-34 and
2000-58, from certain of the prohibited  transaction rules of ERISA with respect
to the initial  purchase,  the holding  and the  subsequent  resale by a plan of
certificates in pass-through trusts that meet the conditions and requirements of
this  exemption.  Among the conditions that must be satisfied for this exemption
to apply are the following:

                  (a) The  acquisition of the class A certificates  by a plan is
         on terms, including the price for the class A certificates, that are at
         least  as  favorable  to the plan as they  would be in an arm's  length
         transaction with an unrelated party;

                  (b) The assets  held by the trust  fund must be fully  secured
         (other than  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans and home
         equity loans or receivables  backing certain types of certificates,  as
         described below);

                  (c) Unless the class A certificates  are issued in "designated
         transactions"  (as  described  below) and are  backed by  fully-secured
         loans,  the rights and interests  evidenced by the class A certificates
         acquired by the plan are not  subordinated  to the rights and interests
         evidenced by other certificates of the trust fund;

                                      S-49
<PAGE>

                  (d)  The  class  A  certificates  acquired  by the  plan  have
         received a rating at the time of such acquisition that is in one of the
         three  (or,  in the  case of  designated  transactions,  four)  highest
         generic  rating  categories  from any of Standard & Poor's,  Moody's or
         Fitch, Inc.;

                  (e)  The  sum of all  payments  made  to  the  underwriter  in
         connection with the distribution of the class A certificates represents
         not more than  reasonable  compensation  for  underwriting  the class A
         certificates.  The  sum of all  payments  made to and  retained  by the
         servicer  represents  not more  than  reasonable  compensation  for the
         servicer's  services  under the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and
         reimbursement  of the  servicer's  reasonable  expenses  in  connection
         therewith;

                  (f) The trustee is not an affiliate of any other member of the
         restricted group;

                  (g) The  plan  investing  in the  class A  certificates  is an
         "accredited  investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of Regulation D of
         the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities Act of
         1933; and

                  (h) In the event that all of the obligations  used to fund the
         trust fund have not been  transferred  to the trust fund on the closing
         date,  additional  obligations of the types specified in the prospectus
         supplement  and/or pooling and servicing  agreement having an aggregate
         value  equal to no more than 25% of the total  principal  amount of the
         certificates  being offered by the trust fund may be transferred to the
         trust fund, in exchange for amounts credited to the account funding the
         additional  obligations,  within a funding  period of no longer than 90
         days or 3 months following the closing date.

         The trust fund also must meet the following requirements:

         o        The corpus of the trust fund must consist  solely of assets of
                  the type which have been included in other investment pools;

         o        certificates  in such  other  investment  pools must have been
                  rated  in one of the  three  (or,  in the  case of  designated
                  transactions,  four) highest rating  categories  of Standard &
                  Poor's,  Moody's or Fitch, Inc. for at least one year prior to
                  the plan's acquisition of certificates; and

         o        certificates  evidencing  interests  in such other  investment
                  pools must have been  purchased by investors  other than plans
                  for at least one year prior to any plan's acquisition of class
                  A certificates.

         In the case where the certificates are backed by trust assets which are
residential,  home equity,  manufactured housing or multi-family loans which are
described and defined in the underwriter exemption  as designated  transactions,
certificates  issued by the trust fund in such  transactions may be rated in one
of the highest four generic rating  categories by the specified  rating agencies
and/or may be subordinated.  In addition, one subset of designated transactions,
residential  (one-to-four  family) and home equity loans, may be less than fully
secured, provided that the rights and interests evidenced by certificates issued
in such  designated  transactions  are: (a) not  subordinated  to the rights and
interests  evidenced by securities of the same trust fund; (b) such certificates
acquired by the plan have received a rating from the specified  rating  agencies
at the time of such acquisition that is in one of the two highest generic rating
categories;  and (c) any loan included in the corpus or assets of the trust fund
is secured by  collateral  whose fair market  value on the  closing  date of the
designated  transactions  is at  least  equal  to 80% of the  sum  of:  (i)  the
outstanding principal balance due under the loan which is held by the trust fund
and (ii) the  outstanding  principal  balance(s)  of any other loan(s) of higher
priority  (whether  or not held by the trust fund) which are secured by the same
collateral.

         In order for the exemption to apply to certain self-dealing/conflict of
interest prohibited transactions that may occur when a plan fiduciary causes the
plan to acquire  class A  certificates,  the  Exemption  requires,  among  other
matters, that:

         o        in the case of an acquisition  in connection  with the initial
                  issuance of certificates, at least fifty percent of each class
                  of  certificates  in which plans have  invested is acquired by
                  persons independent of the restricted group and at least fifty
                  percent  of the  aggregate  interest  in  the  trust  fund  is
                  acquired by persons independent of the restricted group;

         o        such fiduciary,  or its affiliate,  is an obligor with respect
                  to 5  percent  or  less  of  the  fair  market  value  of  the
                  obligations contained in the trust fund;

         o        the plan's  investment in class A certificates does not exceed
                  twenty-five   percent   (25%)  of  all  of  the   certificates
                  outstanding at the time of the acquisition and

         o        immediately  after the  acquisition,  no more than twenty-five
                  percent  (25%)  of the  assets  of the plan  are  invested  in
                  certificates  representing  an  interest in one or more trusts
                  containing assets sold or serviced by the same entity.

         The exemption does not apply to certain prohibited  transactions in the
case of plans  sponsored by the  underwriter,  the trustee,  the  servicer,  any
obligor with respect to more than 5% of the fair market



                                      S-50
<PAGE>

value of the mortgage  loans included in the trust fund, any entity deemed to be
a "sponsor" of the trust fund as such term is defined in the  exemption,  or any
affiliate of any such party.

         The exemption may be available for the purchase of the  certificates by
plans following the expiration of the Pre-Funding  Period.  Before  purchasing a
class  A  certificate,  a  fiduciary  of an  ERISA  plan  should  make  its  own
determination  as to the  availability  of the exemptive  relief provided in the
exemption and whether the conditions of such exemption will be applicable to the
class A  certificates.  Any  fiduciary of an ERISA plan  considering  whether to
purchase a class A certificate  should also carefully  review with its own legal
advisors the  applicability  of the fiduciary  duty and  prohibited  transaction
provisions  of ERISA and the Code to such  investment.  The  exemption  will not
apply with respect to the  certificates  until such time that the balance of the
Pre-Funding Account for that class is reduced to zero.  Accordingly,  until such
time, the  certificates may not be purchased by any entity using the assets of a
plan.

         A governmental plan as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA is not subject
to ERISA, or Code Section 4975. However, such a governmental plan may be subject
to a federal,  state, or local law, which is, to a material  extent,  similar to
the provisions of ERISA or Code Section 4975. A fiduciary of a governmental plan
should make its own determination as to the need for and the availability of any
exemptive relief under similar law.

         The sale of certificates to a plan is in no respect a representation by
the depositor or the underwriter  that this investment  meets all relevant legal
requirements  with respect to investments  by plans  generally or any particular
plan,  or  that  this  investment  is  appropriate  for  lans  generally  or any
particular ERISA plan.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

         The certificates will [not] constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"
for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement dated
____________  between  the  depositor  and  First  Union  Securities,  Inc.,  as
underwriter,  the  depositor  has  agreed  to  sell to the  underwriter  and the
underwriter  has agreed to purchase  from the depositor  the  certificates.  The
depositor is obligated to sell,  and the  underwriter  is obligated to purchase,
all of the certificates offered hereby if any are purchased.

         The underwriter has advised the depositor that it proposes to offer the
certificates  purchased by the  underwriter for sale from time to time in one or
more negotiated  transactions or otherwise,  at market prices  prevailing at the
time of sale, at prices  related to such market prices or at negotiated  prices.
The underwriter may effect these  transactions by selling these  certificates to
or through  dealers,  and these dealers may receive  compensation in the form of
underwriting  discounts,  concessions  or  commissions  from the  underwriter or
purchasers of the  certificates for whom they may act as agent. Any dealers that
participate  with  the  underwriter  in the  distribution  of  the  certificates
purchased by the underwriter may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts
or commissions  received by them or the underwriter and any profit on the resale
of  certificates  by them or the  underwriter  may be deemed to be  underwriting
discounts or commissions under the Securities Act of 1933.



                                      S-51
<PAGE>

         In connection  with the offering of the  certificates,  the underwriter
and its  affiliates  may engage in  transactions  that  stabilize,  maintain  or
otherwise affect the market price of the  certificates.  These  transactions may
include  stabilization  transactions  effected  in  accordance  with Rule 104 of
Regulation  M,  pursuant  to  which  that  person  may bid for or  purchase  the
certificates  for the  purpose  of  stabilizing  its  market  price.  Any of the
transactions  described in this  paragraph may result in the  maintenance of the
price of the certificates at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in
the  open  market.  None of the  transactions  described  in this  paragraph  is
required,  and,  if they are  taken,  may be  discontinued  at any time  without
notice.

         For further information regarding any offer or sale of the certificates
pursuant to this  prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus,  see
"Plan of Distribution" in the accompanying prospectus.

         The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the depositor will indemnify
the  underwriter or contribute to losses  arising out of specified  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.

         [This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be used
by us,  First  Union  Securities,  Inc.,  our  affiliate,  and any of our  other
affiliates  when required under the federal  securities  laws in connection with
offers  and  sales of  offered  certificates  in  furtherance  of  market-making
activities in offered  certificates.  First Union Securities,  Inc. or any other
such affiliate may act as principal or agent in such transactions. Sales will be
made at  prices  related  to  prevailing  market  prices at the time of sale or
otherwise.]

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

         The Securities and Exchange  Commission  allows us to  "incorporate  by
reference" certain  information  already on file with it. This means that we can
disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents.  This
information  is  considered  part  of  this  prospectus  supplement,  and  later
information  that  is  filed  will  automatically   update  and  supersede  this
information.  We  incorporate  by reference all of the  documents  listed in the
accompanying  prospectus  under  the  heading  "Incorporation  of  Documents  by
Reference" and the financial statements of ________________________ included in,
or as exhibits to, the following documents:

         o the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended ____________; and

         o the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended ____________.

         You should rely only on the  information  incorporated  by reference or
provided in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.  We have
not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. You should
not  assume  that  the  information  in  this   prospectus   supplement  or  the
accompanying  prospectus  is  accurate as of any date other than the date on the
cover page of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         Residential Asset Funding Corporation has filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission a registration  statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
for the  certificates  offered  pursuant  to this  prospectus  supplement.  This
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus,  which form a part of the
registration statement,  omit certain information contained in such registration
statement  pursuant to the rules and  regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  You may  read and copy the  registration  statement  at the  Public
Reference Room at the Securities and Exchange Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  and at  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York, 10048 and Northwestern  Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,   Illinois  60661.  Please  call  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission at  1-800-SEC-0330  for further  information on the Public  Reference
Rooms. In addition,  the Securities and Exchange Commission  maintains a site on
the World Wide Web containing reports,  proxy materials,  information statements
and other items. The address is http://www.sec.gov.



                                      S-52
<PAGE>

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  balance sheets of ____________ and subsidiaries as of
____________  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in
shareholder's  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  ________________________,  incorporated  by reference in this  prospectus
supplement,  have been incorporated in this prospectus supplement in reliance on
the report of ____________,  independent accountants,  given on the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the  certificates  will be
passed upon for the originators, the depositor and the servicer by ____________,
____________, for the trust by ____________, ____________, and for the depositor
and the underwriter by ____________, ____________.

                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition to the  original  issuance of the  certificates  that
they will receive  ratings of [ ] by ________  and [ ] by ________.  The ratings
assigned to the certificates will take into account the claims-paying ability of
the certificate  insurer.  Explanations of the significance of these ratings may
be obtained from  ________________________  and  _______________________.  These
ratings  will be the views only of the rating  agencies.  There is no  assurance
that any such ratings will continue for any period of time or that these ratings
will not be revised or  withdrawn.  Any such  revision  or  withdrawal  of these
ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the certificates.



                                      S-53
<PAGE>

                                    GLOSSARY

         The  following  terms have the  meanings  given below when used in this
prospectus supplement.

         Available  Amount  means,  for  any  pool  of  mortgage  loans  and any
distribution  date, the amount on deposit in the related  Distribution  Account,
exclusive of the amount of any Insured  Payment and the  Servicing  Fee, on that
distribution date.

         Class A-1 Interest  Distribution  Amount  means,  for any  distribution
date,  an  amount  equal to the sum of the  Current  Interest  for the class A-1
certificates  on that  distribution  date,  less the  amount  of any  Class  A-1
Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls relating to that distribution date.

         Class A-1 Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls means, for any distribution
date, the aggregate of the Mortgage Loan Interest  Shortfalls in pool I, if any,
for that distribution date, to the extent any Mortgage Loan Interest  Shortfalls
are not paid by the servicer as Compensating Interest.

         Class A-1  Certificate  Rate means,  with  respect to any  distribution
date, the per annum rate equal to _____%.

         Class A-2 Interest  Distribution  Amount for any distribution date will
be an  amount  equal  to the  sum of the  Current  Interest  for the  class  A-2
certificates  on that  distribution  date,  less the  amount  of any  Class  A-2
Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls relating to that distribution date.

         Class A-2 Mortgage Loan Interest  Shortfalls for any distribution  date
will be the aggregate of the Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls in pool II, if
any,  for that  distribution  date,  to the extent any  Mortgage  Loan  Interest
Shortfalls are not paid by the servicer as Compensating Interest.

         Class A-2 Certificate Rate means, for any distribution date, the per
annum rate equal to _____%.

         Compensating  Interest  means an amount  equal to the lesser of (a) the
aggregate of the Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  for the related  distribution
date resulting from principal  prepayments in full during the related due period
and (b) its aggregate servicing fees received in the related due period

         Current  Interest for any pool of mortgage  loans and any  distribution
date is the interest  that will accrue on the related class of  certificates  at
the applicable  certificate rate on the aggregate  outstanding principal balance
of such class during the accrual period.

         Excess  Interest  for any pool of mortgage  loans and any  distribution
date is equal to the excess of (x) the  Available  Amount for that pool and that
distribution date over (y) the sum of

         o    the Interest Distribution Amount for that pool and that
              distribution date,

         o    Principal  Distribution Amount for that pool and that distribution
              date  --  calculated  for  this  purpose  without  regard  to  any
              Over-collateralization Increase Amount or portion thereof included
              therein,

         o    any Reimbursement Amount or other amount owed to the certificate
              insurer relating to that pool and

         o    the trustee's fees for that pool and that distribution date.



                                      S-54
<PAGE>

         Excess  Over-collateralized  Amount  means,  for each pool of  mortgage
loans  and a  distribution  date,  the  difference,  if  any,  between  (a)  the
Over-collateralized  Amount  that would  apply on that  distribution  date after
taking into  account all  distributions  to be made on that  distribution  date,
except  for  any  distributions  of  related  Over-collateralization   Reduction
Amounts, and (b) the Specified Over-collateralized Amount.

         Foreclosure Profits as to any servicer remittance date, are the excess,
if any, of (a) Net  Liquidation  Proceeds in respect of each  mortgage loan that
became a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan during the month  immediately  preceding the
month of that servicer  remittance date over (b) the sum of the unpaid principal
balance of each such  Liquidated  Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest
on the unpaid  principal  balance  from the due date to which  interest was last
paid by the mortgagor.

         Insurance  Proceeds  are proceeds  paid by any insurer  pursuant to any
insurance  policy  covering a mortgage loan to the extent these proceeds are not
applied  to the  restoration  of  the  mortgaged  property  or  released  to the
mortgagor. "Insurance Proceeds" do not include "Insured Payments."

         Insured  Distribution  Amount  for any pool of  mortgage  loans and any
distribution date, is the sum of:

         o    the Interest Distribution Amount for that pool and that
              distribution date,

         o    the amount of the Over-collateralization Deficit applicable to
              that pool and that distribution date, if any, and

         o    on the  distribution  date which is a final stated  maturity date,
              the aggregate  outstanding principal balance for the related class
              of certificates.

         Insured  Payment  for any pool of mortgage  loans and any  distribution
date will equal the  amount by which the  Insured  Distribution  Amount for that
pool and that  distribution date exceeds the Available Amount less the trustee's
fees for that pool and that distribution date.

         Interest  Distribution Amount means the Class A-1 Interest Distribution
Amount or the Class A-2 Interest Distribution Amount, as applicable.

         Liquidation  Expenses  as to  any  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan  are  all
expenses  incurred by the servicer in  connection  with the  liquidation  of the
mortgage loan,  including,  without duplication,  unreimbursed expenses for real
property taxes and unreimbursed  servicing advances. In no event may Liquidation
Expenses on a Liquidated Mortgage Loan exceed the Liquidation Proceeds.

         Liquidated Loan Loss as to any Liquidated  Mortgage Loan is the excess,
if any, of (a) the unpaid  principal  balance of that  Liquidated  Mortgage Loan
plus accrued and unpaid  interest on the unpaid  principal  balance from the due
date to which  interest was last paid by the  Mortgagor  over (b) the sum of the
Net Liquidation Proceeds and the amount of any previously  unreimbursed Periodic
Advances in respect of the mortgage loan.

         Liquidation  Proceeds  are  amounts,  other  than  Insurance  Proceeds,
received by the servicer in connection with (a) the taking of all or a part of a
Mortgaged Property by exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemnation or
(b) the  liquidation  of a defaulted  mortgage loan through a sale,  foreclosure
sale, REO Disposition or otherwise.

         Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls  means Civil  Relief Act  interest
shortfalls and Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.



                                      S-55
<PAGE>

         Net  Foreclosure  Profits as to any servicer  remittance  date, are the
excess,  if any,  of (a) the  aggregate  Foreclosure  Profits  on that  servicer
remittance  date over (b)  Liquidated  Loan Losses on that  servicer  remittance
date.

         Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  as to any  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan,  are
Liquidation  Proceeds net of  Liquidation  Expenses and net of any  unreimbursed
Periodic Advances made by the servicer.

         Net Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls means the Class A-1 Mortgage Loan
Interest  Shortfalls  or the Class A-2 Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls,  as
applicable.

         Net REO  Proceeds as to any REO  property,  are REO Proceeds net of any
expenses of the servicer.

         Over-collateralized  Amount means, for any distribution date and a pool
of  mortgage  loans,  the excess,  if any,  of (x) the sum of (a) the  aggregate
principal  balances  of the  mortgage  loans  in that  pool as of the  close  of
business on the last day of the preceding calendar month and (b) the amounts, if
any, on deposit in the pre-funding  accounts,  over (y) the aggregate  principal
balance  of the  related  class of  certificates  as of that  distribution  date
--following the making of all  distributions  on that  distribution  date, other
than any Over-collateralization Increase Amount for that distribution date.

         Over-collateralization Deficit for any distribution date, is the amount
by which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the certificates exceeds
the sum of

         o    the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans,

         o    any amount on deposit in the pre-funding accounts on that
              distribution date, and

         o    any  amounts  on deposit  in the  Cross-collateralization  Reserve
              Accounts  on that  distribution  date,  after  application  of all
              amounts due on that distribution date.

         Over-collateralization  Increase  Amount for any pool of mortgage loans
and any  distribution  date is the amount of Excess Interest to be applied as an
accelerated  payment of principal on the related class of certificates until the
over-collateralization  for that pool reaches the Specified  Over-collateralized
Amount.  This  payment  is  limited  to the  extent of the  Available  Amount as
described in the definition of "Principal Distribution Amount.

         Over-collateralization  Reduction Amount for any pool of mortgage loans
and  any  distribution  date,  is  the  difference,  if  any,  between  (a)  the
Over-collateralized  Amount for that pool that would apply on that  distribution
date after taking into account all distributions to be made on that distribution
date -- except for any distributions of related Over-collateralization Reduction
Amounts -- and (b) the  Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount for that pool and
that distribution date to the extent of principal available for distribution.

         Periodic   Advances  means  advances  made  by  the  servicer  on  each
distribution date for delinquent  payments of interest on the mortgage loans, at
a rate equal to the interest rate on the mortgage  note,  less the servicing fee
rate.

         Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall means,  for any  distribution  date, an
amount  equal  to the  excess,  if any,  of (a)  thirty  days'  interest  on the
outstanding  principal balance of these mortgage loans at a per annum rate equal
to the  mortgage  interest  rate -- or at any lower rate as may be in effect for
these  mortgage  loan  because  of  application  of the Civil  Relief  Act,  any
reduction as a result of a bankruptcy proceeding and/or any reduction by a court
of the monthly payment due on these mortgage loan -- minus the rate at which the
servicing fee is calculated,  over (b) the amount of interest  actually remitted
by the



                                      S-56
<PAGE>

mortgagor  in  connection  with  the  principal  prepayment  in  full,  less the
servicing fee for such mortgage loan in such month.

         Principal  Distribution  Amount for any pool of mortgage  loans and any
distribution date will be the lesser of:

                  (a) the excess of (x) the sum, as of that  distribution  date,
         of (A) the Available  Amount for that pool and (B) any Insured  Payment
         on the  related  class of  certificates  over  (y) the sum of  Interest
         Distribution  Amount  for  that  pool,  the  trustee's  fees,  and  the
         Reimbursement  Amount  allocable to the related class of  certificates;
         and

                  (b)      the sum, without duplication, of:

                           (1)      all principal in respect of the mortgage
                                    loans in that pool actually collected
                                    during the related due period;

                           (2)      the principal  balance of each mortgage loan
                                    that either was repurchased by the depositor
                                    or purchased by the servicer on the servicer
                                    remittance  date  from  that  pool,  to  the
                                    extent the  principal  balance  is  actually
                                    received by the trustee;

                           (3)      any  substitution  adjustments  delivered by
                                    the  depositor  on the  servicer  remittance
                                    date in connection  with a substitution of a
                                    mortgage  loan in that  pool,  to the extent
                                    the  substitution  adjustments  are actually
                                    received by the trustee;

                           (4)      the  Net   Liquidation   Proceeds   actually
                                    collected  by the  servicer of all  mortgage
                                    loans in that pool during the prior calendar
                                    month,  to the  extent  the Net  Liquidation
                                    Proceeds relate to principal;

                           (5)      on the ____________ or ____________
                                    distribution dates, moneys released from the
                                    related pre-funding account, if any;

                           (6)      the  proceeds  received by the trustee  upon
                                    the  exercise by the  servicer of its option
                                    to call the related  class of  certificates,
                                    to  the  extent  those  proceeds  relate  to
                                    principal;

                           (7)      the amount of any Over-collateralization
                                    Deficit for that pool for that distribution
                                    date;

                           (8)      the proceeds received by the trustee on any
                                    termination of the trust, to the extent
                                    those proceeds relate to principal,
                                    allocable to that pool;

                           (9)      the  amount  of  any  Over-collateralization
                                    Increase  Amount  for  that  pool  for  that
                                    distribution  date,  to  the  extent  of any
                                    Excess  Interest for that pool available for
                                    that  purpose,  exclusive  of the  amount of
                                    Excess  Interest for that pool  necessary to
                                    make  the  payment  of (A) any Net  Mortgage
                                    Loan Interest  Shortfalls  for that pool and
                                    that distribution date and (B) the Shortfall
                                    Amount   for  the   other   pool   and  that
                                    distribution date;



                                      S-57
<PAGE>

                           (10)     if the  certificate  insurer shall so elect,
                                    an amount of principal, including Liquidated
                                    Loan  Losses,  that would have been  payable
                                    pursuant to clauses (1) through (9) above if
                                    sufficient funds were available therefor;

                                                     minus
                                                     -----

                           (11)     the amount of any Over-collateralization
                                    Reduction Amount for that pool for that
                                    distribution date.


         In no event will the Principal  Distribution  Amount for a pool for any
distribution date be (x) less than zero or (y) greater than the then outstanding
aggregate principal balance for the certificates.

         Qualified  Substitute Mortgage Loan means any mortgage loan or mortgage
loans substituted for a deleted mortgage loan and which, among other things,

         o    relates or relate to a  detached  one-family  residence  or to the
              same type of  residential  dwelling or commercial  property as the
              deleted  mortgage  loan and, has or have the same or a better lien
              priority  as the  deleted  mortgage  loan and has or have the same
              occupancy  status  as  the  deleted  mortgage  loan  or is or  are
              owner-occupied mortgaged property or properties,

         o    matures or mature no later than, and not more than one year
              earlier than, the deleted mortgage loan,

         o    has or have a LTV or LTV at the time of the substitution no higher
              than the LTV of the deleted mortgage loan,

         o    has or have a CLTV or CLTVs at the time of the substitution no
              higher than the CLTV of the deleted mortgage loan,

         o    has or have a  principal  balance  or  principal  balances,  after
              application  of all  payments  received on or prior to the date of
              substitution,  not  substantially  less  and  not  more  than  the
              principal balance of the deleted mortgage loan as of that date,

         o    has or have a mortgage interest rate of at least the same interest
              rate as the deleted mortgage loan and

         o    complies  or  comply,  as of the date of  substitution,  with each
              representation and warranty enumerated in the Loan Sale Agreement.

         Reimbursement  Amount means,  for each pool of mortgage  loans and each
distribution  date,  the  lesser  of (x) the  excess of (a) the  amount  then on
deposit in the Distribution  Account over (b) the Insured  Distribution  Amounts
for that  pool and that  distribution  date and (y) the  amount  of all  Insured
Payments and other amounts due to the certificate insurer for that pool pursuant
to the Insurance  Agreement,  including the premium amount,  which have not been
previously paid.

         REO  Proceeds are monies  received  from any REO  property,  including,
without limitation, proceeds from the rental of the mortgaged property.

         Shortfall Amount means, for a pool of mortgage loans and any
distribution date, the sum of

         o    any  shortfall in the amount of the Interest  Distribution  Amount
              for that pool actually  distributed  to the holders of the related
              class of certificates,



                                      S-58
<PAGE>

         o    any  shortfall  in the amount of the Net  Mortgage  Loan  Interest
              Shortfalls  for that pool actually  distributed  to the holders of
              the related class of certificates,

         o    the amount of any Over-collateralization Deficit for that pool and
              that distribution date and

         o    any shortfall in the payment of any amounts owed the certificate
              insurer.

         Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount for a pool of mortgage loans and
any  distribution  date will be the amount of  Over-collateralization  which the
certificate insurer requires for that pool and that distribution date.

         Specified Reserve Amount means, for each pool of mortgage loans and any
distribution date, the difference between (x) the Specified  Over-collateralized
Amount for that pool and that distribution date and (y) the  Over-collateralized
Amount for that pool on that distribution date.



                                      S-59
<PAGE>

================================================================================


No dealer,  salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations  not contained in this prospectus  supplement and
the prospectus and, if given or made, such information or  representations  must
not be  relied  upon  as  having  been  authorized  by the  depositor  or by the
underwriter.  This prospectus supplement and the prospectus do not constitute an
offer to sell,  or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy, the  securities  offered
hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction  in which such an offer or solicitation is
not  authorized or in which the person making the offer or  solicitation  is not
qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make any such offer or
solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of  this  prospectus  supplement  and the
prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create an
implication that information in this prospectus  supplement or in the prospectus
is correct as of any time since the date of this  prospectus  supplement  or the
prospectus.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Table of Contents...........................................................S-ii
Summary......................................................................S-1
Risk Factors.................................................................S-3
Transaction Overview.........................................................S-7
The Mortgage Loan Pools......................................................S-8
The Originators, the Depositor, the Servicer and the Subservicer............S-17
The Trustee.................................................................S-19
The Collateral Agent........................................................S-19
Description of the Certificates.............................................S-19
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans.............................................S-33
The Certificate Insurance Policy............................................S-40
The Certificate Insurer.....................................................S-43
Prepayment and Yield Considerations.........................................S-45
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations...................................S-48
ERISA Considerations........................................................S-49
Legal Investment............................................................S-51
Plan of Distribution........................................................S-51
Experts.....................................................................S-53
Ratings.....................................................................S-53
Legal Matters...............................................................S-53
Glossary....................................................................S-54


                                   PROSPECTUS

Summary of Prospectus..........................................................1
Risk Factors...................................................................3
The Sponsor....................................................................6
Use of Proceeds................................................................6
Description of the Securities..................................................6
The Trust Funds...............................................................11
Credit Enhancement............................................................19
Servicing.....................................................................21
The Agreements................................................................27
Legal Aspects of Loans........................................................33
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................44
State Tax Considerations......................................................63
ERISA Considerations..........................................................63
Legal Investment..............................................................66
Available Information.........................................................66
Incorporation of Documents by Reference.......................................67
Plan of Distribution..........................................................67
Legal Matters.................................................................67
Financial Information.........................................................67
================================================================================

                                $_______________

                             ______________________
                                     Issuer

                            _________________________
                                    Servicer

                      Residential Asset Funding Corporation

                                     Sponsor

                                   $__________
                             Class A-1 Certificates

                                   $__________
                             Class A-2 Certificates

                          Mortgage-Backed Certificates,

                                 Series _______

                               ------------------

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                               ------------------




                               -------------------





                                   ----------




<PAGE>

================================================================================


                                                              FORM OF PROSPECTUS
                                                             SUPPLEMENT -- NOTES

Prospectus supplement to prospectus dated ____________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  $___________

                             ----------------------

                      Mortgage-Backed Notes, Series _______

        $______ _____% Class A-1 Notes $________ ______% Class A-2 Notes

         _____________              Residential Asset Funding Corporation
           Depositor                               Sponsor

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  YOU SHOULD READ THE SECTION  ENTITLED "RISK FACTORS"  STARTING ON PAGE S-__ OF
  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND PAGE 3 OF THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS  AND
  CONSIDER THESE FACTORS BEFORE MAKING A DECISION TO INVEST IN THE NOTES.

  The notes  represent  non-recourse  obligations  of the trust only and are not
  interests in or obligations of any other person.

  Neither  the  notes nor the  underlying  mortgage  loans  will be  insured  or
  guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality.

          THE TRUST FUND --

          o    The trust  fund  consists  primarily  of two pools of  fixed-rate
               business and consumer purpose home equity loans secured by first-
               or  second-lien  mortgages  on  residential  or  commercial  real
               properties.

          THE NOTES--

          o    Each class of notes will be backed  primarily  by a pledge of one
               of the two pools of mortgage loans.

          CREDIT ENHANCEMENT --

          o    The notes will have the benefit of a financial guaranty
               insurance policy to be issued by

                                     [note insurer]

          o    The notes will be cross-collateralized to a limited extent.

          o    The notes have the benefit of initial over-collateralization.

          o    Excess   interest  will  be  used  in  the  early  years  of  the
               transaction to increase this over-collateralization.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Original Note      Price to the     Underwriting    Proceeds to the      Ratings       Final Stated
    Class      Principal Balance       Public          Discount         Depositor           [ ]         Maturity Date
-------------- -----------------    ------------     ------------    ---------------      -------       -------------
<S>           <C>                  <C>              <C>             <C>                  <C>            <C>
     A-1       $                         %                  %        $
--------------  --------------       ----               ----          ------------
     A-2       $                         %                  %        $
--------------  --------------       ----               ----          ------------
-------------- -----------------    ------------     ------------    ---------------      -------       -------------
    Total      $                  $                   $              $
--------------  --------------     ---------           ---------      ------------
</TABLE>

You will also be required to pay the  interest  that  accrued on your note since
____________.  The proceeds to the depositor are calculated  without taking into
effect the expenses of this offering, which are expected to be $___________.

              NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR ANY STATE
              SECURITIES   COMMISSION  HAS  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  OF  THESE
              SECURITIES  OR  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF THIS
              PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A
              CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                          FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.

               The date of this prospectus supplement is ________


            IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

         We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents
that progressively provide more detail: (1) the accompanying  prospectus,  which
provides  general  information,  some of which may not  apply to your  series of
notes, and (2) this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of
your series of notes.

         This prospectus  supplement does not contain complete information about
the  offering  of  the  notes.   Additional  information  is  contained  in  the
accompanying  prospectus.  You are urged to read both this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying  prospectus in full. We cannot sell the notes to you unless
you  have  received  both  this  prospectus   supplement  and  the  accompanying
prospectus.

         The accompanying  prospectus  contains  information which describes the
possible characteristics of different series of securities,  and is not intended
to be contradictory to the information contained in this prospectus  supplement.
If the accompanying prospectus contemplates multiple options, you should rely on
the information in this prospectus supplement as to the applicable option.

         [This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be used
by us,  First  Union  Securities,  Inc.,  our  affiliate,  and any of our  other
affiliates  when required under the federal  securities  laws in connection with
offers and sales of offered notes in furtherance of market-making  activities in
offered notes. First Union Securities,  Inc. or any other such affiliate may act
as principal or agent in such transactions. Sales will be made at prices related
to prevailing market prices at the time of sale or otherwise.]

         We  include  cross-references  in this  prospectus  supplement  and the
accompanying  prospectus  to  captions  in these  materials  where  you can find
further  information  concerning  a particular  topic.  The  following  table of
contents provides the pages on which these captions are located.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary.....................................................................S-1
Risk Factors................................................................S-3
Transaction Overview........................................................S-7
     Parties................................................................S-7
     The Transaction........................................................S-8
The Mortgage Loan Pools.....................................................S-8
     The Pool I Mortgage Loans..............................................S-9
     The Pool II Mortgage Loans............................................S-13
     Conveyance of subsequent mortgage loans...............................S-16
The Originators, the Depositor and the Servicer............................S-17
     Underwriting Guidelines...............................................S-17
     The Servicer..........................................................S-17
     Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience..................................S-17
The Owner Trustee..........................................................S-19
The Indenture Trustee......................................................S-19
The Collateral Agent.......................................................S-19
Description of the Notes and the Trust Certificates........................S-19
     Book-Entry Registration...............................................S-20
     Definitive Notes......................................................S-24
     Assignment and Pledge of Initial Mortgage Loans.......................S-24
     Assignment and Pledge of Subsequent Mortgage Loans....................S-24
     Delivery of Mortgage Loan Documents...................................S-25
     Representations and Warranties of the Depositor.......................S-26
     Payments on the Mortgage Loans........................................S-28
     Over-collateralization Provisions.....................................S-30
     Cross-collateralization Provisions....................................S-31
     Flow of Funds.........................................................S-32
     Events of Default.....................................................S-32
     Reports to Noteholders................................................S-33
     Amendment.............................................................S-34
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans............................................S-34
     The Servicer..........................................................S-34
     Servicing Fees and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses.........S-34
     Periodic Advances and Servicer Advances...............................S-35
     Prepayment Interest Shortfalls........................................S-36

                                      S-ii

<PAGE>

     Civil Relief Act Interest Shortfalls..................................S-36
     Optional Purchase of Defaulted Mortgage Loans.........................S-36
     Servicer Reports......................................................S-36
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures.............................S-37
     Hazard Insurance......................................................S-37
     Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans.............................S-38
     Removal and Resignation of the Servicer...............................S-38
     Optional Clean-up Call on the Notes...................................S-40
     Termination; Purchase of Mortgage Loans...............................S-40
The Note Insurance Policy..................................................S-41
The Note Insurer...........................................................S-44
     The Note Insurer......................................................S-44
     Reinsurance...........................................................S-45
     Ratings...............................................................S-45
     Capitalization........................................................S-45
     Insurance Regulation..................................................S-45
Prepayment and Yield Considerations........................................S-46
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations..................................S-49
     Treatment of the Notes................................................S-49
     Treatment of the Trust................................................S-51
ERISA Considerations.......................................................S-51
Legal Investment...........................................................S-52
Plan of Distribution.......................................................S-52
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference..........................S-52
Additional Information.....................................................S-53
Experts....................................................................S-53
Legal Matters..............................................................S-53
Ratings....................................................................S-53
Glossary...................................................................S-55

                                      S-iii

<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

       This  summary  highlights  selected   information  from  this  prospectus
       supplement and does not contain all of the  information  that you need to
       consider in making your  investment  decision.  To understand  all of the
       terms of the offering of the notes, carefully read this entire prospectus
       supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

                         -------------------------------


THE NOTES AND THE TRUST CERTIFICATES

The  __________________  will issue the class A-1 notes and the class A-2 notes.
The notes are being offered to you by this prospectus supplement.

Each class of notes will accrue interest at the interest rate, have the original
principal balance and have the final stated maturity date indicated on the cover
of this prospectus supplement.

The  trust  will also  issue two  classes  of trust  certificates  which are not
offered by this prospectus supplement.

DISTRIBUTIONS

       Distributions  on the notes  will be made on the ____ day of each  month,
       or,  if the  ____  day is not a  business  day,  on the  next  succeeding
       business day, beginning on _________.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST

On each  distribution  date,  each class of notes is  entitled  to  receive  its
current interest.

   o   Current  Interest.  The current  interest for a distribution  date is the
       interest  which  accrues on a class of notes at that class's note rate on
       the outstanding principal balance of the class during the accrual period.

   o   Accrual Period. The accrual period for the notes is the calendar month
       preceding the distribution date.

All computations of interest accrued on the notes will be made on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL

The  holders of each class of notes are  entitled  to receive  distributions  of
principal on each  distribution  date which  generally  reflect  collections  of
principal during the preceding  calendar month on the mortgage loans in the pool
relating to their class.

In  addition,  in  accordance  with the  over-collateralization  features of the
transaction,  holders may also receive  extra  distributions  of principal  from
excess interest on a distribution date

THE MORTGAGE LOANS

The  mortgage  loans  to be  included  in the  trust  estate  will be  primarily
fixed-rate,  closed-end,  monthly pay, business and consumer purpose home equity
loans  secured  by first,  second  or  multiple  mortgages  or deeds of trust on
residential or commercial real properties.

On the closing date, the trust will purchase the mortgage  loans.  The aggregate
principal   balance  of  the  pool  I  mortgage  loans  will  be   approximately
$_____________ and the aggregate principal balance of the pool II mortgage loans
will be approximately $_____________.

The aggregate  principal balance of the mortgage loans purchased by the trust on
the closing date will be less than the amount  required to be held by the trust.
The amount of the difference  will be taken from the proceeds of the sale of the
notes, placed in the pre-funding  accounts and used for the purchase of mortgage
loans by the trust after the closing date.

                                       S-1

<PAGE>


SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

__________________ will act as servicer and will be obligated to service and
administer the mortgage loans

OPTION OF THE SERVICER TO CALL EITHER CLASS OF NOTES

The servicer may, at its option, call the class A-1 notes or the class A-2 notes
on any distribution date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of
the  class is equal to or less  than  10% of the  aggregate  original  principal
balance of the class.

OPTION OF THE SERVICER TO TERMINATE THE TRUST

The servicer may, at its option, terminate the trust on the distribution date on
which the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of all mortgage loans is less
than 10% of the sum of the aggregate  original principal balance of the mortgage
loans purchased on the closing date and the amount on deposit in the pre-funding
accounts on the closing date.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

Subject  to the  conditions  described  under  "ERISA  Considerations"  in  this
prospectus  supplement,  the notes may be purchased by any employee benefit plan
or other retirement arrangement subject to ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX STATUS

It is the opinion of  ____________,  special tax counsel to the trust,  that for
federal income tax purposes

o      the notes will be characterized as indebtedness and

o      the trust  will not be  characterized  as an  association,  or a publicly
       traded  partnership,  taxable as a corporation  or as a taxable  mortgage
       pool.

Each  noteholder,  by the acceptance of a note, will agree to treat the notes as
indebtedness.

RATINGS

In order to be issued, the notes must be rated [ ] by  ________________  and [ ]
by  ____________,  taking into account the note insurance  policy issued for the
notes.

                                       S-2

<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE FOLLOWING FACTORS --
AS WELL AS THE  FACTORS  ENUMERATED  UNDER "RISK  FACTORS"  IN THE  ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS -- BEFORE DECIDING TO INVEST IN THE NOTES.

IF THE FUNDS ON DEPOSIT IN THE  PRE-FUNDING  ACCOUNTS  ARE NOT USED TO  PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL  MORTGAGE  LOANS,  THOSE FUNDS WILL BE DISTRIBUTED AS A PREPAYMENT OF
PRINCIPAL, WHICH MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE YIELD ON YOUR NOTE.

                  If the  principal  balance  of  the  eligible  mortgage  loans
                  available for purchase by the trust on  _____________  is less
                  than the amount on deposit  in either  pre-funding  account on
                  that  date,  the  remaining   amount  will  be  applied  as  a
                  prepayment of principal on the following  distribution date to
                  the holders of the class of notes relating to that pre-funding
                  account.   You  will  bear  the  risk  of  reinvesting   these
                  unscheduled  distributions  and there can be no assurance that
                  you  will be  able to  reinvest  them at a yield  equaling  or
                  exceeding the yield or your note.

                  Any purchase of additional  mortgage  loans by the trust using
                  funds on deposit in the pre-funding accounts is subject to the
                  following conditions, among others:

                      o    each additional mortgage loan must satisfy specified
                           statistical criteria and representations and
                           warranties;

                      o    additional  mortgage  loans will not be selected in a
                           manner   that  is  believed  to  be  adverse  to  the
                           interests  of the  holders  of the notes and the note
                           insurer; and

                      o    opinions of counsel will be delivered with concerning
                           the validity of the conveyance of additional mortgage
                           loans.

                  If the originators do not have additional mortgage loans which
                  satisfy these conditions with an aggregate  principal  balance
                  equal to the amount on deposit  in the  pre-funding  accounts,
                  such a prepayment will occur.

BECAUSE MANY OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS BACKING YOUR NOTE WERE MADE TO BORROWERS WITH
IMPAIRED  OR  UNSUBSTANTIATED  CREDIT  HISTORIES,  THERE  IS A  GREATER  RISK OF
DELINQUENT PAYMENTS ON THESE MORTGAGE LOANS, WHICH COULD LEAD TO GREATER RISK OF
LOSSES ON YOUR NOTE.

                  The mortgage  loans were made, in part, to borrowers  who, for
                  one reason or another, are not able, or do not wish, to obtain
                  financing from traditional  sources such as commercial  banks.
                  These  mortgage  loans  may be  considered  to be of a riskier
                  nature  than  mortgage  loans made by  traditional  sources of
                  financing,  so that the  holders of the notes may be deemed to
                  be at  greater  risk than if the  mortgage  loans were made to
                  other types of borrowers.

                  The  underwriting  standards  used in the  origination  of the
                  mortgage  loans held by the trust are generally less stringent
                  than  those  of  Fannie  Mae  or  Freddie  Mac   concerning  a
                  borrower's  credit  history  and in  certain  other  respects.
                  Borrowers  on the  mortgage  loans  may  have an  impaired  or
                  unsubstantiated  credit  history.  As a  result  of this  less
                  stringent   approach  to  underwriting,   the  mortgage  loans
                  purchased  by  the  trust  may  experience   higher  rates  of
                  delinquencies,  defaults and foreclosures  than mortgage loans
                  underwritten  in a manner  which is more similar to the Fannie
                  Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines.

                                       S-3

<PAGE>


GEOGRAPHIC  CONCENTRATION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS IN PARTICULAR  JURISDICTIONS MAY
RESULT IN GREATER LOSSES IF THOSE JURISDICTIONS EXPERIENCE ECONOMIC DOWNTURNS.

                  Some geographic regions of the United States from time to time
                  will  experience  weaker  regional  economic   conditions  and
                  housing markets,  and,  consequently,  will experience  higher
                  rates of loss and delinquency on mortgage loans generally. Any
                  concentration  of the  mortgage  loans  in such a  region  may
                  present  risk  considerations  in addition to those  generally
                  present for similar  mortgage-backed  securities  without this
                  concentration.   The  mortgaged   properties   underlying  the
                  mortgage loans are located  primarily on the eastern  seaboard
                  of the United States. This may subject the mortgage loans held
                  by the trust to the risk that a  downturn  in the  economy  in
                  this area of the country  would more  greatly  affect the pool
                  than if the pool were more diversified.

                  In  particular,  the  states  listed  below had the  following
                  percentages of mortgage loans in pool I and pool II,  measured
                  as  of  _______,   ______,  which  are  secured  by  mortgaged
                  properties located in the their states:

               Pool I          %           %           %           %           %

               Pool II         %           %           %           %           %

                  Because  of  the  relative  geographic  concentration  of  the
                  mortgage   loans   within   the   states   of   _____________,
                  _____________, _____________, _____________ and _____________,
                  losses on the  mortgage  loans may be higher than would be the
                  case  if  the   mortgage   loans   were  more   geographically
                  diversified. For example, some of the mortgaged properties may
                  be more  susceptible to particular  types of special  hazards,
                  such as  earthquakes  and other  natural  disasters  and major
                  civil disturbances,  than residential or commercial properties
                  located  in  other  parts of the  country.  In  addition,  the
                  economies  of  _____________,   _____________,  _____________,
                  _____________ and _____________ may be adversely affected to a
                  greater  degree  than  the  economies  of  other  areas of the
                  country  by  regional  developments.   If  the  _____________,
                  _____________,  _____________, _____________ and _____________
                  residential or commercial  real estate  markets  experience an
                  overall   decline  in  property  values  after  the  dates  of
                  origination of the respective  mortgage loans,  then the rates
                  of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses on the  mortgage
                  loans may be  expected to increase  and this  increase  may be
                  substantial.

LOANS  WITH  BALLOON  AND  NON-TRADITIONAL  PAYMENT  METHODS  MAY HAVE A GREATER
DEFAULT RISK, WHICH COULD LEAD TO LOSSES ON YOUR SECURITIES.

                  Approximately  ____% of the mortgage loans in pool I, measured
                  as of _____, ____, and ____% of the mortgage loans in pool II,
                  measured as of ____,  ____, are not fully amortized over their
                  terms and  instead  require  substantial  balloon  payments on
                  their  maturity  dates.  The  borrower's  ability  to pay  the
                  balloon amount due at maturity of his or her balloon loan will
                  depend  on  the   borrower's   ability   to  obtain   adequate
                  refinancing  or funds from other  sources to repay the balloon
                  loan. The  originators  have only limited  historical  default
                  data  concerning  their  balloon loans and they do not believe
                  that  their  data  is   sufficient   to  predict  the  default
                  experience of the balloon loans. Other "non-traditional" loans
                  include loans with escalating or variable principle  payments.
                  Because  borrowers  of  non-traditional  loans are required to
                  make substantial single payments upon maturity,

                                       S-4

<PAGE>


                  the default risk  associated with balloon loans may be greater
                  than that associated with fully-amortizing loans.

A PORTION OF THE MORTGAGE  LOANS ARE SECURED BY  SUBORDINATE  MORTGAGES;  IN THE
EVENT OF A DEFAULT, THESE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE MORE LIKELY TO EXPERIENCE LOSSES.

                  Approximately _____% of the mortgage loans in pool I, measured
                  as of ____, _____, and ____% of the mortgage loans in pool II,
                  measured  as of ____,  ____,  are  secured by  subordinate  or
                  junior  mortgages  which are  subordinate to the rights of the
                  holder of the senior mortgages. As a result, the proceeds from
                  any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings will be
                  available to satisfy the principal  balance of such a mortgage
                  loan  only to the  extent  that the  claims,  if any,  of each
                  senior   mortgagee  are  satisfied  in  full,   including  any
                  foreclosure costs. In addition,  a holder of a junior mortgage
                  may not  foreclose  on the  mortgaged  property  securing  the
                  mortgage  unless it forecloses  subject to the related  senior
                  mortgages,  in which case it must either pay the entire amount
                  of the senior  mortgages to the  mortgagees at or prior to the
                  foreclosure  sale or undertake the obligation to make payments
                  on each senior mortgage in the event of default thereunder. In
                  servicing  business and consumer  purpose home equity loans in
                  its  portfolio,  it is the  servicer's  practice to satisfy or
                  reinstate  each  such  first  mortgage  at  or  prior  to  the
                  foreclosure  sale only to the extent  that it  determines  any
                  amount so paid will be  recoverable  from future  payments and
                  collections on the mortgage loans or otherwise. The trust will
                  have no source of funds to satisfy any senior mortgage or make
                  payments due to any senior mortgagee.

                  An  overall  decline in the  residential  or  commercial  real
                  estate  markets  could  adversely  affect  the  values  of the
                  mortgaged  properties  such  that  the  outstanding  principal
                  balances  of the  mortgage  loans,  together  with the primary
                  senior financing  thereon,  equals or exceeds the value of the
                  mortgaged  properties.  Such a decline would adversely  affect
                  the  position  of a second  mortgagee  before  having  such an
                  effect  on that of the  first  mortgagee.  A rise in  interest
                  rates over a period of time and the general  condition  of the
                  mortgaged  property  as well as  other  factors  may  have the
                  effect of reducing the value of the  mortgaged  property  from
                  the  appraised  value  at  the  time  the  mortgage  loan  was
                  originated.  If there is a reduction in value of the mortgaged
                  property,  the ratio of the amount of the mortgage loan to the
                  value of the mortgaged  property may increase over what it was
                  at the time the mortgage loan was originated. Such an increase
                  may reduce the  likelihood of  liquidation  or other  proceeds
                  being   sufficient   to  satisfy  the   mortgage   loan  after
                  satisfaction of any first liens.

A PORTION OF THE MORTGAGE  LOANS ARE HIGH  LOAN-TO-VALUE  (LTV) RATIOS WHICH MAY
NOT HAVE ADEQUATE SECURITY IN THE EVENT OF A DEFAULT, WHICH COULD LEAD TO LOSSES
ON YOUR NOTE.

                  Even  though  all  of  the  mortgage   loans  are  secured  be
                  residential real estate,  approximately _____% of the mortgage
                  loans in pool I, measured as of ____,  _____, and ____% of the
                  mortgage  loans in pool II,  measured  as of ____,  ____,  are
                  secured by real estate which has a value that may be close to,
                  or even less than,  the amount of the loan.  As a result,  the
                  mortgaged  properties  may not provide  adequate  security for
                  these high LTV loans.  Underwriting  analysis  with respect to
                  high  LTV  loans  relies  more  heavily  on  the   mortgagor's
                  creditworthiness  than  on  the  protection  afforded  by  the
                  security interest in the underlying mortgaged property.

                                       S-5

<PAGE>

                  Additionally,  there  is also the  risk  that if the  borrower
                  moves,  he or she will be  unable to pay the loan in full from
                  the proceeds of the sale of the property.  The costs  incurred
                  by the servicer in the collection and  liquidation of high LTV
                  loans may be higher than with respect to other loans,  because
                  the  servicer  may be  required  to pursue  collection  solely
                  against the  borrower.  Consequently,  the losses on defaulted
                  high LTV  loans may be more  severe  as there is no  assurance
                  that any  proceeds  will be  recovered,  which  could  lead to
                  losses on your note.

SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE MANUFACTURED HOMES MAY NOT BE PERFECTED AND THE ISSUER
MAY NOT REALIZE UPON THE FULL AMOUNT DUE UNDER THE LOAN.

                  Approximately _____% of the mortgage loans in pool I, measured
                  as of ____, _____, and ____% of the mortgage loans in pool II,
                  measured as of ____,  ____, are secured by manufactured  homes
                  and, in some cases,  the real estate on which the manufactured
                  home is located.  Some  federal  and state laws,  which do not
                  apply to other types of  mortgage  loans,  limit the  issuer's
                  ability to  foreclose on  manufactured  homes or may limit the
                  amount  realized  to less than the  amount due under the loan.
                  These limitations could cause losses on your note.

PREPAYMENTS  ON THE MORTGAGE  LOANS COULD LEAD TO  SHORTFALLS  IN THE PAYMENT OF
INTEREST ON YOUR NOTE.

                  The scheduled  monthly  payment  dates for the mortgage  loans
                  occur throughout a month. When a principal  prepayment in full
                  is made on a mortgage loan, the mortgagor is charged  interest
                  only up to the date of the  prepayment,  instead of for a full
                  month.  However,  the  principal  receipts will only be passed
                  through  to the  holders  of the  notes  once a month,  on the
                  distribution  date which  follows the calendar  month in which
                  the prepayment  was received by the servicer.  The servicer is
                  obligated to pay,  without any right of  reimbursement,  those
                  shortfalls in interest  collections  payable on the notes that
                  are  attributable to the difference  between the interest paid
                  by a mortgagor in  connection  with a  prepayment  in full and
                  thirty days'  interest on the mortgage  loan,  but only to the
                  extent of the servicing fee for that calendar month.

                  If the servicer  fails to make these payments or the shortfall
                  exceeds the servicing fee, there will be less funds  available
                  for the payment of  interest  on the  related  class of notes.
                  These shortfalls of interest,  if they result in the inability
                  of the trust to pay the full amount of the current interest on
                  the  related  class  of  notes,  are not  covered  by the note
                  insurance policy.


                                       S-6

<PAGE>

         Some of the terms used in this prospectus  supplement are  capitalized.
These  capitalized terms have specified  definitions,  which are included at the
end of this prospectus supplement under the heading "Glossary."

                              TRANSACTION OVERVIEW

PARTIES

         The  Trust.   ___________________,   a  Delaware  business  trust.  The
principal executive office of the trust is in Wilmington,  Delaware,  in care of
the owner trustee, at the address of the owner trustee specified below.

         The Sponsor.  Residential Asset Funding  Corporation,  a North Carolina
corporation.  The  principal  executive  office of the sponsor is located at 301
South  College  Street,   Charlotte,   North  Carolina   28288,   telephone  no.
(704) 590-6161.

         The Depositor.  ________________,  a __________  corporation,  which is
owned by the originators.  The principal executive office of the depositor is at
___________________________, and its telephone number is _____________.

         The Originators. _____________, a _____________ corporation, and
_____________, a _____________ corporation, originated or purchased the mortgage
loans. For a description of the business of the originators, see "The
Originators, the Depositor and the Servicer" in this prospectus supplement.

         The Servicer and the Subservicers.  _____________  will act as servicer
of  the  mortgage  loans,  and  _____________  and  _____________  will  act  as
subservicers for different  portions of the mortgage loans. For a description of
the  business of the  servicer,  see "The  Originators,  the  Depositor  and the
Servicer" in this prospectus supplement.

         The  Indenture   Trustee.   _____________,   a  _____________   banking
corporation.  The corporate trust office of the indenture  trustee is located at
_____________,  and its telephone number is _____________.  For a description of
the indenture  trustee and its  responsibilities  with respect to the notes, see
"The Indenture Trustee" in this prospectus supplement.

         The Owner  Trustee.  ___________________________,  a  national  banking
association.  The  corporate  trust  office of the owner  trustee  is located at
_______________________,  and  its  telephone  number  is  _____________.  For a
description  of the owner trustee and its  responsibilities  with respect to the
notes  and the  mortgage  loans,  see "The  Owner  Trustee"  in this  prospectus
supplement.

         The Collateral Agent. _________________________, a national banking
association. The corporate trust office of the collateral agent is located at
________________________, and its telephone number is _____________.

         The  Note   Insurer.   ___________________________,   a   _____________
financial guaranty  insurance  company.  The note insurer will issue a financial
guaranty  insurance  policy for the benefit of the  holders of the notes.  For a
description  of the  business  and selected  financial  information  of the note
insurer,  see "The  Note  Insurance  Policy"  and  "The  Note  Insurer"  in this
prospectus supplement.

         The Rating Agencies. ________________________________ and
__________________ will issue ratings for each class of notes.



                                      S-7
<PAGE>

THE TRANSACTION

         Formation  of the Trust and  Issuance  of the Trust  Certificates.  The
trust will be formed  pursuant  to the terms of a Trust  Agreement,  dated as of
_____________,  between  the owner  trustee and the  depositor.  Under the Trust
Agreement,  the trust will also issue the trust  certificates  to the depositor,
each evidencing the entire beneficial ownership interest in the sub-trust of the
trust consisting of a pool of mortgage loans.

         Sale and Servicing of the Mortgage Loans.  The mortgage loans have been
originated  or  purchased  by  the  originators  pursuant  to  their  respective
underwriting guidelines, as described under "The Originators,  the Depositor and
the  Servicer." The  originators  will sell the mortgage loans to the depositor,
pursuant  to  Loan  Sale  Agreement,  dated  as  of  _____________,   among  the
originators and the depositor. The depositor will sell the mortgage loans to the
trust  pursuant to a Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of  _____________,
among the  depositor,  the trust,  the servicer,  the  collateral  agent and the
indenture trustee.  The servicer will service the mortgage loans pursuant to the
terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         Issuance of the Notes. Pursuant to the terms of an Indenture,  dated as
of _____________,  between the trust and the indenture  trustee,  the trust will
pledge the trust estate to the indenture trustee, for the benefit of the holders
of the notes and the note insurer, and issue the notes.

         Issuance of the Note Insurance Policy.  The note insurer will issue the
note  insurance  policy  pursuant  to the terms of an  Insurance  and  Indemnity
Agreement,  dated as of  _____________,  among the note insurer,  the trust, the
depositor, the originators and the servicer.

                             THE MORTGAGE LOAN POOLS

         Difference between Statistical Calculation Date and Closing Date Pools.
The statistical  information  presented in this prospectus supplement concerning
the  mortgage  loans is based on the pools of mortgage  loans that  existed on a
statistical  calculation  date,  in this case _______,  ____.  Pool I aggregated
$_____________  as of the  statistical  calculation  date and pool II aggregated
$_____________  as of the statistical  calculation  date. The depositor  expects
that  the  actual  pools  on  the  closing  date  will  represent  approximately
$_____________ in aggregate principal balance of mortgage loans in pool I, as of
a cut-off date of ______________,  ___________, and approximately $_____________
in aggregate  principal  balance of mortgage loans in pool II, as of the cut-off
date. The additional mortgage loans will represent mortgage loans acquired or to
be acquired  by the trust on or prior to the closing  date.  In  addition,  with
respect  to the  pools  as of  the  statistical  calculation  date  as to  which
statistical  information  is  presented  in  this  prospectus  supplement,  some
amortization will occur prior to the closing date. Moreover, some mortgage loans
included in the pools as of the statistical calculation date may prepay in full,
or may be  determined  not to meet the  eligibility  requirements  for the final
pools, and may not be included in the final pools. As a result of the foregoing,
the statistical  distribution of  characteristics as of the closing date for the
final mortgage loan pools will vary somewhat from the  statistical  distribution
of the  characteristics  as of the statistical  calculation date as presented in
this prospectus  supplement,  although this variance should not be material.  In
the event that the  depositor  does not, as of the closing  date,  have the full
amount of  mortgage  loans which the  depositor  expects to sell to the trust on
this date, the depositor will increase the size of the pre-funding  accounts and
the capitalized interest accounts, as applicable.

         Additional  mortgage  loans are  intended to be  purchased by the trust
from  time to time on or  before  _____________  from  funds on  deposit  in the
pre-funding  accounts.  These  subsequent  mortgage loans to be purchased by the
trust, if available, will be originated or purchased by the originators, sold by
the  originators  to the  depositor and then sold by the depositor to the trust.
The Indenture will provide that




                                      S-8
<PAGE>

the mortgage loans,  following the conveyance of the subsequent  mortgage loans,
must in the aggregate conform to specified characteristics described below under
" -- Conveyance of subsequent mortgage loans."

         Unless otherwise noted, all statistical  percentages in this prospectus
supplement are approximate and are measured by the aggregate  principal  balance
of the applicable  mortgage loans in relation to the aggregate principal balance
of  the  mortgage  loans  in  the  applicable  pool,  in  each  case,  as of the
statistical calculation date.

         The mortgage loans will be  predominantly  business or consumer purpose
residential  home equity loans used to refinance an existing  mortgage  loan, to
consolidate   debt,  or  to  obtain  cash  proceeds  by  borrowing  against  the
mortgagor's  equity in the  mortgaged  property  in order to provide  funds for,
working capital for business,  business  expansion,  equipment  acquisition,  or
personal  acquisitions.  The mortgaged  properties  securing the mortgage  loans
consist primarily of single-family  residences -- which may be detached, part of
a multi-family  dwelling,  a condominium  unit, a townhouse,  a mobile home or a
unit in a planned unit development -- and commercial or mixed use property.  The
mortgaged properties may be owner-occupied properties, which includes second and
vacation homes,  non-owner  occupied  investment  properties or business purpose
properties.

         The majority of the mortgage loans have a prepayment fee clause.  These
prepayment  fee  clauses   generally   provide  that  the  mortgagor  pay,  upon
prepayment, one or more of the following:

         o        a fee equal to a percentage, negotiated at origination, of the
                  outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loan,

         o        a fee which is  designed  to allow the holder of the  mortgage
                  note to earn  interest on the mortgage loan as if the mortgage
                  loan remained outstanding until a designated point in time, or

         o        a fee  equal to the  amount  of  interest  on the  outstanding
                  principal balance of the mortgage loan calculated  pursuant to
                  a rule of 78's calculation,  which has the effect of requiring
                  the  mortgagor to pay a greater  amount of interest than would
                  be required to be paid if the actuarial  method of calculating
                  interest was utilized.

THE POOL I MORTGAGE LOANS

         As of the statistical  calculation  date, each of the mortgage loans in
pool I had a remaining  term to maturity of no greater than 360 months and had a
mortgage interest rate of at least ____% per annum.

         The  combined   loan-to-value   ratios  or  CLTV's  described  in  this
prospectus  supplement  were calculated  based upon the appraised  values of the
mortgaged properties at the time of origination.  No assurance can be given that
the appraised values of the mortgaged properties have remained or will remain at
the levels that existed on the dates of  origination of the mortgage  loans.  If
property  values  decline such that the  outstanding  principal  balances of the
mortgage loans,  together with the outstanding  principal  balances of any first
liens,  become equal to or greater than the value of the  mortgaged  properties,
the actual rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses could be higher than
those  historically  experienced by the servicer,  as described below under "The
Originators,  the  Depositor  and the  Servicer  --  Delinquency  and Loan  Loss
Experience," and in the mortgage lending industry generally.

         As of the  statistical  calculation  date, the mortgage loans in pool I
had the following characteristics:




                                      S-9
<PAGE>

         o        there  were ___  mortgage  loans  under  which  the  mortgaged
                  properties are located in __ states,

         o        the aggregate  principal  balance,  after  application  of all
                  payments due on or before the  statistical  calculation  date,
                  was $_____________,

         o        the minimum principal balance was $_____________,  the maximum
                  principal   balance  was   $_____________,   and  the  average
                  principal balance was $_____________,

         o        the  mortgage  interest  rates ranged from _____% to ____% per
                  annum,  and the weighted  average  mortgage  interest rate was
                  approximately ____% per annum,

         o        the original term to stated maturity ranged from ___ months to
                  360 months,

         o        the remaining term to stated maturity ranged from __ months to
                  ____ months,  the  weighted  average  original  term to stated
                  maturity was approximately ___ months and the weighted average
                  remaining  term to  stated  maturity  was  approximately  ____
                  months,

         o        no mortgage loan had a maturity later than _________,

         o        approximately  _______% of the aggregate  principal balance of
                  the mortgage loans require monthly  payments of principal that
                  will fully amortize  these mortgage loans by their  respective
                  maturity  dates,  and  approximately  ____%  of the  aggregate
                  principal balance of the mortgage loans are balloon loans,

         o        the weighted average CLTV was approximately _____%,

         o        approximately  _____% of  mortgage  loans are secured by first
                  liens, and approximately  _____% of mortgage loans are secured
                  by second liens, and

         o        approximately  _____%,  _____%, ____%, _____% and ____% of the
                  mortgage loans are secured by mortgaged  properties located in
                  the  States of  _____________,  _____________,  _____________,
                  _____________ and _____________, respectively.

         On or prior  to  _____________,  the  trust is  expected  to  purchase,
subject to  availability,  subsequent  mortgage loans to be added to pool I. The
maximum  aggregate  principal  balance of subsequent  mortgage loans that may be
purchased is expected to be approximately $_____________.




                                      S-10
<PAGE>

         The following  tables present  statistical  information on the mortgage
loans in pool I. Due to rounding,  the percentages shown may not precisely total
100.00%.

                GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES



                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Number of          Aggregate Unpaid       % of Statistical Calculation Date
                State                    Mortgage Loans      Principal Balance          Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total
</TABLE>

                           DISTRIBUTION OF CLTV RATIOS

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Original                     Number of         Aggregate Unpaid       % of Statistical Calculation Date
              CLTV Range                 Mortgage Loans      Principal Balance          Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total
</TABLE>

                  DISTRIBUTION OF GROSS MORTGAGE INTEREST RATES

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Gross Mortgage                  Number of         Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
         Interest Rate Range             Mortgage Loans      Principal Balance          Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                             ------             ---------                        ---------
</TABLE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF ORIGINAL TERMS TO MATURITY
                                   (in months)

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Range of Original Terms             Number of          Aggregate Unpaid       % of Statistical Calculation Date
             (in months)                 Mortgage Loans      Principal Balance          Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                             ------             ---------                        ---------
</TABLE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF REMAINING TERMS TO MATURITY
                                   (in months)

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Range of Remaining Terms             Number of         Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
            (in months)                  Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                             ------             ---------                        ---------
</TABLE>




                                      S-11
<PAGE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                     POOL I


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Range of Original Mortgage Loan         Number of        Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
          Principal Balances             Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                             ------             ---------          -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                   DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Range of Current Mortgage Loan          Number of        Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
          Principal Balances             Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                             ------             ---------          -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                           DISTRIBUTION BY LIEN STATUS

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Number of         Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
             Lien Status                 Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                             ------       ----------------------   -------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                        DISTRIBUTION BY AMORTIZATION TYPE

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Number of         Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
         Amortization Type               Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                             ------       ----------------------   -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                        DISTRIBUTION BY OCCUPANCY STATUS

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Number of         Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
          Occupancy Status               Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                             ------       ----------------------   -------------------------------------
</TABLE>




                                      S-12
<PAGE>

                          DISTRIBUTION BY PROPERTY TYPE

                                     POOL I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Number of         Aggregate Unpaid        % of Statistical Calculation Date
           Property Type                 Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
--------------------------------------   --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                         --------------   ----------------------   -------------------------------------
</TABLE>



THE POOL II MORTGAGE LOANS

         As of the statistical  calculation  date, each of the mortgage loans in
pool II had a remaining term to maturity of no greater than 360 months and had a
mortgage interest rate of at least _____% per annum.

         The CLTVs described in this prospectus supplement were calculated based
upon  the  appraised  values  of  the  mortgaged   properties  at  the  time  of
origination.  No  assurance  can be  given  that  the  appraised  values  of the
mortgaged  properties have remained or will remain at the levels that existed on
the dates of origination of the mortgage  loans. If property values decline such
that the outstanding principal balances of the mortgage loans, together with the
outstanding  principal  balances of any first liens,  become equal to or greater
than the value of the mortgaged  properties,  the actual rates of delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses could be higher than those  historically  experienced by
the servicer,  as described below under "The Originators,  the Depositor and the
Servicer -- Delinquency and Loan Loss  Experience,"  and in the mortgage lending
industry.

         As of the statistical  calculation  date, the mortgage loans in pool II
had the following characteristics:

         o        there  were ___  mortgage  loans  under  which  the  mortgaged
                  properties are located in ___ states,

         o        the aggregate  principal  balance,  after  application  of all
                  payments due on or before the  statistical  calculation  date,
                  was $_____________,

         o        the minimum principal balance was $_____________,  the maximum
                  principal   balance  was   $_____________,   and  the  average
                  principal balance was $_____________,

         o        the  mortgage  interest  rates  ranged  from ____% to ___% per
                  annum,  and the weighted  average  mortgage  interest rate was
                  approximately ___% per annum,

         o        the original term to stated  maturity ranged from __ months to
                  360 months,

         o        the remaining term to stated maturity ranged from __ months to
                  ___  months,  the  weighted  average  original  term to stated
                  maturity was approximately ___ months and the weighted average
                  remaining  term  to  stated  maturity  was  approximately  ___
                  months,

         o        no mortgage loan had a maturity later than _____________,

         o        approximately  ____% of the aggregate principal balance of the
                  mortgage loans require monthly payments of principal that will
                  fully  amortize  these  mortgage  loans  by  their  respective
                  maturity  dates,  and  approximately  ____%  of the  aggregate
                  principal balance of the mortgage loans are balloon loans,

         o        the weighted average CLTV was approximately ____%,




                                      S-13
<PAGE>

         o        approximately  ____% of  mortgage  loans are  secured by first
                  liens, and  approximately  ____% of mortgage loans are secured
                  by second liens, and

         o        approximately  ___%,  ___%,  ____%,  ____%  and  ____%  of the
                  mortgage loans are secured by mortgaged  properties located in
                  the  States of  _____________,  _____________,  _____________,
                  _____________ and _____________, respectively.

         On or prior  to  _____________,  the  trust is  expected  to  purchase,
subject to availability,  subsequent  mortgage loans to be added to pool II. The
maximum  aggregate  principal  balance of subsequent  mortgage loans that may be
purchased is expected to be approximately $_____________.

         The following  tables present  statistical  information on the mortgage
loans in pool II. Due to rounding, the percentages shown may not precisely total
100.00%.

                GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

                                     Pool II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid          % of Statistical Calculation Date
                State                  Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance            Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>


                           DISTRIBUTION OF CLTV RATIOS

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid          % of Statistical Calculation Date
        Original CLTV Ratio            Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance           Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>

                  DISTRIBUTION OF GROSS MORTGAGE INTEREST RATES

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Gross Mortgage                 Number of             Aggregate Unpaid           % of Statistical Calculation Date
         Interest Rate Range            Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance             Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>



                   DISTRIBUTION OF ORIGINAL TERMS TO MATURITY
                                   (in months)

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Range of Original Terms            Number of            Aggregate Unpaid           % of Statistical Calculation Date
             (in months)               Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance             Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>




                                      S-14
<PAGE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF REMAINING TERMS TO MATURITY
                                   (in months)

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Range of Remaining Terms            Number of            Aggregate Unpaid          % of Statistical Calculation Date
            (in months)               Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance             Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
     Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>



                   DISTRIBUTION OF ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Range of Original Mortgage          Number of             Aggregate Unpaid          % of Statistical Calculation Date
      Loan Principal Balances          Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance            Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>

                   DISTRIBUTION OF CURRENT PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Range of Current Mortgage Loan         Number of            Aggregate Unpaid            % of Statistical Calculation
        Principal Balances            Mortgage Loans         Principal Balance          Date Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                           ------                ------------                      ------------
</TABLE>


                           DISTRIBUTION BY LIEN STATUS

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Number of             Aggregate Unpaid         % of Statistical Calculation Date
           Lien Status               Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance            Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
        Total

                                           ------                ------------          -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                        DISTRIBUTION BY AMORTIZATION TYPE

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Number of             Aggregate Unpaid         % of Statistical Calculation Date
        Amortization Type           Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance            Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
      Total

                                           ------            ---------------------     -------------------------------------
</TABLE>




                                      S-15
<PAGE>

                        DISTRIBUTION BY OCCUPANCY STATUS

                                     POOL II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of            Aggregate Unpaid          % of Statistical Calculation Date
        Occupancy Status               Mortgage Loans         Principal Balance            Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------   ------------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
        Total

                                     -------------------  ------------------------     -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                          DISTRIBUTION BY PROPERTY TYPE

                                     POOL II


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Number of             Aggregate Unpaid           % of Statistical Calculation
         Property Type                 Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance         Date Aggregate Principal Balance
----------------------------------   ------------------      ---------------------     -------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>
        Total

                                     -------------------     ---------------------     -------------------------------------
</TABLE>



CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

         The Indenture  permits the trust to acquire  subsequent  mortgage loans
with the funds on deposit in the pre-funding  accounts.  It is expected that the
amount on  deposit  in the  pre-funding  accounts  on the  closing  date will be
approximately  $_____________  for  pool  I  and  $_____________  for  pool  II.
Accordingly, the statistical characteristics of the mortgage loans in pool I and
pool II will vary as of any  subsequent  cut-off  date upon the  acquisition  of
subsequent mortgage loans.

         The obligation of the trust to purchase the  subsequent  mortgage loans
on any subsequent  transfer date during the Pre-Funding Period is subject to the
following requirements:

         o        the  subsequent  mortgage  loan  may  not be 30 or  more  days
                  contractually delinquent as of a subsequent cut-off date which
                  is the close of business on the last day of the calendar month
                  preceding the month in which the subsequent  mortgage loan was
                  purchased by the trust;

         o        the original term to maturity of the subsequent  mortgage loan
                  may not  exceed  360 months for pool I and 360 months for pool
                  II;

         o        the  subsequent  mortgage  loan must have a mortgage  interest
                  rate of at least ____% for pool I and ____% for pool II;

         o        the purchase of the subsequent  mortgage loans is consented to
                  by the note insurer and the rating  agencies,  notwithstanding
                  the  fact  that  the   subsequent   mortgage  loans  meet  the
                  parameters stated in this prospectus supplement;

         o        the principal balance of any subsequent  mortgage loan may not
                  exceed  $_____________  for pool I and $_____________ for pool
                  II;

         o        no more  than  _____%  for pool I and ____% for pool II of the
                  aggregate  principal balance of the subsequent  mortgage loans
                  may be second liens;

         o        no such  subsequent  mortgage  loan  shall have a CLTV of more
                  than (a) for consumer purpose loans, ___% for pool I and ____%
                  for pool II, and (b) for business purpose loans, ___% for pool
                  I and ___% for pool II;




                                      S-16
<PAGE>

         o        no more  than  ____%  for  pool I and  ___% for pool II of the
                  subsequent mortgage loans may be balloon loans;

         o        no more  than  ____%  for pool I and  ____% for pool II of the
                  subsequent   mortgage   loans  may  be  secured  by  mixed-use
                  properties,  commercial  properties,  or  five  or  more  unit
                  multifamily properties; and

         o        following the purchase of the subsequent mortgage loans by the
                  trust, the mortgage loans,  including the subsequent  mortgage
                  loans,  (a) will have a  weighted  average  mortgage  interest
                  rate, (I) for consumer  purpose  loans,  of at least ____% for
                  pool I and  ____%  for pool II and (II) for  business  purpose
                  loans, of at least ____% for pool I and ____% for pool II; and
                  (b) will have a weighted average CLTV of not more than (I) for
                  consumer  purpose  loans,  ____% for pool I and ____% for pool
                  II, and (II) for business purpose loans,  ____% for pool I and
                  ____% for pool II.

         The Indenture will provide that any of these requirements may be waived
or modified in any respect upon prior written consent of the note insurer,  with
the exception of the requirements concerning maximum principal balance.

                 THE ORIGINATORS, THE DEPOSITOR AND THE SERVICER

                             [Corporate description]
             [To be supplied by originators, depositor and servicer]

UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

                         [To be supplied by originators]

THE SERVICER

                          [To be supplied by servicer]

DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

         The following  tables present  information  relating to the delinquency
and loan loss experience on the mortgage loans included in originators servicing
portfolio  for the  periods  shown.  The  delinquency  and loan loss  experience
represents the  historical  experience of the  originators,  and there can be no
assurance that the future  experience on the mortgage loans in the trust will be
the  same  as,  or more  favorable  than,  that  of the  mortgage  loans  in the
originators' overall servicing portfolio.




                                      S-17
<PAGE>

                     DELINQUENCY AND FORECLOSURE EXPERIENCE

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

                                 At                 At                 At
                         -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                    % of               % of               % of
                          Amount   Amount    Amount   Amount    Amount   Amount
                         Serviced Serviced  Serviced Serviced  Serviced Serviced
                         -------- --------  -------- --------  -------- --------

Servicing portfolio......

  Past due loans:
    60-89 days...........
    90 days or more .....
                         -------- --------  -------- --------  -------- --------
Total past due loans.....


REO Properties...........
                         -------- --------  -------- --------  -------- --------
Total past due loans,
 foreclosures pending
 and REO Properties(3)...

         The foregoing table was prepared assuming that:

         o        the past due period is based on the actual number of days that
                  a payment  is  contractually  past  due;  a loan as to which a
                  monthly  payment  was due 60-89  days  prior to the  reporting
                  period is considered 60-89 days past due, etc.;

         o        total past due loans includes pending foreclosures; and

         o        an "REO property" is a property  acquired and held as a result
                  of foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.

                           LOAN CHARGE-OFF EXPERIENCE

                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                              At          At          At
                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
Servicing portfolio at period end.........

Average outstanding.......................
  Gross losses............................
  Loan recoveries.........................

  Net loan charge-offs....................

  Net loan charge-offs as a percentage
  of servicing portfolio at period end....
  Net loan charge-offs as a percentage
  of average outstanding..................


         The foregoing table was prepared assuming that:




                                      S-18
<PAGE>

         o        "average   outstanding"  is  the  arithmetic  average  of  the
                  principal balances of the loans in the originators'  servicing
                  portfolio  outstanding  at the opening and closing of business
                  for this period; and

         o        "gross losses" means the  outstanding  principal  balance plus
                  accrued but unpaid interest on liquidated mortgage loans.

         While  the  above  delinquency  and  foreclosure  and  loan  charge-off
experiences  are typical of the  originators'  experiences  at the dates for the
periods  indicated,   there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  delinquency  and
foreclosure  and loan  charge-off  experiences  on the  mortgage  loans  will be
similar.  Accordingly,  the information  should not be considered to reflect the
credit  quality of the mortgage  loans  included in the trust,  or as a basis of
assessing the  likelihood,  amount or severity of losses on the mortgage  loans.
The statistical  data in the tables is based on all of the mortgage loans in the
originators'  servicing  portfolio.  The mortgage  loans,  in general,  may have
characteristics  which  distinguish  them from the  majority of the loans in the
originators' servicing portfolio.

                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

         ________________________,  a  national  banking  association,  has  its
corporate trust offices located at  ________________________.  The owner trustee
will perform limited administrative functions on behalf of the trust pursuant to
the Trust Agreement.  The owner trustee's duties in connection with the issuance
and sale of the notes are limited  solely to its express  obligations  under the
Trust Agreement.

                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         ________________________,  a ____________ banking  corporation,  has an
office at  ________________________.  The indenture  trustee will act as initial
authenticating  agent,  paying agent and note registrar pursuant to the terms of
the Indenture.

                              THE COLLATERAL AGENT

         ________________________,  a  national  banking  association,  has  its
corporate  trust  office at  ________________________.  The  collateral  agent's
duties  are  limited  solely  to its  express  obligations  under  the  Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

               DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND THE TRUST CERTIFICATES

         On the closing  date,  the trust will issue the class A-1 notes and the
class A-2 notes pursuant to the Indenture. Each class A-1 note represents a debt
obligation  of the trust  secured by a pledge of the portion of the trust estate
consisting  of the pool I mortgage  loans and,  to the extent  provided  in this
prospectus  supplement,  the  pool  II  mortgage  loans.  Each  class  A-2  note
represents a debt  obligation of the trust secured by a pledge of the portion of
the trust  estate  consisting  of the pool II mortgage  loans and, to the extent
provided in this prospectus  supplement,  the pool I mortgage loans. Pursuant to
the  Trust   Agreement,   the  trust  will  also  issue  two  classes  of  trust
certificates,  together representing the entire beneficial ownership interest in
the trust.  Each class of trust certificate will represent the entire beneficial
ownership interest in one pool of mortgage loans. None of the trust certificates
may be transferred  without the consent of the note insurer and compliance  with
the transfer provisions of the Trust Agreement.

The trust estate consists of




                                      S-19
<PAGE>

         o        the mortgage loans,  together with the mortgage files relating
                  thereto  and all  collections  thereon  and  proceeds  thereof
                  collected after the cut-off date,

         o        the assets as from time to time are identified as REO property
                  and collections thereon and proceeds thereof,

         o        assets  that are  deposited  in the  accounts  relating to the
                  trust,  including  amounts  on  deposit  in the  Accounts  and
                  invested in  accordance  with the  Indenture  and the Sale and
                  Servicing Agreement,

         o        the  indenture  trustee's  rights with respect to the mortgage
                  loans under all insurance  policies  required to be maintained
                  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any insurance
                  proceeds,

         o        Liquidation Proceeds and

         o        released  mortgaged  property  proceeds.   In  addition,   the
                  depositor  will  cause  the note  insurer  to  issue  the note
                  insurance policy under which it will guarantee payments to the
                  holders  of  the  notes  as  described   in  this   prospectus
                  supplement.

         The notes will be issued only in book-entry  form, in  denominations of
$1,000  initial  principal  balance and  integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof, except that one note of each class may be issued in a different amount.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

         The notes are sometimes  referred to in this  prospectus  supplement as
"book-entry notes." No person acquiring an interest in the book-entry notes will
be entitled to receive a  definitive  note  representing  an  obligation  of the
trust,  except  under the limited  circumstances  described  in this  prospectus
supplement.  beneficial owners may elect to hold their interests through DTC, in
the United States, or Cedelbank or the Euroclear  System,  in Europe.  Transfers
within DTC,  Cedelbank or  Euroclear,  as the case may be, will be in accordance
with the usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant system. So long as
the notes are  book-entry  notes,  these notes will be  evidenced by one or more
notes  registered in the name of Cede & Co., which will be the "holder" of these
notes, as the nominee of DTC or one of the relevant  depositaries.  Cross-market
transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one
hand, and  counterparties  holding directly or indirectly  through  Cedelbank or
Euroclear,  on the other,  will be effected  in DTC through The Chase  Manhattan
Bank, the relevant  depositories  of Cedelbank or Euroclear,  respectively,  and
each a  participating  member of DTC. The notes will  initially be registered in
the name of Cede & Co..  The  interests  of the  holders of these  notes will be
represented  by  book-entries  on the records of DTC and  participating  members
thereof.  All references in this prospectus  supplement to any notes reflect the
rights of  beneficial  owners only as these rights may be exercised  through DTC
and its participating organizations for so long as these notes are held by DTC.

         The  beneficial  owners of notes may elect to hold their notes  through
DTC in the United States,  or Cedelbank or Euroclear if they are participants in
these systems,  or indirectly  through  organizations  which are participants in
these  systems.  The  book-entry  notes  will be issued in one or more notes per
class of notes which in the aggregate equal the outstanding principal balance of
the related class of notes and will  initially be registered in the name of Cede
& Co., the nominee of DTC.  Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold omnibus  positions
on  behalf of their  participants  through  customers'  securities  accounts  in
Cedelbank's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective  depositaries
which in turn will hold such positions in customers'  securities accounts in the
depositaries'  names on the  books of DTC.  Chase  will  act as  depositary  for
Cedelbank and Morgan  Guaranty  Trust Company of New York will act as depositary
for Euroclear.  Investors may hold their beneficial  interests in the book-entry
notes in minimum denominations  representing principal amounts of $1,000. Except
as described below, no




                                      S-20
<PAGE>

beneficial  owner will be  entitled  to receive a physical  or  definitive  note
representing  this note.  Unless and until  definitive  notes are issued,  it is
anticipated that the only "holder" of these notes will be Cede & Co., as nominee
of DTC.  beneficial owners will not be "holders" or "noteholders" as those terms
are  used in the  Indenture  and the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  Beneficial
owners  are  only  permitted  to  exercise  their  rights   indirectly   through
participants and DTC.

         The beneficial  owner's ownership of a book-entry note will be recorded
on the  records  of the  brokerage  firm,  bank,  thrift  institution  or  other
financial  intermediary  that maintains the beneficial  owner's account for such
purpose. In turn, the financial  intermediary's ownership of the book-entry note
will be recorded on the records of DTC or on the records of a participating firm
that acts as agent for the financial  intermediary,  whose interest will in turn
be  recorded  on the  records  of  DTC,  if  the  beneficial  owner's  financial
intermediary  is not a DTC  participant  and  on the  records  of  Cedelbank  or
Euroclear, as appropriate.

         DTC is a limited purpose trust company  organized under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within  the  meaning of the New York UCC and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its  participants  and to facilitate the clearance and settlement
of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entries,
thereby  eliminating  the need for  physical  movement  of  notes.  participants
include securities brokers and dealers, including the underwriter,  banks, trust
companies and clearing  corporations.  Indirect access to the DTC system also is
available to others such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that
clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a participant,  either
directly or indirectly through "indirect participants".

         Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations,  DTC is required to make book-entry  transfers of book-entry
notes,  such as the notes,  among  participants  on whose behalf it acts for the
book-entry  notes and to receive and transmit  distributions of principal of and
interest on the book-entry  notes.  Participants and indirect  participants with
which  beneficial  owners have  accounts  with respect to the  book-entry  notes
similarly  are required to make  book-entry  transfers  and receive and transmit
these payments on behalf of their respective beneficial owners.

         Beneficial  owners that are not  participants or indirect  participants
but  desire to  purchase,  sell or  otherwise  transfer  ownership  of, or other
interests in, book-entry notes may do so only through  participants and indirect
participants.  In addition,  beneficial owners will receive all distributions of
principal and interest from the indenture  trustee,  or a paying agent on behalf
of the  indenture  trustee,  through DTC  participants.  DTC will forward  these
distributions  to its  participants,  which  thereafter  will  forward  them  to
indirect  participants  or  beneficial  owners.  Beneficial  owners  will not be
recognized by the indenture trustee, the servicer or any paying agent as holders
of the notes, and beneficial  owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of
the holders of the notes only indirectly through DTC and its participants.

         Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a participant  will be
made during subsequent  securities  settlement processing and dated the business
day following the DTC settlement  date. These credits or any transactions in the
securities  settled  during this  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or Cedelbank  participants  on that  business  day.  Cash  received in
Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  as a result  of sales of  securities  by or  through a
Cedelbank  participant  or Euroclear  participant to a DTC  participant  will be
received  with value on the DTC  settlement  date but will be  available  in the
relevant  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the  business  day
following  settlement  in DTC.  For  information  concerning  tax  documentation
procedures  relating to the notes, see "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences
-- REMIC Securities" in the accompanying prospectus.




                                      S-21
<PAGE>

         Transfers between participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedelbank  participants and Euroclear  participants will occur
in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC, on the one hand,  and  directly or  indirectly  through  Cedelbank
participants or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  relevant  depositary;   however,  these  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in this system in accordance
with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines. The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the relevant depositary to take
action to effect  final  settlement  on its behalf by  delivering  or  receiving
securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in  accordance  with normal
procedures  for  same  day  funds  settlement   applicable  to  DTC.   Cedelbank
participants and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to
the European Depositaries.

         Cedelbank  is   incorporated   under  the  laws  of   Luxembourg  as  a
professional   depository.   Cedelbank  holds  securities  for  its  participant
organizations  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of  securities
transactions  between  Cedelbank   participants  through  electronic  book-entry
changes in accounts of Cedelbank participants,  thereby eliminating the need for
physical  movement of notes.  Transactions may be settled in Cedelbank in any of
28  currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  Cedelbank  provides to its
Cedelbank   participants,   among  other  things,   services  for   safekeeping,
administration,  clearance and settlement of  internationally  traded securities
and securities lending and borrowing. Cedelbank interfaces with domestic markets
in several  countries.  As a  professional  depository,  Cedelbank is subject to
regulation by the Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedelbank  participants  are
recognized  financial  institutions  around the world,  including  underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain other organizations.  Indirect access to Cedelbank is also available
to  others,  such as banks,  brokers,  dealers  and trust  companies  that clear
through or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a  Cedelbank  participant,
either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  participants  of
Euroclear and to clear and settle  transactions  between Euroclear  participants
through  simultaneous  electronic  book-entry delivery against payment,  thereby
eliminating  the need for  physical  movement of notes and any risk from lack of
simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions may now be settled
in any of 31 currencies,  including  United States dollars.  Euroclear  includes
various  other  services,   including   securities  lending  and  borrowing  and
interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries  generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market  transfers with DTC described above.  Euroclear is
operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York,  under  contract  with  Euroclear   Clearance   Systems  S.C.,  a  Belgian
cooperative corporation. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator,
and all Euroclear  Securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are
accounts  with  the  Euroclear  operator,  not  Euroclear  Clearance.  Euroclear
Clearance establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear  participants.
Euroclear  participants  include banks  (including  central  banks),  securities
brokers and dealers and other professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect
access to  Euroclear  is also  available  to other  firms that clear  through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant,  either directly
or indirectly.

         The  Euroclear  operator  is the Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.




                                      S-22
<PAGE>

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law. The
Terms and Conditions  govern transfers of securities and cash within  Euroclear,
withdrawals of securities and cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of payments on
securities  in  Euroclear.  All  securities  in Euroclear are held on a fungible
basis without  attribution  of specific notes to specific  securities  clearance
accounts.  The Euroclear  operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on
behalf of  Euroclear  participants,  and has no record of or  relationship  with
persons holding through Euroclear participants.

         Distributions on the book-entry notes will be made on each distribution
date by the  indenture  trustee to Cede & Co.,  as  nominee of DTC.  DTC will be
responsible  for crediting  the amount of these  payments to the accounts of the
applicable DTC participants in accordance with DTC's normal procedures. Each DTC
participant  will be responsible  for disbursing  this payment to the beneficial
owners  of the  book-entry  notes  that  it  represents  and to  each  financial
intermediary  for which it acts as agent.  Each financial  intermediary  will be
responsible  for  disbursing  funds to the  beneficial  owners of the book-entry
notes that it represents.

         Under a book-entry  format,  beneficial  owners of the book-entry notes
may  experience  some delay in their receipt of payments,  since these  payments
will be  forwarded  by the  indenture  trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Distributions  on notes held through  Cedelbank or Euroclear will be credited to
the cash  accounts  of  Cedelbank  participants  or  Euroclear  participants  in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by the relevant depositary.  These distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance  with relevant  United States tax laws and  regulations.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of financial intermediaries, the ability of a
beneficial  owner to pledge  book-entry notes to persons or entities that do not
participate  in the DTC  system,  or  otherwise  take  actions in respect of the
book-entry  notes,  may be  limited  due to the lack of  physical  notes for the
book-entry  notes. In addition,  issuance of the book-entry  notes in book-entry
form may reduce the  liquidity of the notes in the  secondary  market since some
potential  investors  may be unwilling  to purchase  notes for which they cannot
obtain physical notes.

         Monthly  and annual  reports  on the trust  provided  by the  indenture
trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, may be made  available  to  beneficial
owners upon request,  in accordance  with the rules,  regulations and procedures
creating and  affecting  DTC, and to the financial  intermediaries  to whose DTC
accounts the book-entry notes of the beneficial owners are credited.

         DTC has advised the  depositor  and the servicer  that it will take any
action  permitted to be taken by a holder of the notes under the Indenture  only
at the  direction of one or more  participants  to whose  accounts  with DTC the
book-entry notes are credited.  Additionally, DTC has advised the depositor that
it will take these actions  concerning  specified  percentages  of voting rights
only at the  direction  of and on  behalf  of  participants  whose  holdings  of
book-entry  notes evidence the specified  percentages of voting rights.  DTC may
take  conflicting  actions with respect to  percentages  of voting rights to the
extent  that  participants  whose  holdings of  book-entry  notes  evidence  the
percentages of voting rights authorize divergent action.

         None of the trust, the owner trustee, the depositor,  the servicer, the
note  insurer or the  indenture  trustee  will have any  responsibility  for any
aspect of the  records  relating to or  payments  made on account of  beneficial
ownership  interests of the book-entry  notes held by Cede & Co., as nominee for
DTC, or for  maintaining,  supervising or reviewing any records  relating to the
beneficial ownership interests.

         Although  DTC,  Cedelbank  and  Euroclear  have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of notes among participants of DTC,
Cedelbank and Euroclear, they are under no




                                      S-23
<PAGE>

obligation  to  perform  or  continue  to  perform  these  procedures  and these
procedures may be discontinued at any time.

DEFINITIVE NOTES

         The notes,  which will be issued initially as book-entry notes, will be
converted  to  definitive  notes  and  reissued  to  beneficial  owners or their
nominees,  rather than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (a) DTC or the  servicer
advises the indenture  trustee in writing that DTC is no longer  willing or able
to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository of the book-entry notes
and DTC or the  servicer  is unable to locate a qualified  successor  or (b) the
indenture  trustee,  at its option,  elects to terminate the  book-entry  system
through DTC.

         Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding
paragraph,  DTC will be required to notify all  participants of the availability
through  DTC of  definitive  notes.  Upon  delivery  of  definitive  notes,  the
indenture  trustee  will reissue the  book-entry  notes as  definitive  notes to
beneficial  owners.   Distributions  of  principal  of,  and  interest  on,  the
book-entry notes will thereafter be made by the indenture  trustee,  or a paying
agent on behalf of the  indenture  trustee,  directly  to holders of  definitive
notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

         Definitive  notes will be transferable  and exchangeable at the offices
of the  indenture  trustee  or the note  registrar.  No service  charge  will be
imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange,  but the indenture trustee
may require  payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental
charge imposed in connection therewith.

ASSIGNMENT AND PLEDGE OF INITIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

         Pursuant  to the  Loan  Sale  Agreement,  the  originators  will  sell,
transfer,  assign,  set over and otherwise  convey the mortgage  loans,  without
recourse,  to the  depositor  on the  closing  date.  Pursuant  to the  Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the depositor will sell,  transfer,  assign, set over and
otherwise convey without recourse to the trust, all right, title and interest in
and to each  mortgage  loan,  including  all  principal  outstanding  as of, and
interest due after, the cut-off date. Each transfer will convey all right, title
and interest in and to (a) principal outstanding as of the cut-off date, and (b)
interest  due on each  mortgage  loan after the cut-off  date.  The  originators
cannot convey,  and should reserve and retain all their respective right,  title
and interest in and to, principal,  including principal  prepayments in full and
curtailments or partial prepayments,  received on each mortgage loan on or prior
to the cut-off date and interest  due on each  mortgage  loan on or prior to the
cut-off date.

         Pursuant  to the  Indenture,  the trust  will  pledge to the  indenture
trustee  in trust  for the  benefit  of the  holders  of the  notes and the note
insurer,  all right, title and interest in and to each mortgage loan,  including
all principal  outstanding  as of, and interest due after,  the cut-off date, as
collateral security for the notes.

ASSIGNMENT AND PLEDGE OF SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

         The trust  may  acquire  subsequent  mortgage  loans  with the funds on
deposit in either  pre-funding  account at any time  during the period  from the
closing date until the earliest of

         o        the date on which the amount on deposit in pre-funding account
                  is less than $100,000,

         o        the date on which an event of default  occurs  under the terms
                  of the Indenture, or

         o        the close of business on ____________.




                                      S-24
<PAGE>

         The  amount on  deposit  in the  pre-funding  accounts  will be reduced
during  the this  period  by the  amount  thereof  used to  purchase  subsequent
mortgage  loans in  accordance  with the terms of the  Indenture.  The depositor
expects that the amount on deposit in each of the  pre-funding  accounts will be
reduced  to less than  $100,000  by  ____________.  To the  extent  funds in the
pre-funding  accounts  are not used to  purchase  subsequent  mortgage  loans by
____________,  these funds will be used to prepay the  principal  of the related
class of notes on the following  distribution  date.  Subsequent  mortgage loans
will be transferred by the  originators to the depositor and  transferred by the
depositor to the trust. The trust will then pledge the subsequent mortgage loans
to the  indenture  trustee,  on behalf of the  holders of the notes and the note
insurer.

DELIVERY OF MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTS

         In  connection  with the sale,  transfer,  assignment  or pledge of the
mortgage  loans to the  trust,  the  trust  will  cause to be  delivered  to the
collateral agent, on behalf of the indenture  trustee,  on the closing date, the
following documents  concerning each mortgage loan which constitute the mortgage
file:

         (a)      the original mortgage note, endorsed without recourse in blank
                  by the  originator,  including  all  intervening  endorsements
                  showing a complete chain of endorsement;

         (b)      the original  mortgage  with  evidence of recording  indicated
                  thereon or, in limited circumstances, a copy thereof certified
                  by the applicable recording office;

         (c)      the  recorded  mortgage   assignment(s),   or  copies  thereof
                  certified by the applicable  recording office, if any, showing
                  a complete  chain of  assignment  from the  originator  of the
                  mortgage loan to the  originator -- which  assignment  may, at
                  the  originator's  option,  be  combined  with the  assignment
                  referred to in clause (d) below;

         (d)      a mortgage assignment in recordable form, which, if acceptable
                  for recording in the relevant jurisdiction, may be included in
                  a blanket assignment or assignments, of each mortgage from the
                  originator to the indenture trustee;

         (e)      originals of all  assumption,  modification  and  substitution
                  agreements in those instances where the terms or provisions of
                  a mortgage or mortgage note have been modified or the mortgage
                  or mortgage note has been assumed; and

         (f)      an original title insurance  policy or (A) a copy of the title
                  insurance  policy,  or (B) a  binder  thereof  or  copy of the
                  binder  together with a certificate  from the originator  that
                  the  original   mortgage  has  been  delivered  to  the  title
                  insurance company that issued the binder for recordation.

         Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the collateral agent, on
behalf of the  indenture  trustee,  agrees to execute and deliver on or prior to
the  closing  date,  or,  for  subsequent  mortgage  loans,  on or  prior to the
subsequent  transfer date, an acknowledgment of receipt of the original mortgage
note, item (a) above, for each of the mortgage loans, with any exceptions noted.
The  collateral  agent,  on behalf of the  indenture  trustee,  agrees,  for the
benefit of the holders of the notes and the note insurer, to review, or cause to
be reviewed, each mortgage file within thirty days after the closing date or the
subsequent  transfer  date, as  applicable  -- or, for any Qualified  Substitute
Mortgage  Loan,  within  thirty days after the receipt by the  collateral  agent
thereof -- and to deliver a  certification  generally to the effect that,  as to
each mortgage loan listed in the schedule of mortgage loans,

         o        all  documents  required to be delivered to it pursuant to the
                  Sale and Servicing Agreement are in its possession,




                                      S-25
<PAGE>

         o        each of these  documents  has been  reviewed by it and has not
                  been mutilated, damaged, torn or otherwise physically altered,
                  appears  regular on its face and relates to the mortgage loan,
                  and

         o        based  on  its  examination  and  only  as  to  the  foregoing
                  documents,  specified  information included on the schedule of
                  mortgage loans accurately reflects the information included in
                  the mortgage file delivered on that date.

         If the collateral  agent,  during the process of reviewing the mortgage
files,  finds any document  constituting a part of an mortgage file which is not
executed,  has not been received or is unrelated to the mortgage  loans, or that
any  mortgage  loan  does  not  conform  to  the  requirements  above  or to the
description  thereof  as  included  in  the  schedule  of  mortgage  loans,  the
collateral agent shall promptly so notify the indenture  trustee,  the servicer,
the  depositor  and the note  insurer  in  writing  with  details  thereof.  The
depositor  agrees to use  reasonable  efforts to cause to be remedied a material
defect in a document  constituting  part of an  mortgage  file of which it is so
notified by the  collateral  agent.  If,  however,  within  sixty days after the
collateral agent's notice of the defect, the depositor has not caused the defect
to be remedied and the defect  materially and adversely  affects the interest of
the holders of the notes or the  interests  of the note  insurer in the mortgage
loan, the depositor or the originator  will either (a) substitute in lieu of the
mortgage loan a Qualified  Substitute Mortgage Loan and, if the then outstanding
principal  balance of the  Qualified  Substitute  Mortgage Loan is less than the
principal  balance of the mortgage loan as of the date of the substitution  plus
accrued and unpaid  interest  thereon,  deliver to the  servicer a  substitution
adjustment  equal  to the  amount  of any such  shortfall  or (b)  purchase  the
mortgage  loan at a price  equal to the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the
mortgage  loan as of the date of  purchase,  plus the greater of (1) all accrued
and unpaid interest thereon and (2) thirty days' interest  thereon,  computed at
the  mortgage  interest  rate,  net of the  servicing  fee  if the  servicer  is
effecting the repurchase, plus the amount of any unreimbursed servicing advances
made  by  the  servicer,   which  purchase  price  shall  be  deposited  in  the
Distribution  Account  on the next  succeeding  servicer  remittance  date after
deducting therefrom any amounts received in respect of the repurchased  mortgage
loan or Loans and being held in the Distribution Account for future distribution
to the extent  these  amounts have not yet been applied to principal or interest
on the mortgage loan. In addition,  the depositor and the  originators  shall be
obligated to indemnify the indenture trustee,  the collateral agent, the holders
of the notes and the note insurer for any  third-party  claims  arising out of a
breach by the  depositor or the  originators  of  representations  or warranties
regarding  the  mortgage  loans.   The  obligation  of  the  depositor  and  the
originators  to cure a breach or to substitute or purchase any mortgage loan and
to indemnify  constitute the sole remedies  respecting a material  breach of any
representation  or warranty to the holders of the notes, the indenture  trustee,
the collateral agent and the note insurer.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE DEPOSITOR

         The depositor  will  represent,  among other things,  for each mortgage
loan, as of the closing date or the subsequent transfer date, as applicable, the
following:

                  1. the information included in the schedule of mortgage loans
         for each mortgage loan is true and correct;

                  2. all of the original or certified documentation constituting
         the mortgage files,  including all material  documents related thereto,
         has been or will be delivered to the collateral agent, on behalf of the
         indenture trustee, on the closing date or the subsequent transfer date,
         as applicable;

                  3. the mortgaged property consists of a single parcel of real
         property separately assessed for tax purposes, upon which is erected a
         detached or an attached one-family residence or a





                                      S-26
<PAGE>

         detached two- to six-family dwelling, or an individual condominium unit
         in a low-rise condominium, or a mobile home unit, or an individual unit
         in a planned unit development, or a commercial property, or a mixed use
         or multiple purpose property. The residence, dwelling or unit is not,

                           o        a unit in a cooperative apartment,

                           o        a   property    constituting   part   of   a
                                    syndication,

                           o        a time share unit,

                           o        a property held in trust,

                           o        a manufactured dwelling,

                           o        a log-constructed home, or

                           o        a recreational vehicle;

                  4. each  mortgage  is a valid  first or  second  lien on a fee
         simple,  or its equivalent  under  applicable  state law, estate in the
         real  property  securing  the amount  owed by the  mortgagor  under the
         mortgage note subject only to,

                           o        the lien of current real property  taxes and
                                    assessments which are not delinquent,

                           o        any first mortgage loan on the property,

                           o        covenants,   conditions  and   restrictions,
                                    rights of way,  easements  and other matters
                                    of public record as of the date of recording
                                    of the mortgage, the exceptions appearing of
                                    record being  acceptable to mortgage lending
                                    institutions  generally  in the area wherein
                                    the  property  subject  to the  mortgage  is
                                    located  or  specifically  reflected  in the
                                    appraisal  obtained in  connection  with the
                                    origination of the mortgage loan obtained by
                                    the depositor, and

                           o        other matters to which like  properties  are
                                    commonly  subject  which  do not  materially
                                    interfere  with the benefits of the security
                                    intended to be provided by the mortgage;

                  5.  immediately  prior to the transfer and  assignment  by the
         depositor to the  depositor,  the  depositor had good title to, and was
         the sole owner of each mortgage loan, free of any interest of any other
         person, and the depositor has transferred all right, title and interest
         in each mortgage loan to the depositor;

                  6. each mortgage loan conforms, and all the mortgage loans in
         the aggregate conform, to the description thereof in this prospectus
         supplement; and

                  7. all of the mortgage loans were originated in accordance
         with the underwriting criteria described in this prospectus supplement.

         Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, upon the discovery by any
of the holder of the notes, the depositor,  the servicer,  any subservicer,  the
note insurer,  the  collateral  agent or the  indenture  trustee that any of the
representations  and  warranties  contained in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
have  been  breached  in any  material  respect  as of the  closing  date or the
subsequent  transfer date, as applicable,  with the result that the interests of
the holders of the notes in the mortgage loan or the interests of the note




                                      S-27
<PAGE>

insurer  were  materially  and  adversely  affected,  notwithstanding  that  any
representation and warranty was made to the depositor's or the originator's best
knowledge and the depositor or the  originator  lacked  knowledge of the breach,
the party  discovering  the breach is required to give prompt  written notice to
the other  parties.  Subject to specified  provisions  of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  within sixty days of the earlier to occur of the  depositor's  or an
originator's  discovery or its receipt of notice of any breach, the depositor or
the originators will

         o        promptly cure the breach in all material respects,

         o        remove  each  mortgage  loan  which  has  given  rise  to  the
                  requirement  for action by the  depositor or the  originators,
                  substitute  one or more  Qualified  Substitute  Mortgage Loans
                  and, if the  outstanding  principal  balance of the  Qualified
                  Substitute  Mortgage Loans as of the date of the  substitution
                  is less than the outstanding  principal balance,  plus accrued
                  and unpaid interest thereon, of the replaced mortgage loans as
                  of the date of  substitution,  deliver to the trust as part of
                  the amounts remitted by the servicer on the distribution  date
                  the amount of the shortfall, or

         o        purchase the mortgage  loan at a price equal to the  principal
                  balance of the mortgage  loan as of the date of purchase  plus
                  the greater of

                  o        all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and

                  o        thirty  days'  interest   thereon   computed  at  the
                           mortgage  interest  rate, net of the servicing fee if
                           ____________ is the servicer,  plus the amount of any
                           unreimbursed servicing advances made by the servicer,

and  deposit  the  purchase  price  into the  Distribution  Account  on the next
succeeding  servicer  remittance  date after  deducting  therefrom  any  amounts
received in respect of this  repurchased  mortgage  loan or  mortgage  loans and
being held in the  Distribution  Account for future  distribution  to the extent
these amounts have not yet been applied to principal or interest on the mortgage
loan.  In addition,  the  depositor  and the  originators  shall be obligated to
indemnify the trust, the owner trustee,  the indenture  trustee,  the collateral
agent, the holders of the notes and the note insurer for any third-party  claims
arising out of a breach by the depositor or the  originators of  representations
or warranties  regarding the mortgage loans. The obligation of the depositor and
the  originators  to cure any breach or to  substitute  or purchase any mortgage
loan and to indemnify  constitute the sole remedies respecting a material breach
of any  representation  or warranty to the holders of the notes,  the  indenture
trustee, the collateral agent and the note insurer.

PAYMENTS ON THE MORTGAGE LOANS

         The Sale and Servicing  Agreement  provides that the servicer,  for the
benefit of the holders of the notes, shall establish and maintain the Collection
Account,  which will  generally be (a) an account  maintained  with a depository
institution  or trust company whose long term  unsecured  debt  obligations  are
rated by each rating agency in one of its two highest  rating  categories at the
time of any deposit  therein or (b) trust accounts  maintained with a depository
institution  acceptable to each rating agency and the note insurer. The Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  permits the servicer to direct any depository  institution
maintaining the Collection Account to invest the funds in the Collection Account
in one or more eligible  investments that mature,  unless payable on demand,  no
later than the business day preceding the date on which the servicer is required
to transfer the servicer  remittance  amount from the Collection  Account to the
Distribution Account, as described below.

         The  servicer is  obligated  to deposit or cause to be deposited in the
Collection Account on a daily basis, amounts representing the following payments
received and collections made by it after the cut-off




                                      S-28
<PAGE>

date,  other than in respect of monthly  payments on the  mortgage  loans due on
each mortgage loan up to and including any due date occurring on or prior to the
cut-off date:

         o        all payments on account of principal, including prepayments of
                  principal;

         o        all payments on account of interest on the mortgage loans;

         o        all  Liquidation  Proceeds and all  Insurance  Proceeds to the
                  extent the proceeds  are not to be applied to the  restoration
                  of the  mortgaged  property  or  released  to the  borrower in
                  accordance  with  the  express   requirements  of  law  or  in
                  accordance with prudent and customary servicing practices;

         o        all Net REO Proceeds;

         o        all other amounts  required to be deposited in the  Collection
                  Account pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

         o        any amounts  required to be deposited in  connection  with net
                  losses  realized  on  investments  of funds in the  Collection
                  Account.

         The  indenture  trustee will be obligated to set up an account for each
class of notes a  distribution  account into which the servicer  will deposit or
cause to be deposited  the servicer  remittance  amount on the _____ day of each
month.

         The servicer remittance amount for a servicer remittance date is equal
to the sum, without duplication, of

         o        all  collections  of  principal  and  interest on the mortgage
                  loans, including principal  prepayments,  Net REO Proceeds and
                  Liquidation Proceeds, if any, collected by the servicer during
                  the prior calendar month,

         o        all Periodic  Advances  made by the  servicer  with respect to
                  payments due to be received on the  mortgage  loans on the due
                  date and

         o        any other  amounts  required  to be  placed in the  Collection
                  Account by the  servicer  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing
                  Agreement,

but excluding the following:

         (a)      amounts  received on particular  mortgage loans, for which the
                  servicer has previously made an unreimbursed Periodic Advance,
                  as late payments of interest,  or as Net Liquidation Proceeds,
                  to the extent of the unreimbursed Periodic Advance;

         (b)      amounts received on a particular mortgage loan for which the
                  servicer has previously made an unreimbursed servicing
                  advance, to the extent of the unreimbursed servicing advance;

         (c)      for the servicer remittance date, the aggregate servicing fee;

         (d)      all net income from eligible investment that is held in the
                  Collection Account for the account of the servicer;

         (e)      all amounts actually recovered from the servicer in respect of
                  late fees, assumption fees, prepayment fees and similar fees;




                                      S-29
<PAGE>

         (f)      Net Foreclosure Profits; and

         (g)      other amounts which are reimbursable to the servicer, as
                  provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         The amounts described in clauses (a) through (g) above may be withdrawn
by the  servicer  from the  Collection  Account  on or  prior  to each  servicer
remittance date.

OVER-COLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS

         Over-collateralization   Resulting  from  Cash  Flow   Structure.   The
Indenture requires that,  starting with the second distribution date, the Excess
Interest  for a pool  of  mortgage  loans,  if  any,  that  is not  used to make
cross-collateralization payments will be applied on each distribution date as an
accelerated  payment of principal on the related class of notes, but only to the
limited extent  hereafter  described.  The  application of Excess  Interest as a
payment of principal has the effect of accelerating  the amortization of a class
of notes relative to the amortization of the related pool of mortgage loans. The
Excess Interest from a pool of mortgage loans will be used

         o        to reimburse the note insurer for any amounts due to it,

         o        as  needed  to  pay  Net  Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls
                  relating to that class,

         o        as needed to make cross-collateralization  payments in respect
                  of the other pool of mortgage loans,

         o        as a payment of principal to the related  class of notes until
                  the    distribution    date   on   which    the    amount   of
                  over-collateralization has reached the required level, and

         o        as needed to fund the Cross-collateralization  Reserve Account
                  relating to the other pool of mortgage loans.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the event specified tests  enumerated in the
Indenture are violated,  all available Excess Interest will be used as a payment
of principal to the related class of notes to accelerate the amortization of the
notes.

         The Indenture  requires  that,  starting  with the second  distribution
date,  Excess  Interest  from a pool of mortgage  loans that is not used to make
cross-collateralization  payments will be applied as an  accelerated  payment of
principal on the related class of notes until the Over-collateralized Amount has
increased  to the level  required by the  Indenture.  After this time,  if it is
necessary to re-establish the required level of  over-collateralization,  Excess
Interest   from  each  pool  of  mortgage   loans  that  is  not  used  to  make
cross-collateralization payments will again be applied as an accelerated payment
of principal on the related class of notes.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in
the  event  specified  tests  enumerated  in the  Indenture  are  violated,  all
available  Excess  Interest  from each pool of mortgage  loans will be used as a
payment of principal to  accelerate  the  amortization  of the related  class of
notes. Initially, the Over-collateralized  Amount of each pool of mortgage loans
will be an amount equal to  approximately  0.50% of the sum of (x) the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans in each pool on the closing date and (y)
the original amount on deposit in the related pre-funding account on the closing
date.

         In   the   event   that   the   required   level   of   the   Specified
Over-collateralized Amount for a pool of mortgage loans is permitted to decrease
or "step down" on a distribution date in the future, the Indenture provides that
a portion of the principal  which would  otherwise be distributed to the holders
of the  related  class  of notes  on the  distribution  date  shall  instead  be
distributed  in the  priority  described  in this  prospectus  supplement  under
"--Flow of Funds." This has the effect of decelerating  the  amortization of the
related  class of notes  relative to the  amortization  of that pool of mortgage
loans, and of reducing the




                                      S-30
<PAGE>

Over-collateralized   Amount.   If,  on  any   distribution   date,  the  Excess
Over-collateralized   Amount  is,  or,  after  taking  into  account  all  other
distributions to be made on the distribution date would be, greater than zero --
i.e.,  the  Over-collateralized  Amount is or would be greater  than the related
Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount -- then any amounts relating to principal
which would  otherwise  be  distributed  to the holders of the related  class of
notes on this  distribution  date shall instead be  distributed  in the priority
described in this prospectus  supplement  under "--Flow of Funds",  in an amount
equal to the Over-collateralization Reduction Amount.

         The Indenture  provides  that, on any  distribution  date,  all amounts
collected on account of  principal -- other than any such amount  applied to the
payment  of an  Over-collateralization  Reduction  Amount  -- for  each  pool of
mortgage  loans  during  the a due  period of the prior  calendar  month will be
distributed  to the  holders of the related  class of notes on the  distribution
date. In addition,  the Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that the principal
balance of any mortgage loan which becomes a Liquidated Mortgage Loan shall then
equal zero.  The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  does not contain any rule which
requires  that the  amount of any  Liquidated  Loan Loss be  distributed  to the
holders of the related class of notes on the distribution date which immediately
follows  the event of loss;  i.e.,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  does not
require the current recovery of losses.  However, the occurrence of a Liquidated
Loan Loss will reduce the  Over-collateralized  Amount for that pool of mortgage
loans,  which, to the extent that the reduction  causes the  Over-collateralized
Amount to be less than the Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount  applicable to
the   related    distribution   date,   will   require   the   payment   of   an
Over-collateralization  Increase  Amount  on  that  distribution  date,  or,  if
insufficient  funds are  available  on that  distribution  date,  on  subsequent
distribution  dates,  until the  Over-collateralized  Amount  equals the related
Specified Over-collateralized Amount. The effect of the foregoing is to allocate
losses  to the  holders  of the  related  trust  certificates  by  reducing,  or
eliminating  entirely,  payments of Excess  Interest and  Over-collateralization
Reduction Amounts which the holders would otherwise receive.

         Over-collateralization  and the Note  Insurance  Policy.  The Indenture
requires the indenture  trustee to make a claim for an Insured Payment under the
note  insurance  policy  not  later  than the  third  business  day prior to any
distribution  date as to which the  indenture  trustee  has  determined  that an
Over-collateralization  Deficit  will  occur for the  purpose  of  applying  the
proceeds of the Insured  Payment as a payment of principal to the holders of the
related  class of notes on that  distribution  date.  The note  insurer  has the
option on any  distribution  date to make a payment of  principal,  including in
respect of Liquidated Loan Losses, up to the amount that would have been payable
to the  holders  of the  notes  if  sufficient  funds  were  available  thereof.
Additionally,  under the terms of the Indenture,  the note insurer will have the
option to cause Excess  Interest to be applied  without regard to any limitation
upon the occurrence of particular  trigger events,  or in the event of an "event
of default"  under the  Insurance  Agreement.  However,  investors  in the notes
should  realize that,  under  extreme loss or  delinquency  scenarios,  they may
temporarily receive no distributions of principal.

CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS

         Cross-collateralization  Payments. On each distribution date, available
Excess  Interest  from a pool of  mortgage  loans,  if any,  will be paid to the
holders of the class of notes  relating to the other pool of  mortgage  loans to
the   extent   of   the   Shortfall    Amount   for   the   other   pool.    The
cross-collateralization provisions of the transaction are limited to the payment
of specified credit losses,  certain interest shortfalls and any amounts due the
note insurer.  Excess  Interest from one pool of mortgage loans will not be used
to build over-collateralization for the other pool of mortgage loans.

         Cross-collateralization  Reserve Account. Each class of notes will have
the benefit of a  Cross-collateralization  Reserve Account. On each distribution
date,  available  Excess Interest from a pool of mortgage loans, if any, will be
paid into the Cross-collateralization Reserve Account relating to the other




                                      S-31
<PAGE>

pool of mortgage loans,  until the amount of funds on deposit therein equals the
Specified  Reserve  Amount for the other  pool.  If the amount on deposit in the
Cross-collateralization  Reserve  Account  for a pool of  mortgage  loans on any
distribution  date  exceeds the  Specified  Reserve  Amount for the pool and the
distribution  date,  the  amount  of this  excess  shall be  distributed  in the
priority described in this prospectus supplement under "--Flow of Funds."

         Funds on deposit in a  Cross-collateralization  Reserve Account will be
used on any  distribution  date to make  payments  in respect  of the  Shortfall
Amount for either pool, to the extent that there is no Excess Interest available
therefor on that distribution date.

FLOW OF FUNDS

         On each distribution date, the indenture  trustee,  based solely on the
information  received from the servicer in the servicer  remittance report prior
to the  distribution  date,  shall  make  payments  in  respect  of each pool of
mortgage loans to the holders of the related class of notes and reimbursement to
the note  insurer  under  the  Insurance  Agreement,  to the  extent  of  funds,
including any Insured Payments,  on deposit in the related Distribution Account,
as follows:

         (a)      to the indenture trustee, an amount equal to the fees then due
                  to it for the related class of notes;

         (b)      from  amounts  then on  deposit  in the  related  Distribution
                  Account,  excluding any Insured Payments,  to the note insurer
                  the Reimbursement Amount as of that distribution date;

         (c)      from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution
                  Account, the Interest Distribution Amount for the related
                  class of notes;

         (d)      from  amounts  then on  deposit  in the  related  Distribution
                  Account,  the  Principal  Distribution  Amount for the related
                  class of notes,  until the  principal  balance of the class of
                  notes is reduced to zero;

         (e)      from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution
                  Account the amount of any Net Mortgage Loan Interest
                  Shortfalls for the related class of notes;

         (f)      from amounts then on deposit in the related Distribution
                  Account, to the holders of the other class of notes, the
                  Shortfall Amount for the other class;

         (g)      from  amounts  then on  deposit  in the  related  Distribution
                  Account,  to  the   Cross-collateralization   Reserve  Account
                  relating to the other class of notes, the amount necessary for
                  the  balance  of the  account to equal the  Specified  Reserve
                  Amount; and

         (h)      following  the  making  by  the   indenture   trustee  of  all
                  allocations,  transfers and disbursements  described above, to
                  the  holders of the  related  trust  certificates,  the amount
                  remaining on the distribution date in the related Distribution
                  Account, if any.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the indenture trustee, upon
the direction of the majority  holders -- which shall be the note insurer in the
absence of a default by the note insurer under the Insurance  Agreement -- shall
declare or, with respect to an event of default described in clauses (1) through
(7) below, the occurrence shall result in the automatic declaration of,




                                      S-32
<PAGE>

the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance  of all the  notes to be due and
payable   together  with  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest   thereon  without
presentment,  demand,  protest  or other  notice of any  kind,  all of which are
waived by the  trust.  An event of  default,  wherever  used in this  prospectus
supplement, means any one of the following events:

                  1.  the  trust  shall  fail  to  distribute  or  cause  to  be
         distributed to the indenture trustee, for the benefit of the holders of
         the  notes,  on any  distribution  date,  all or part  of any  Interest
         Distribution  Amount due on the notes on the distribution  date and all
         or a part of any Net Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls due on the notes
         on the distribution date;

                  2.  the  trust  shall  fail  to  distribute  or  cause  to  be
         distributed to the indenture trustee, for the benefit of the holders of
         the  notes,  (x)  on any  distribution  date  an  amount  equal  to the
         principal due on the outstanding notes on the distribution date, to the
         extent that sufficient  funds are on deposit in the Collection  Account
         or (y) on the final stated  maturity  date for any class of notes,  the
         aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class of notes.

                  3. the trust shall breach or default in the due observance of
         any one or more of the negative covenants under the Indenture.

                  4. the trust shall consent to the  appointment of a custodian,
         receiver,  trustee or liquidator, or other similar official, of itself,
         or of a substantial part of its property, or shall admit in writing its
         inability  to pay its debts  generally  as they come due, or a court of
         competent  jurisdiction shall determine that the trust is generally not
         paying  its debts as they come due,  or the trust  shall make a general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors;

                  5. the trust shall file a voluntary  petition in bankruptcy or
         a  voluntary  petition  or  an  answer  seeking   reorganization  in  a
         proceeding under any bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or
         an answer admitting the material allegation of a petition filed against
         the trust in any such  proceeding,  or the trust  shall,  by  voluntary
         petition,  answer or consent,  seek relief under the  provisions of any
         now existing or future  bankruptcy  or other  similar law providing for
         the  reorganization  or  winding-up  of debtors,  or  providing  for an
         agreement, composition, extension or adjustment with its creditors;

                  6. an  order,  judgment  or  decree  shall be  entered  in any
         proceeding by any court of competent jurisdiction  appointing,  without
         the consent,  express or legally  implied,  of the trust,  a custodian,
         receiver,  trustee or  liquidator,  or other similar  official,  of the
         trust or any  substantial  part of its property,  or  sequestering  any
         substantial  part  of its  respective  property,  and any  such  order,
         judgment or decree or  appointment  or  sequestration  shall  remain in
         force  undismissed,  unstayed or unvacated  for a period of ninety days
         after the date of entry thereof; or

                  7.  a  petition  against  the  trust  in  a  proceeding  under
         applicable  bankruptcy  laws  or  other  insolvency  laws,  as  now  or
         hereafter in effect, shall be filed and shall not be stayed,  withdrawn
         or dismissed within ninety days thereafter, or if, under the provisions
         of any law providing for  reorganization or winding-up of debtors which
         may apply to the  trust,  any  court of  competent  jurisdiction  shall
         assume jurisdiction, custody or control of the trust or any substantial
         part of its property,  and such jurisdiction,  custody or control shall
         remain in force  unrelinquished,  unstayed or unterminated for a period
         of ninety days.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

         Pursuant to the  Indenture,  on each  distribution  date the  indenture
trustee will deliver to the servicer,  the note insurer,  the depositor and each
holder of a note or a trust  certificate a written  remittance report containing
information including, without limitation, the amount of the distribution on the




                                      S-33
<PAGE>

distribution  date,  the amount of the  distribution  allocable to principal and
allocable to interest,  the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the notes
as of the  distribution  date, the amount of any Insured Payment included in the
distributions on the distribution  date and any other information as required by
the Indenture.

AMENDMENT

         The  Indenture  may be  amended  from time to time by the trust and the
indenture  trustee by written  agreement,  upon the prior written consent of the
note insurer, without notice to, or consent of, the holder of the notes, to cure
any  ambiguity,  to correct or  supplement  any  provisions  in this  prospectus
supplement,  to  comply  with any  changes  in the  Code,  or to make any  other
provisions  concerning  matters or questions  arising under the Indenture  which
shall not be  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the  Indenture.  This action
shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel  delivered to, but not obtained
at the expense  of, the  indenture  trustee,  adversely  affect in any  material
respect the interests of any holder of the notes. In addition, no such amendment
shall  reduce in any manner  the  amount  of, or delay the  timing of,  payments
received on  mortgage  loans which are  required to be  distributed  on any note
without  the  consent  of the  holder  of the  note,  or  change  the  rights or
obligations  of any other  party to the  Indenture  without  the consent of that
party.

         The  Indenture  may be  amended  from time to time by the trust and the
indenture  trustee with the consent of the note insurer,  and the holders of the
majority of the percentage  interest of the notes and trust certificates for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the  provisions  of the Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the  holders.  In  addition,  no such  amendment  shall reduce in any manner the
amount of, or delay the timing of, payments received on mortgage loans which are
required to be  distributed on any note without the consent of the holder of the
note or reduce the  percentage  for each class  whose  holders  are  required to
consent to any such amendment without the consent of the holders of 100% of each
class of notes affected thereby.

         The Loan Sale  Agreement and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  contain
substantially similar restrictions regarding amendment.

                         SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

THE SERVICER

         ____________  will  act as the  servicer  of the  mortgage  loan  pools
____________  and  ____________  will act as  subservicers  for a portion of the
mortgage  loans.  See "The  Originators,  the  Depositor,  the  Servicer and the
Subservicer" in this prospectus  supplement.  The servicer and the  subservicers
will service the mortgage  loans on behalf of the trust,  for the benefit of the
note  insurer  and the holders of the notes and will be required to use the same
care as they customarily  employ in servicing and  administering  mortgage loans
for their own account,  in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices
of prudent lending institutions, and giving due consideration to the reliance of
the note insurer and the holders of the notes on them.

SERVICING FEES AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         As  compensation  for its  activities  as  servicer  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement,  the servicer shall be entitled to a servicing fee for each
mortgage  loan,  which shall be payable  monthly  from amounts on deposit in the
Collection  Account.  The  servicing fee shall be an amount equal to interest at
one-twelfth  of the servicing fee rate for the mortgage loan on the  outstanding
principal balance of the mortgage loan. The servicing fee rate for each mortgage
loan will be 0.50% per annum.  In addition,  the  servicer  shall be entitled to
receive, as additional servicing compensation, to the extent permitted by




                                      S-34
<PAGE>

applicable  law and the mortgage  notes,  any late payment  charges,  assumption
fees,  prepayment fees or similar items.  The servicer shall also be entitled to
withdraw from the Collection  Account any net interest or other income earned on
deposits  therein.  The  servicer  shall  pay  all  expenses  incurred  by it in
connection with its servicing  activities under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and shall not be  entitled  to  reimbursement  therefor  except as  specifically
provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

PERIODIC ADVANCES AND SERVICER ADVANCES

         Periodic  Advances.  Subject to the servicer's  determination  that the
action would not constitute a nonrecoverable  advance,  the servicer is required
to make  Periodic  Advances on each  servicer  remittance  date.  This  Periodic
Advances by the servicer are reimbursable to the servicer subject to a number of
conditions and  restrictions,  and are intended to provide both sufficient funds
for the  payment of interest  to the  holders of the notes,  plus an  additional
amount intended to maintain a specified level of  over-collateralization  and to
pay the  indenture  trustee's  fees,  and the  premium  due  the  note  insurer.
Notwithstanding  the servicer's good faith determination that a Periodic Advance
was  recoverable  when made, if the Periodic  Advance  becomes a  nonrecoverable
advance, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement  therefor from the trust
estate. See "Description of the Notes -- Payments on the Mortgage Loans" in this
prospectus supplement.

         Servicing  Advances.  Subject to the servicer's  determination that the
action would not constitute a nonrecoverable advance and that a prudent mortgage
lender would make a like advance if it or an affiliate  owned the mortgage loan,
the servicer is required to advance  amounts on the mortgage loans  constituting
"out-of-pocket" costs and expenses relating to

         o        the preservation and restoration of the mortgaged property,

         o        enforcement proceedings, including foreclosures,

         o        expenditures  relating  to the  purchase or  maintenance  of a
                  first lien not included in the trust  estate on the  mortgaged
                  property, and

         o        other  customary  amounts  described in the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement.

         These  servicing  advances  by the  servicer  are  reimbursable  to the
servicer subject to a number of conditions and restrictions.  In the event that,
notwithstanding  the  servicer's  good  faith  determination  at  the  time  the
servicing advance was made, that it would not be a nonrecoverable  advance,  the
servicing  advance  becomes  a  nonrecoverable  advance,  the  servicer  will be
entitled to reimbursement therefor from the trust estate.

         Recovery of Advances.  The servicer may recover  Periodic  Advances and
servicing  advances to the extent permitted by the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
or, if not recovered from the mortgagor on whose behalf the servicing advance or
Periodic Advance was made, from late collections on the mortgage loan, including
Liquidation  Proceeds,  Insurance  Proceeds  and  any  other  amounts  as may be
collected  by the  servicer  from the  mortgagor  or  otherwise  relating to the
mortgage loan. In the event a Periodic Advance or a servicing  advance becomes a
nonrecoverable  advance, the servicer may be reimbursed for the advance from the
Distribution Account.

         The  servicer  shall not be  required to make any  Periodic  Advance or
servicing advance which it determines would be a nonrecoverable Periodic Advance
or nonrecoverable  servicing advance. A Periodic Advance or servicing advance is
"nonrecoverable"  if in the good faith  judgment of the  servicer,  the Periodic
Advance or servicing advance would not ultimately be recoverable.




                                      S-35
<PAGE>

PREPAYMENT INTEREST SHORTFALLS

         Not later than the close of  business  on the _____ day of each  month,
the  servicer  is  required  to remit to the  indenture  trustee  a  payment  of
Compensating Interest in respect of Prepayment Interest Shortfalls and shall not
have  the  right  to  reimbursement  therefor.  Insured  Payments  do not  cover
Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.

CIVIL RELIEF ACT INTEREST SHORTFALLS

         The reduction, if any, in interest payable on the mortgage loans in the
applicable pool attributable to the application of the Civil Relief Act will not
reduce the amount of Current  Interest due to the holders of the class A-1 notes
or class A-2  notes,  respectively.  However,  in the  event the full  amount of
Current Interest is not available on any  distribution  date due to Civil Relief
Act interest  shortfalls in the  applicable  pool,  the amount of this shortfall
will not be covered by the note insurance  policy.  These  shortfalls in Current
Interest will be paid from the Excess  Interest,  if any,  otherwise  payable in
respect of  over-collateralization,  cross-collateralization or to the holder of
the trust  certificate  relating to the  applicable  pool.  See "Risk Factors --
Legal Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

         The depositor,  or any affiliate of the depositor,  has the option, but
is not  obligated,  to purchase  from the trust any mortgage loan ninety days or
more delinquent at a purchase price equal to the outstanding  principal  balance
thereof as of the date of purchase,  plus all accrued and unpaid interest on the
principal  balance,  computed  at  the  mortgage  interest  rate  --  net of the
servicing  fee,  if  ________  is  the  servicer  --  plus  the  amount  of  any
unreimbursed  Periodic Advances and servicing  advances made by the servicer for
the mortgage loan in accordance  with the  provisions  specified in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER REPORTS

         On each servicer  remittance  date, the servicer is required to deliver
to the note insurer, the indenture trustee, and the collateral agent, a servicer
remittance  report  setting  forth the  information  necessary for the indenture
trustee  to make the  distributions  described  under  "--Flow of Funds" in this
prospectus  supplement  and  containing  the  information  to be included in the
indenture trustee's remittance report for that distribution date.

         The servicer is required to deliver to the note insurer,  the indenture
trustee,  the collateral  agent,  S&P and Moody's,  not later than April 30th of
each year, starting in ___________, an officer's certificate stating that

         o        the servicer has fully complied with the servicing  provisions
                  of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,

         o        a  review  of  the  activities  of  the  servicer  during  the
                  preceding  calendar year and of performance under the Sale and
                  Servicing   Agreement   has  been  made  under  the  officer's
                  supervision, and

         o        to the best of the officer's knowledge,  based on that review,
                  the servicer has fulfilled all its obligations  under the Sale
                  and Servicing Agreement for that year, or, if there has been a
                  default in the fulfillment of any obligation,  specifying each
                  default  known  to that  officer  and the  nature  and  status
                  thereof  including  the steps being  taken by the  servicer to
                  remedy the default.




                                      S-36
<PAGE>

         Not later than April 30th of each year,  the servicer,  at its expense,
is required to cause to be delivered to the note insurer, the indenture trustee,
the  collateral  agent,  S&P and Moody's  from a firm of  independent  certified
public  accountants,  who may also  render  other  services to the  servicer,  a
statement to the effect that the firm has examined certain documents and records
relating to the servicing of the mortgage  loans during the  preceding  calendar
year,  or any longer  period from the closing  date to the end of the  following
calendar year, and that, on the basis of the examination conducted substantially
in compliance with generally accepted auditing standards and the requirements of
the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program
for  Mortgages  serviced for Freddie Mac, the  servicing  has been  conducted in
compliance  with the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  except for any  significant
exceptions  or errors in records  that,  in the  opinion of the firm,  generally
accepted  auditing  standards  and the Uniform  Single  Attestation  Program for
Mortgage  Bankers or the Audit  Program for  Mortgages  serviced for Freddie Mac
require  it to  report,  in which case the  exceptions  and  errors  shall be so
reported.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

         The  servicer  will be  responsible  for making  reasonable  efforts to
collect all payments  called for under the mortgage  loans and will,  consistent
with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  follow the collection  procedures as it
follows for loans held for its own account which are  comparable to the mortgage
loans. Consistent with the above, the servicer may, in its discretion, (a) waive
any late  payment  charge and (b) arrange  with a  mortgagor a schedule  for the
liquidation  of  delinquencies,  subject  to  the  provisions  of the  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement.

         If a  mortgaged  property  has been or is about to be  conveyed  by the
mortgagor,  the servicer  will be obligated  to  accelerate  the maturity of the
mortgage  loan,  unless it  reasonably  believes  it is unable to  enforce  that
mortgage  loan's  "due-on-sale"  clause under  applicable  law. If it reasonably
believes it may be restricted  for any reason from  enforcing any  "due-on-sale"
clause,  the servicer may enter into an assumption  and  modification  agreement
with the  person  to whom  the  property  has  been or is about to be  conveyed,
pursuant to which that person becomes liable under the mortgage note.

         Any fee  collected  by the servicer  for  entering  into an  assumption
agreement will be retained by the servicer as additional servicing compensation.
In  connection  with any  assumption,  the mortgage  interest  rate borne by the
mortgage  note  relating  to each  mortgage  loan  may not be  decreased.  For a
description  of  circumstances  in which the  servicer  may be unable to enforce
"due-on-sale"  clauses, see "Servicing -- Enforcement of Due-on-Sale Clauses" in
the accompanying prospectus.

HAZARD INSURANCE

         The servicer is required to cause to be maintained  for each  mortgaged
property a hazard  insurance  policy  with  coverage  which  contains a standard
mortgagee's clause in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum insurable
value of the  mortgaged  property or (b) the  principal  balance of the mortgage
loan plus the  outstanding  balance of any mortgage  loan senior to the mortgage
loan,  but in no event may this amount be less than is  necessary to prevent the
borrower from  becoming a coinsurer  thereunder.  As stated  above,  all amounts
collected  by the  servicer  under any hazard  policy,  except for amounts to be
applied to the  restoration  or repair of the mortgaged  property or released to
the borrower in accordance with the servicer's normal servicing  procedures,  to
the extent they constitute Net Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds,  will
ultimately be deposited in the related Distribution  Account. The ability of the
servicer to assure that hazard insurance proceeds are appropriately  applied may
be  dependent  on its being  named as an  additional  insured  under any  hazard
insurance  policy,  or upon the extent to which  information  in this  regard is
furnished  to the  servicer  by a  borrower.  The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
provides that the servicer may satisfy its  obligation to cause hazard  policies
to be maintained by maintaining a blanket policy issued by an insurer acceptable
to the rating agencies insuring against losses




                                      S-37
<PAGE>

on the mortgage loans. If this blanket policy contains a deductible  clause, the
servicer is  obligated to deposit in the related  Distribution  Account the sums
which would have been deposited therein but for that clause.

         In general,  the  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the  improvements on the property by
fire,  lightning,  explosion,  smoke,  windstorm and hail, and riot,  strike and
civil  commotion,  subject to the conditions  and  exclusions  specified in each
policy.   Although  the  policies   relating  to  the  mortgage  loans  will  be
underwritten by different insurers under different state laws in accordance with
different  applicable state forms and therefore will not contain identical terms
and  conditions,  the terms thereof are dictated by respective  state laws,  and
most of these policies typically do not cover any physical damage resulting from
the  following:   war,  revolution,   governmental  actions,  floods  and  other
weather-related  causes, earth movement,  including earthquakes,  landslides and
mudflows,  nuclear  reactions,  wet or dry  rot,  vermin,  rodents,  insects  or
domestic  animals,  theft and, in some cases,  vandalism.  The foregoing list is
merely  indicative  of the types of  uninsured  risks and is not  intended to be
all-inclusive.

         The  hazard  insurance  policies  covering  the  mortgaged   properties
typically contain a co-insurance  clause which in effect requires the insured at
all times to carry insurance of a specified percentage, generally 80% to 90%, of
the full  replacement  value of the  improvements  on the  property  in order to
recover the full amount of any partial  loss. If the  insured's  coverage  falls
below  this  specified  percentage,  that  clause  generally  provides  that the
insurer's  liability in the event of partial loss does not exceed the greater of
(a) the replacement cost of the improvements  less physical  depreciation or (b)
this  proportion  of the loss as the amount of  insurance  carried  bears to the
specified percentage of the full replacement cost of these improvements.

         Since   residential   and  commercial   properties,   generally,   have
historically  appreciated in value over time, if the amount of hazard  insurance
maintained on the  improvements  securing the mortgage  loans were to decline as
the principal balances owing thereon decreased,  hazard insurance proceeds could
be insufficient to restore fully the damaged  property in the event of a partial
loss.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

         The servicer will foreclose  upon, or otherwise  comparably  convert to
ownership, mortgaged properties securing such of the mortgage loans as come into
default when, in the opinion of the servicer,  no satisfactory  arrangements can
be made for the  collection  of  delinquent  payments.  In  connection  with the
foreclosure  or other  conversion,  the servicer will follow the practices as it
deems  necessary or advisable and as are in keeping with the servicer's  general
loan  servicing  activities and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement;  although the
servicer will not expend its own funds in connection  with  foreclosure or other
conversion,  correction of a default on a senior  mortgage or restoration of any
property  unless the  foreclosure,  correction or  restoration  is determined to
increase Net Liquidation Proceeds.

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF THE SERVICER

         The note insurer  may,  pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
remove the servicer upon the occurrence and  continuation  beyond the applicable
cure  period of an event  described  in  clauses  (g),  (h) or (i) below and the
indenture  trustee,  only at the  direction  of the note insurer or the majority
holders  of notes,  with the  consent  of the note  insurer,  in the case of any
direction of the majority  holders,  may remove the servicer upon the occurrence
and  continuation  beyond the  applicable  cure period of an event  described in
clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) below. Each of the following constitutes a
servicer event of default:




                                      S-38
<PAGE>

         (a)      any failure by the servicer to remit to the indenture  trustee
                  any  payment  required  to be made by the  servicer  under the
                  terms  of  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,   other  than
                  servicing   advances  covered  by  clause  (b)  below,   which
                  continues  unremedied for one business day after the date upon
                  which written notice of any failure,  requiring the same to be
                  remedied,  shall have been given to the  servicer and the note
                  insurer by the  indenture  trustee or to the  servicer and the
                  indenture  trustee by the note insurer or the holders of notes
                  evidencing percentage interests of at least 25%;

         (b)      the  failure by the  servicer to make any  required  servicing
                  advance which  failure  continues  unremedied  for a period of
                  thirty  days  after  the date on which  written  notice of any
                  failure,  requiring  the same to be remedied,  shall have been
                  given  to the  servicer  by the  indenture  trustee  or to the
                  servicer and the indenture  trustee by any holder of a note or
                  the note insurer;

         (c)      any  failure  on the part of the  servicer  duly to observe or
                  perform in any material  respect any other of the covenants or
                  agreements  on the part of the servicer  contained in the Sale
                  and Servicing Agreement,  or the failure of any representation
                  and warranty  enumerated in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
                  which  continues  unremedied for a period of thirty days after
                  the date on which written notice of any failure, requiring the
                  same to be remedied,  shall have been given to the servicer by
                  the  indenture  trustee,  or to the servicer and the indenture
                  trustee by any holder of a note or the note insurer;

         (d)      a  decree  or  order  of a  court  or  agency  or  supervisory
                  authority having jurisdiction in an involuntary case under any
                  present or future federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or
                  similar  law  or  for  the  appointment  of a  conservator  or
                  receiver or  liquidator  in any  insolvency,  readjustment  of
                  debt,   marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities  or  similar
                  proceedings,  or for  the  winding-up  or  liquidation  of its
                  affairs, shall have been entered against the servicer and this
                  decree or order shall have remained in force,  undischarged or
                  unstayed for a period of sixty days;

         (e)      the servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator
                  or receiver or liquidator in any  insolvency,  readjustment of
                  debt,   marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities  or  similar
                  proceedings  of or relating to the  servicer or of or relating
                  to all or substantially all of the servicer's property;

         (f)      the servicer shall admit in writing its inability generally to
                  pay its debts as they  become  due,  file a  petition  to take
                  advantage  of  any  applicable  insolvency  or  reorganization
                  statute,  make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
                  or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations;

         (g)      the  delinquency  or loss  experience  of the  mortgage  loans
                  exceeds levels specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

         (h)      the note  insurer  shall notify the  indenture  trustee of any
                  "event of default" under the Insurance Agreement; or

         (i)      the occurrence of an event of default under the Indenture.

         The  servicer  may not  assign  its  obligations  under  the  Sale  and
Servicing  Agreement nor resign from the  obligations and duties thereby imposed
on it except by mutual consent of the servicer,  _______,  if _______ is not the
servicer,  the note insurer,  the collateral agent and the indenture trustee, or
upon the




                                      S-39
<PAGE>

determination  that the servicer's duties  thereunder are no longer  permissible
under applicable law and such incapacity cannot be cured by the servicer without
the incurrence,  in the reasonable judgment of the note insurer, of unreasonable
expense.  No such  resignation  shall  become  effective  until a successor  has
assumed the servicer's  responsibilities  and obligations in accordance with the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         Upon removal or resignation of the servicer, the indenture trustee will
be the successor servicer. The indenture trustee, as successor servicer, will be
obligated to make Periodic  Advances and servicing  advances and other  advances
unless it determines reasonably and in good faith that the advances would not be
recoverable. If, however, the indenture trustee is unwilling or unable to act as
successor  servicer,  or if the majority  holders,  with the consent of the note
insurer,  or the note insurer so requests,  the indenture trustee shall appoint,
or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, in accordance with the
provisions  of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and subject to the approval of
the note insurer, any established mortgage loan servicing institution acceptable
to the note  insurer  having a net worth of not less than  $____________  as the
successor servicer in the assumption of all or any part of the responsibilities,
duties or liabilities of the servicer.

         Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the servicer  covenants
and agrees to act as the  servicer  for an initial term from the closing date to
____________, which term will be extendable by the note insurer by notice to the
indenture  trustee for successive terms of three calendar months each, until the
termination  of the trust estate.  The servicer  will,  upon its receipt of each
notice of  extension,  become  bound for the duration of the term covered by the
extension  notice to continue as the servicer  subject to and in accordance with
the other provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. If as of the fifteenth
day  prior to the last day of any term of the  servicer  the  indenture  trustee
shall  not have  received  any  extension  notice  from the  note  insurer,  the
indenture  trustee will,  within five days  thereafter,  give written  notice of
non-receipt to the note insurer and the servicer. The note insurer has agreed to
extend each three month term of the servicer, in the absence of a servicer event
of default under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         The indenture trustee and any other successor servicer in that capacity
is entitled to the same  reimbursement  for  advances  and no more than the same
servicing  compensation as the servicer. See "--Servicing and Other Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" in this prospectus supplement.

OPTIONAL CLEAN-UP CALL ON THE NOTES

         The servicer may, at its option,  call the class A-1 notes or the class
A-2 notes,  separately,  on the Note  Clean-up Call Date by depositing an amount
equal to the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the class of notes on
that distribution date, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and any unpaid
amounts  due the note  insurer in respect of the class of notes into the related
Distribution  Account.  The mortgage  loans  relating to the redeemed class will
remain pledged to the indenture  trustee,  for the benefit of the holders of the
notes,  to secure  the  cross-collateralization  obligations  of the trust  with
regard to the other class.

TERMINATION; PURCHASE OF MORTGAGE LOANS

         The Indenture will  terminate  upon notice to the indenture  trustee of
either: (a) the later of the distribution to noteholders of the final payment or
collection  on the last  mortgage  loan,  or  Periodic  Advances  of same by the
servicer,  or the  disposition  of all funds from the last mortgage loan and the
remittance  of all funds due under the  Indenture and the payment of all amounts
due and payable to the note  insurer,  the  collateral  agent and the  indenture
trustee or (b) mutual consent of the servicer,  the note insurer and all holders
in writing.  In no event will the trust terminate  later than  twenty-one  years
after the death of the last surviving  lineal  descendant of the person named in
the Trust Agreement.




                                      S-40
<PAGE>

         Subject to provisions in the  Indenture  concerning  adopting a plan of
complete  liquidation,  the servicer may, at its option and at its sole cost and
expense,  terminate the  Indenture on any date on which the aggregate  principal
balance of the mortgage  loans is less than 10% of the sum of (x) the  aggregate
original  principal  balance of the mortgage loans purchased on the closing date
and  (y)  the  original  amount  on  deposit  in the  pre-funding  accounts,  by
purchasing,  on the next  succeeding  distribution  date, all of the outstanding
mortgage loans and REO Properties at a price equal to the sum of

         o        100% of the  principal  balance of each  outstanding  mortgage
                  loan and each REO property,

         o        the greater of (a) the aggregate  amount of accrued and unpaid
                  interest on the mortgage  loans through the due period and (b)
                  thirty days' accrued interest thereon computed at a rate equal
                  to  the  mortgage  interest  rate,  in  each  case  net of the
                  servicing fee,

         o        any  unreimbursed  amounts due to the note  insurer  under the
                  Indenture,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Insurance
                  Agreement and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid Insured
                  Payments, and

         o        the indenture trustee's fees.

Any such purchase shall be  accomplished  by depositing  into each  Distribution
Account the portion of the purchase price  specified  above which relates to the
class of notes.  No such  termination  is  permitted  without the prior  written
consent of the note insurer if it would  result in a draw on the note  insurance
policy.

                            THE NOTE INSURANCE POLICY

         The following  summary of the terms of the note  insurance  policy does
not purport to be complete  and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
note insurance policy. A form of the note insurance policy may be obtained, upon
request, from the depositor.

         Simultaneously  with the  issuance of the notes,  the note insurer will
deliver the note insurance policy to the indenture  trustee,  for the benefit of
the holders of the notes. Under the note insurance policy, the note insurer will
irrevocably and  unconditionally  guarantee payment on each distribution date to
the  indenture  trustee,  for the  benefit of the  holders of the notes,  of the
Insured  Distribution  Amounts  for the  related  class of notes  calculated  in
accordance  with the original  terms of the notes when issued and without regard
to any amendment or modification of the notes or the Indenture except amendments
or  modifications to which the note insurer has given its prior written consent.
In  addition,  for any  distribution  date  occurring on a date when an event of
default under the Insurance  Agreement,  as described below, has occurred and is
continuing  or a date on or after the first  date on which a claim is made under
the note insurance policy,  the note insurer at its sole option,  may pay any or
all of the outstanding  principal  balance of the notes.  Mortgage Loan Interest
Shortfalls will not be covered by payments under the note insurance policy.

         Payment of claims under the note  insurance  policy will be made by the
note insurer following receipt by the note insurer of the appropriate notice for
payment  on the later to occur of (a) 12:00  noon,  New York City  time,  on the
second business day following receipt of notice for payment, and (b) 12:00 noon,
New York City time, on the relevant distribution date.

         If any payment of an amount  guaranteed by the note insurer pursuant to
the note insurance  policy is avoided as a preference  payment under  applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership  or similar law the note insurer will pay
the amount out of the funds of the note insurer on the later of




                                      S-41
<PAGE>

         o        the date when due to be paid pursuant to the bankruptcy  order
                  referred to below or

         o        the first to occur of

                  o        the fourth business day following receipt by the note
                           insurer from the indenture trustee of (A) a certified
                           copy of the order of the court or other  governmental
                           body which exercised  jurisdiction to the effect that
                           a holder is required to return  principal or interest
                           distributed  on a note  during  the  term of the note
                           insurance  policy  because these  distributions  were
                           avoidable  preferences  under  applicable  bankruptcy
                           law,  (B) a  certificate  of the  holder(s)  that the
                           bankruptcy  order has been entered and is not subject
                           to any stay, and (C) an assignment  duly executed and
                           delivered  by  the  holder(s),  in  such  form  as is
                           reasonably  required by the note insurer and provided
                           to the  holder(s)  by the note  insurer,  irrevocably
                           assigning  to the note  insurer all rights and claims
                           of the  holder(s)  relating  to or arising  under the
                           notes  against the debtor  which made the  preference
                           payment  or  otherwise   concerning   the  preference
                           payment, or

                  o        the  date of  receipt  by the note  insurer  from the
                           indenture trustee of the items referred to in clauses
                           (A),  (B) and (C) above if,  at least  four  business
                           days prior to the date of receipt,  the note  insurer
                           shall have received written notice from the indenture
                           trustee that these items were to be delivered on that
                           date and that date was specified in the notice.

         This  payment  shall  be  disbursed  to  the   receiver,   conservator,
debtor-in-possession  or trustee in bankruptcy named in the bankruptcy order and
not to the  indenture  trustee  or any  holder  directly  -- unless a holder has
previously paid the amount to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or
trustee in bankruptcy  named in the bankruptcy  order, in which case the payment
shall be disbursed to the indenture  trustee for distribution to the holder upon
proof of the payment reasonably satisfactory to the note insurer.

         The terms "receipt" and "received,"  with respect to the note insurance
policy,  means  actual  delivery  to the note  insurer  and to its fiscal  agent
appointed by the note insurer at its option,  if any,  prior to 12:00 p.m.,  New
York  City  time,  on a  business  day;  delivery  either on a day that is not a
business  day or after  12:00  p.m.,  New York City time,  shall be deemed to be
receipt on the next succeeding  business day. If any notice or certificate given
under the note insurance  policy by the indenture  trustee is not in proper form
or is not properly completed,  executed or delivered,  it shall be deemed not to
have been  received,  and the note insurer or the fiscal agent shall promptly so
advise the  indenture  trustee and the  indenture  trustee may submit an amended
notice.

         Under the note  insurance  policy,  "business  day" means any day other
than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking  institutions in the City of
New York,  New York or the State of New York, are authorized or obligated by law
or executive order to be closed.  The note insurer's  obligations under the note
insurance  policy to make Insured  Payments  shall be  discharged  to the extent
funds are transferred to the indenture trustee as provided in the note insurance
policy, whether or not the funds are properly applied by the indenture trustee.

         The note insurer  shall be  subrogated  to the rights of each holder to
receive  payments of principal  and  interest,  as  applicable,  with respect to
distributions  on the notes to the  extent of any  payment  by the note  insurer
under the note  insurance  policy.  To the extent the note insurer makes Insured
Payments,  either  directly or  indirectly,  as by paying  through the indenture
trustee,  to the holders of notes,  the note insurer will be  subrogated  to the
rights of the holders, as applicable, with respect to this Insured Payment




                                      S-42
<PAGE>

and shall be deemed to the  extent of the  payments  so made to be a  registered
holder for purposes of payment.

         Claims under the note insurance policy will rank equally with any other
unsecured  debt and  unsubordinated  obligations  of the note insurer except for
particular  obligations in respect of tax and other payments to which preference
is or may become afforded by statute.  Claims against the note insurer under the
note insurance policy constitute pari passu claims against the general assets of
the note insurer.  The terms of the note insurance  policy cannot be modified or
altered by any other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or
dissolution of the trust.  The note insurance  policy is governed by the laws of
the  State  of New  York.  The  note  insurance  policy  is not  covered  by the
Property/Casualty  Insurance  Security  Fund  specified in Article 76 of the New
York Insurance Law.

         To the fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  law, the note insurer
agrees  under the note  insurance  policy not to  assert,  and  waives,  for the
benefit of each  holder,  all its  rights,  whether by  counterclaim,  setoff or
otherwise, and defenses,  including,  without limitation,  the defense of fraud,
whether  acquired by  subrogation,  assignment or otherwise,  to the extent that
these rights and defenses may be available to the note insurer to avoid  payment
of its  obligations  under  the note  insurance  policy in  accordance  with the
express provisions of the note insurance policy.

         Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture,  unless a note insurer  default
exists,  the note insurer  shall be deemed to be the holder of the notes for all
purposes,  other than for payment on the notes, will be entitled to exercise all
rights of the holders  thereunder,  without the consent of the holders,  and the
holders may  exercise  these rights only with the prior  written  consent of the
note insurer. In addition,  the note insurer will, as a third-party  beneficiary
to the Indenture,  the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Loan Sale Agreement,
have, among others, the following rights:

         o        the right to give notices of breach or to terminate the rights
                  and  obligations  of the servicer under the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement  in the event of a servicer  event of default and to
                  institute proceedings against the servicer;

         o        the right to consent to or direct any waivers of defaults by
                  the servicer;

         o        the right to remove the indenture trustee pursuant to the
                  Indenture;

         o        the right to direct the actions of the indenture trustee
                  during the continuation of a servicer default;

         o        the right to require the depositor to repurchase mortgage
                  loans for breach of representation and warranty or defect in
                  documentation;

         o        the right to direct foreclosures upon the failure of the
                  servicer to do so in accordance with the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement;

         o        the right to direct all matters relating to a bankruptcy or
                  other insolvency proceeding involving the depositor; and

         o        the right to direct the indenture trustee to investigate
                  specified matters.

         The note  insurer's  consent  will be  required  prior to,  among other
things,  (x) the removal of the indenture  trustee,  (y) the  appointment of any
successor indenture trustee or servicer or (z) any amendment to the Indenture or
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         The trust,  the depositor,  the servicer,  the originators and the note
insurer will enter into the Insurance Agreement pursuant to which the trust, the
depositor,  the  servicer  and the  originators  will agree to  reimburse,  with
interest,  the note insurer for amounts  paid  pursuant to claims under the note
insurance




                                      S-43
<PAGE>

policy.  The  payment  obligations  shall  be  non-recourse  obligations  of the
depositor, the originators, the trust and the servicer and shall be payable only
from monies  available for the payment in accordance  with the provisions of the
Indenture.  The  servicer  will  further  agree  to pay  the  note  insurer  all
reasonable charges and expenses which the note insurer may pay or incur relative
to any amounts paid under the note  insurance  policy or otherwise in connection
with the  transaction  and to  indemnify  the  note  insurer  against  specified
liabilities.  Except to the extent  provided  therein,  amounts  owing under the
Insurance  Agreement will be payable solely from the trust estate.  An "event of
default" under the Insurance Agreement will constitute an event of default under
the  Indenture  and a  servicer  event of default  under the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement  and  allow the note  insurer,  among  other  things,  to  direct  the
indenture  trustee to terminate  the servicer.  An "event of default"  under the
Insurance Agreement includes:

         o        the originators', the depositor's or the servicer's failure to
                  pay when due any amount owed under the Insurance  Agreement or
                  other documents,

         o        the inaccuracy or  incompleteness  in any material  respect of
                  any  representation  or  warranty  of  the  originators,   the
                  depositor or the servicer in the Insurance Agreement, the Sale
                  and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture or other documents,

         o        the originators', the depositor's or the servicer's failure to
                  perform or to comply  with any  covenant or  agreement  in the
                  Insurance  Agreement,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
                  Indenture and other documents,

         o        a finding or ruling by a governmental authority or agency that
                  the Insurance Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
                  Indenture   or  other   documents   are  not  binding  on  the
                  originators, the depositor or the servicer,

         o        the originators', the depositor's or the servicer's failure to
                  pay its debts in general or the occurrence of specified events
                  of insolvency  or bankruptcy  with respect to the depositor or
                  the servicer, and

         o        the  occurrence  of specified  "performance  test  violations"
                  designed to measure the performance of the mortgage loans.

                                THE NOTE INSURER

         The following information has been obtained from  _____________________
and has not been verified by the originators, the servicer, the depositor or the
underwriter.  No  representation  or  warranty  is  made by the  depositor,  the
originators,  the  servicer,  the  depositor  or the  underwriter  with  respect
thereto.

THE NOTE INSURER

         ____________  is a monoline  insurance  company  incorporated in ______
under  the  laws  of the  State  of  ____________.  ________________________  is
licensed  to engage  in the  financial  guaranty  insurance  business  in all 50
states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

         ___________ and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of writing
financial  guaranty  insurance,  principally in respect of securities offered in
domestic and foreign markets. In general,  financial guaranty insurance consists
of the issuance of a guaranty of scheduled payments of an issuer's securities --
thereby  enhancing the credit rating of those securities -- in consideration for
the  payment  of a premium to the  insurer.  ____________  and its  subsidiaries
principally  insure  asset-backed,   collateralized  and  municipal  securities.
Asset-backed  securities  are generally  supported by  residential or commercial
mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having
an ascertainable  cash flow or market value.  Collateralized  securities include
public utility first mortgage




                                      S-44
<PAGE>

bonds and sale/leaseback  obligation bonds. Municipal securities consist largely
of general obligation bonds, special revenue bonds and other special obligations
of  state  and  local  governments.   ____________  insures  both  newly  issued
securities  sold in the primary market and  outstanding  securities  sold in the
secondary market that satisfy ____________ underwriting criteria.

         The  principal   executive  offices  of  ____________  are  located  at
________________________,   and  its  telephone   number  at  that  location  is
____________.

REINSURANCE

         Pursuant  to  an  intercompany  agreement,   liabilities  on  financial
guaranty  insurance  written or reinsured from third parties by  ____________ or
any of its domestic  operating  insurance  company  subsidiaries  are  generally
reinsured  among these  companies  on an  agreed-upon  percentage  substantially
proportional  to their  respective  capital,  surplus and  reserves,  subject to
applicable  statutory risk limitations.  In addition,  ____________  reinsures a
portion  of its  liabilities  under  some of its  financial  guaranty  insurance
policies   with   other   reinsurers   under   various   treaties   and   on   a
transaction-by-transaction  basis.  This reinsurance is utilized by ____________
as a risk  management  device and to comply  with  statutory  and rating  agency
requirements;  it does not  alter or limit  ____________  obligations  under any
financial guaranty insurance policy.

RATINGS

         ____________ insurance financial strength is rated "Aaa" by Moody's and
____________ insurer financial strength is rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and
Standard & Poor's (Australia) Pty. Ltd. ____________ claims-paying ability is
rated "AAA" by Fitch IBCA, Inc. and Japan Rating and Investment Information,
Inc. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies, are
not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities and are subject to revision
or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies.

CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the  capitalization  of ____________ and
its wholly owned  subsidiaries on ____________  the basis of generally  accepted
accounting principles as of ____________:

                            [Note insurer to provide]

         For further information concerning  ____________,  see the Consolidated
Financial  Statements of  ____________,  and the notes thereto,  incorporated by
reference in this prospectus  supplement.  ____________ financial statements are
included as exhibits to the annual report on Form 10-K and Quarterly  Reports on
Form 10-Q filed with the Commission by  ____________  and may be reviewed at the
EDGAR website  maintained by the Commission.  Copies of the statutory  quarterly
and annual statements filed with the State of ____________  Insurance Department
by  ____________  are  available  upon  request  to the  State  of  ____________
Insurance Department.

INSURANCE REGULATION

         ____________  is  licensed  and  subject to  regulation  as a financial
guaranty insurance corporation under the laws of the State of ____________,  its
state of domicile. In addition,  ____________ and its insurance subsidiaries are
subject to regulation by insurance  laws of the various other  jurisdictions  in
which they are  licensed  to do  business.  As a  financial  guaranty  insurance
corporation  licensed to do business in the State of ____________,  ____________
is subject to Article __ of the  ____________  Insurance Law which,  among other
things, limits the business of each such insurer to financial guaranty insurance
and related lines, requires that each such insurer maintain a minimum surplus to
policyholders,




                                      S-45
<PAGE>

establishes contingency, loss and unearned premium reserve requirements for each
such insurer,  and limits the size of individual  transactions -- "single risks"
--  and  the  volume  of  transactions  --  "aggregate  risks"  --  that  may be
underwritten  by  each  such  insurer.  Other  provisions  of  the  ____________
Insurance Law,  applicable to non-life insurance companies such as ____________,
regulate,  among other  things,  permitted  investments,  payment of  dividends,
transactions with affiliates, mergers, consolidations,  acquisitions or sales of
assets and incurrence of liability for borrowings.

                       PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

         The weighted  average life of, and, if purchased at other than par, the
yield to maturity on, a note will be directly  related to the rate of payment of
principal of the mortgage loans, including for this purpose voluntary payment in
full of mortgage loans prior to stated  maturity,  liquidations due to defaults,
casualties and  condemnations,  and repurchases of or substitutions for mortgage
loans by  ____________  or an affiliate of ____________ as required or permitted
under  the  Indenture,  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  or the  Loan  Sale
Agreement.

         The actual rate of principal  prepayments on pools of mortgage loans is
influenced by a variety of economic, tax, geographic, demographic, social, legal
and other factors and has fluctuated  considerably in recent years. In addition,
the rate of principal  prepayments  may differ among pools of mortgage  loans at
any time  because of  specific  factors  relating to the  mortgage  loans in the
particular pool,  including,  among other things, the age of the mortgage loans,
the geographic  locations of the properties securing the loans and the extent of
the  mortgagors'  equity in these  properties,  and  changes in the  mortgagors'
housing needs, job transfers and unemployment.

         The rate of prepayments on  conventional  mortgage loans has fluctuated
significantly  in recent years.  In general,  if prevailing  interest rates fall
significantly  below the interest  rates of some  mortgage  loans at the time of
origination, these mortgage loans may be subject to higher prepayment rates than
if prevailing  rates remain at or above those at the time these  mortgage  loans
were originated. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates rise appreciably above
the interest  rates of some  mortgage  loans at the time of  origination,  these
mortgage loans may experience a lower  prepayment rate than if prevailing  rates
remain at or below  those at the time  these  mortgage  loans  were  originated.
However,  there can be no assurance  that the mortgage loans will conform to the
prepayment  experience of conventional  mortgage loans or to any past prepayment
experience or any published prepayment forecast. No assurance can be given as to
the  level  of  prepayments  on  mortgage  loans  that  the  trust  estate  will
experience.

         As  indicated  above,  if  purchased  at other  than par,  the yield to
maturity on a note will be affected by the rate of the payment of  principal  on
the  mortgage  loans.  If the actual rate of payments on the  mortgage  loans is
slower  than the rate  anticipated  by an  investor  who  purchases  a note at a
discount,  the actual  yield to the investor  will be lower than the  investor's
anticipated  yield.  If the actual  rate of payments  on the  mortgage  loans is
faster  than the rate  anticipated  by an  investor  who  purchases  a note at a
premium,  the actual  yield to the  investor  will be lower than the  investor's
anticipated yield.

         The final stated maturity date is expected to be  ____________  for the
class A-1 notes and the class A-2 notes.  Each final  stated  maturity  date was
calculated  using the assumption that the final stated maturity date is thirteen
months after the final  stated  maturity  date of the  mortgage  loan having the
latest maturity date in each pool and assuming a subsequent mortgage loan having
a final  stated  maturity  date of  ____________  is  purchased by the trust and
included in each pool.  The  weighted  average life of the notes is likely to be
shorter than would be the case if payments  actually made on the mortgage  loans
conformed to the foregoing assumptions,  and the final distribution date for any
class of the notes  could  occur  significantly  earlier  than the final  stated
maturity date because:




                                      S-46
<PAGE>

         o        prepayments,   including,   for  this   purpose,   prepayments
                  attributable to foreclosure,  liquidation,  repurchase and the
                  like, on mortgage loans are likely to occur,

         o        thirteen  months  have been added to obtain  the final  stated
                  maturity date above,

         o        the  over-collateralization   provisions  of  the  transaction
                  result in the application of Excess Interest to the payment of
                  principal;

         o        the servicer may cause a liquidation  of the trust estate when
                  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the mortgage
                  loans  is  less  than  10% of the  sum  of (a)  the  aggregate
                  principal  balance  of the  mortgage  loans  purchased  on the
                  closing  date and (b) the  original  amount on  deposit in the
                  pre-funding accounts; and

         o        the servicer  may, at its option,  call the class A-1 notes or
                  the  class  A-2   notes,   separately,   when  the   aggregate
                  outstanding  principal  balance  of the class A-1 notes or the
                  class A-2 notes, respectively, is equal to or less than 10% of
                  the  aggregate  original  principal  balance  of the class A-1
                  notes or the class A-2 notes, respectively.

         Weighted  average  life refers to the average  amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of
the security is scheduled to be repaid to an investor. The weighted average life
of the notes will be influenced  by the rate at which  principal of the mortgage
loans is paid, which may be in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments
-- for this purpose, the term "prepayment" includes liquidations due to default.

         Prepayments  on  mortgage  loans are  commonly  measured  relative to a
prepayment model or standard. The model used in this prospectus supplement, Home
Equity Prepayment or HEP, is a prepayment assumption which represents an assumed
rate of prepayment each month relative to the then outstanding principal balance
of a pool of mortgage loans for the life of the mortgage loans. For example, 25%
HEP assumes a constant prepayment rate of 2.5% per annum of the then outstanding
principal  balance of the  mortgage  loans in the first month of the life of the
mortgage loans and an additional  2.5% per annum in each month  thereafter up to
and including the tenth month. Beginning in the eleventh month and in each month
thereafter  during the life of the  mortgage  loans,  25% HEP assumes a constant
prepayment  rate of 25% per annum.  As used in the table  below,  0%  prepayment
assumption assumes prepayment rates equal to 0% of the prepayment  assumption --
i.e., no prepayments on the mortgage loans having the characteristics  described
below. The prepayment assumption does not purport to be a historical description
of prepayment  experience or a prediction of the anticipated  rate of prepayment
of any pool of mortgage loans, including the mortgage loans.

         The  following  table has been  prepared on the basis of the  following
modeling assumptions:

         o        The mortgage  loans prepay at the indicated  percentage of the
                  prepayment assumption,

         o        distributions  on the notes are  received  in cash on the ____
                  day of each month commencing in ____________,

         o        no defaults or delinquencies in, or modifications,  waivers or
                  amendments   respecting  the  payment  by  the  mortgagors  of
                  principal and interest on the mortgage loans occur,

         o        scheduled  payments are assumed to be received on the last day
                  of each month commencing in  ____________,  or as presented in
                  the following  table,  and prepayments  represent  payments in
                  full  of  individual  mortgage  loans  and are  assumed  to be
                  received  on  the  last  day  of  each  month,  commencing  in
                  ____________,  or as presented  in the  following  table,  and
                  include thirty (30) days' interest thereon,




                                      S-47
<PAGE>

         o        the notes are purchased on ____________,

         o        the Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount is as enumerated in
                  the Indenture,

         o        on each  distribution  date, all Excess Interest for each pool
                  is applied  to build up  over-collateralization  necessary  to
                  satisfy  the  Specified  Over-Collateralized  Amount  for each
                  pool,  except for the first  distribution  date,  on which the
                  amount   of   Excess    Interest    applied    to   build   up
                  over-collateralization is zero,

         o        the mortgage loans in pool I consist of ____________  mortgage
                  loans having the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Principal        Mortgage        Net Mortgage    Original Amortizing   Remaining Amortizing     Remaining Term to
      Balance($)   Interest Rate(%)  Interest Rate(%)    Term (in months)      Term (in months)      Maturity (in months)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>

</TABLE>


         o        The  mortgage  loans  in  pool  II  consists  of  ____________
                  mortgage loans having the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Principal        Mortgage        Net Mortgage    Original Amortizing   Remaining Amortizing     Remaining Term to
      Balance($)   Interest Rate(%)  Interest Rate(%)    Term (in months)      Term (in months)      Maturity (in months)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>

</TABLE>


         The  foregoing  modeling   assumptions  are  assumptions  and  are  not
necessarily indicative of actual performance.

         Based  upon  the  foregoing  modeling  assumptions,  the  tables  below
indicate the weighted  average  life and earliest  retirement  date of the notes
assuming that the mortgage loans prepay  according to the indicated  percentages
of the prepayment assumption.

                             WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES

Class A-1 Notes

      Prepayment                 Weighted Average                 Earliest
   Assumption (HEP)               Life in Years(               Retirement Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Class A-2 Notes

      Prepayment                 Weighted Average                 Earliest
   Assumption (HEP)               Life in Years                Retirement Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         The foregoing tables were prepared assuming that:

         o        the weighted average life of each class of notes is determined
                  by

                  o        multiplying the amount of each principal payment used
                           to retire the related class of notes by the number of
                           years from the closing date to the final distribution
                           date  when  the  related  class  of  notes  is  fully
                           retired,

                  o        adding the results, and

                  o        dividing the sum by the original principal balance of
                           that class; and




                                      S-48
<PAGE>

         o        the call of the  class  A-1  notes  or the  class  A-2  notes,
                  respectively, occurs as stated in this prospectus supplement.

                             ----------------------

         There is no assurance that prepayments will occur or, if they do occur,
that they will occur at any percentage of HEP.

         The Indenture  provides that none of the note insurer,  the trust,  the
owner  trustee,  the  indenture  trustee,  the  depositor,  the  depositor,  the
originators  or the servicer will be liable to any holder for any loss or damage
incurred  by the  holder  as a result  of any  difference  in the rate of return
received by the holder as compared to the applicable  note rate, with respect to
any holder of notes upon  reinvestment  of the funds received in connection with
any premature repayment of principal on the notes,  including any such repayment
resulting from any prepayment by the mortgagor,  any liquidation of the mortgage
loan,  or any  repurchase  of or  substitution  for  any  mortgage  loan  by the
depositor or the servicer.

                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         The  following  discussion  of  certain  material  federal  income  tax
consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and  disposition of the notes is to be
considered only in connection with "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" in
the accompanying prospectus. The discussion in this prospectus supplement and in
the  accompanying  prospectus  is based  upon  laws,  regulations,  rulings  and
decisions  now in effect,  all of which are  subject to change.  The  discussion
below  and in the  accompanying  prospectus  does not  purport  to deal with all
federal tax  consequences  applicable to all  categories  of investors,  some of
which may be subject to special  rules.  Investors  should consult their own tax
advisors in determining the federal, state, local and any other tax consequences
to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes.

TREATMENT OF THE NOTES

         The originators,  the depositor and the trust agree, and the holders of
the notes  will  agree by their  purchase  of the  notes,  to treat the notes as
indebtedness for all federal, state and local income tax purposes.  There are no
regulations,   published   rulings   or   judicial   decisions   involving   the
characterization  for  federal  income  tax  purpose  of  securities  with terms
substantially the same as the notes. In general, whether instruments such as the
notes  constitute  indebtedness for federal income tax purposes is a question of
fact, the resolution of which is based primarily upon the economic  substance of
the  instruments  and the  transaction  pursuant to which they are issued rather
than  merely  upon the  form of the  transaction  or the  manner  in  which  the
instruments are labeled. The Internal Revenue Service and the courts have stated
various factors to be taken into account in determining,  for federal income tax
purposes,  whether an instrument constitutes indebtedness and whether a transfer
of  property is a sale  because  the  transferor  has  relinquished  substantial
incidents  of  ownership  in the property or whether the transfer is a borrowing
secured  by the  property.  On the basis of its  analysis  of these  factors  as
applied  to the  facts  and  its  analysis  of  the  economic  substance  of the
contemplated transaction,  ________________________,  special tax counsel to the
depositor,  is of the opinion that, for federal  income tax purposes,  the notes
will be  treated  as  indebtedness,  and  not as an  ownership  interest  in the
mortgage loans,  or an equity interest in the sub-trust of the trust  consisting
of the pool I mortgage loans or the pool II mortgage  loans, as the case may be,
or in a separate  association  taxable as a corporation or other taxable entity.
See  "Material  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  -- Debt  Securities"  in the
accompanying prospectus.

         If the  notes  are  characterized  as  indebtedness,  interest  paid or
accrued on a note will be treated as ordinary income to holders of the notes and
principal payments on a note will be treated as a return of




                                      S-49
<PAGE>

capital to the extent of the holder's  basis in the note allocable  thereto.  An
accrual  method  taxpayer will be required to include in income  interest on the
notes  when  earned,   even  if  not  paid,   unless  it  is  determined  to  be
uncollectible. The indenture trustee, on behalf of the trust, will report to the
holders  of the notes of record  and the IRS the  amount  of  interest  paid and
original issue discount,  if any, accrued on the notes to the extent required by
law.

         POSSIBLE  ALTERNATIVE  CHARACTERIZATIONS  OF THE  NOTES.  Although,  as
described  above,  it is the  opinion of special  tax  counsel  that for federal
income tax  purposes,  the notes will be  characterized  as  indebtedness,  this
opinion is not binding on the IRS and thus no assurance can be given that such a
characterization  will prevail. If the IRS successfully  asserted that the notes
did not represent  indebtedness for federal income tax purposes,  holders of the
notes would likely be treated as owning an interest in a partnership  and not an
interest  in an  association,  or a publicly  traded  partnership,  taxable as a
corporation or a taxable mortgage pool. If the holders of the notes were treated
as owing an equitable  interest in a partnership,  the partnership  itself would
not be  subject  to federal  income  tax;  rather  each  partner  would be taxed
individually on their respective distributive share of the partnership's income,
gain, loss,  deductions and credits. The amount,  timing and characterization of
items of income and  deduction  for a holder of a note would differ if the notes
were held to constitute partnership interests,  rather than indebtedness.  Since
the  parties  will  treat the  notes as  indebtedness  for  federal  income  tax
purposes,  none of the servicer, the indenture trustee or the owner trustee will
attempt to satisfy the tax  reporting  requirements  that would apply under this
alternative  characterization  of the notes.  Investors that are foreign persons
are  strongly  advised to consult  their own tax  advisors  in  determining  the
federal,  state,  local  and  other tax  consequences  to them of the  purchase,
ownership and disposition of the notes.

         SPECIAL  TAX  ATTRIBUTES.  The notes will not  represent  "real  estate
assets" for purposes of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code or "[l]oans ... secured
by an interest in real property" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of
the Code.

         DISCOUNT  AND  PREMIUM.  It is not  anticipated  that the notes will be
issued with any  original  issue  discount.  See  "Material  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences  --  Discount  and  Premium  --  Original  Issue  Discount"  in the
accompanying  prospectus.  The  prepayment  assumption  that  will be  used  for
purposes of computing  original issue  discount,  if any, for federal income tax
purposes is the prepayment assumption. See "Prepayment and Yield Considerations"
in this prospectus  supplement.  In addition,  a subsequent purchaser who buys a
note for less than its principal amount may be subject to the "market  discount"
rules of the Code. See "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Discount and
Premium  --  Market  Discount"  in the  accompanying  prospectus.  A  subsequent
purchaser who buys a note for more than its  principal  amount may be subject to
the  "market  premium"  rules of the Code.  See  "Material  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences  -- Discount and Premium --  Securities  Purchased at a Premium" in
the accompanying prospectus.

         SALE OR  REDEMPTION  OF THE NOTES.  If a note is sold or  retired,  the
seller will recognize  gain or loss equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized on the sale and that holder's adjusted basis in the note. See "Material
Federal Income Tax  Consequences  -- Debt Securities -- Sale or Exchange" in the
accompanying prospectus.

         OTHER MATTERS.  For a discussion of backup  withholding and taxation of
foreign investors in the notes, see "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences --
Backup  Withholding"  and " --Foreign  Investors -- Grantor Trust Securities and
REMIC Regular Securities" in the accompanying prospectus.




                                      S-50
<PAGE>

TREATMENT OF THE TRUST

         Tax counsel is of the opinion that  neither the  sub-trust of the trust
consisting  of the  pool  I  mortgage  loans  nor  the  sub-trust  of the  trust
consisting  of  the  pool  II  mortgage  loans  will  be   characterized  as  an
association,  or a publicly  traded  partnership,  taxable as a corporation or a
taxable mortgage pool.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Code impose
certain restrictions on

         o        employee benefit plans -- as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,

         o        plans described in section  4975(e)(1) of the Code,  including
                  individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans,

         o        any entities  whose  underlying  assets include plan assets by
                  reason of a plan's investment in such entities and

         o        persons  who have  specified  relationships  to such  plans --
                  "Parties-in-Interest"  under ERISA and "Disqualified  Persons"
                  under the Code.

         Section  406 of ERISA  prohibits  plans  from  engaging  in  particular
transactions  involving the assets of such plans with  Parties-in-Interest  with
respect  to such  plans,  unless a  statutory  or  administrative  exemption  is
applicable  to the  transaction.  Excise  taxes under  Section 4975 of the Code,
penalties  under Section 502 of ERISA and other penalties may be imposed on plan
fiduciaries and  Parties-in-Interest,  or Disqualified  Persons,  that engage in
"prohibited  transactions"  involving  assets of a plan.  Individual  retirement
arrangements  and other plans that are not subject to ERISA,  but are subject to
Section  4975 of the  Code,  and  Disqualified  Persons  with  respect  to these
arrangements and plans,  also may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties
if they engage in prohibited  transactions.  Moreover, based on the reasoning of
the United  States  Supreme  Court in John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust
and Sav. Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517 (1993), an insurance company's general account may
be deemed to include  assets of the Plans  investing  in the general  account --
e.g., through the purchase of an annuity contract.  ERISA also imposes specified
duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans subject to ERISA.

         Some  transactions  involving the purchase,  holding or transfer of the
notes might be deemed to constitute prohibited  transactions under ERISA and the
Code if  assets  of the  trust  were  deemed  to be  assets  of a plan.  Under a
regulation  issued by the United States  Department of Labor,  the assets of the
trust  would be treated as plan  assets of a plan for the  purposes of ERISA and
the Code only if the plan acquires an "equity interest" in the trust and none of
the exceptions contained in this plan assets regulation is applicable. An equity
interest is defined under the plan assets  regulation as an interest  other than
an instrument  which is treated as indebtedness  under  applicable local law and
which has no substantial  equity features.  Although there is little guidance on
the  subject,  the  depositor  believes  that the  notes  should be  treated  as
indebtedness without substantial equity features for purposes of the plan assets
regulation. This determination is based in part on the traditional debt features
of the notes,  including the  reasonable  expectation of purchasers of the notes
that the notes will be repaid  when due,  as well as the  absence of  conversion
rights,  warrants and other typical equity  features.  The debt treatment of the
notes could change if the trust incurs  losses.  However,  even if the notes are
treated as debt for such purposes,  the acquisition or holding of notes by or on
behalf of a plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if
the  trust or any of its  affiliates  is or  becomes  a  Party-in-Interest  or a
Disqualified  Person  with  respect  to  such  plan.  In this  case,  particular
exemptions from the prohibited  transaction rules could be applicable  depending
on the type and  circumstances  of the plan  fiduciary  making the  decision  to
acquire a note.  Included  among  these  exemptions  are:  PTCE 90-1,  regarding
investments by insurance




                                      S-51
<PAGE>

company pooled separate accounts; PTCE 95-60, regarding investments by insurance
company general accounts;  PTCE 91-38,  regarding investments by bank collective
investment funds; PTCE 96-23,  regarding transactions affected by in-house asset
managers;   and  PTCE  84-14,  regarding  transactions  effected  by  "qualified
professional  asset  managers."  Each investor  using the assets of a plan which
acquires the notes, or to whom the notes are transferred, will be deemed to have
represented  that the  acquisition  and  continued  holding of the notes will be
covered by one of the exemptions listed above or by another  Department of Labor
Class Exemption.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

         The notes will  [not]  constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for
purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement dated
____________   between  the  depositor  and  First  Union  Securities, Inc.,  as
underwriter,  the  depositor  has  agreed  to  sell to the  underwriter  and the
underwriter  has agreed to purchase from the depositor the notes.  The depositor
is obligated to sell, and the  underwriter is obligated to purchase,  all of the
notes offered hereby if any are purchased.

         The underwriter has advised the depositor that it proposes to offer the
notes  purchased  by the  underwriter  for sale from time to time in one or more
negotiated transactions or otherwise, at market prices prevailing at the time of
sale,  at prices  related to such market  prices or at  negotiated  prices.  The
underwriter  may effect these  transactions by selling these notes to or through
dealers,  and these dealers may receive compensation in the form of underwriting
discounts,  concessions or commissions from the underwriter or purchasers of the
notes for whom they may act as agent.  Any  dealers  that  participate  with the
underwriter in the distribution of the notes purchased by the underwriter may be
deemed to be underwriters,  and any discounts or commissions received by them or
the underwriter and any profit on the resale of notes by them or the underwriter
may be deemed to be underwriting  discounts or commissions  under the Securities
Act of 1933.

         In connection  with the offering of the notes,  the underwriter and its
affiliates  may engage in  transactions  that  stabilize,  maintain or otherwise
affect  the  market  price  of  the  notes.   These   transactions  may  include
stabilization transactions effected in accordance with Rule 104 of Regulation M,
pursuant to which that person may bid for or purchase  the notes for the purpose
of  stabilizing  its market  price.  Any of the  transactions  described in this
paragraph  may  result in the  maintenance  of the price of the notes at a level
above  that  which  might  otherwise  prevail  in the open  market.  None of the
transactions  described in this  paragraph is required,  and, if they are taken,
may be discontinued at any time without notice.

         [This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be used
by us,  First  Union  Securities,  Inc.,  our  affiliate,  and any of our  other
affiliates  when required under the federal  securities  laws in connection with
offers and sales of offered notes in furtherance of market-making  activities in
offered notes. First Union Securities,  Inc. or any other such affiliate may act
as principal or agent in such transactions. Sales will be made at prices related
to prevailing market prices at the time of sale or otherwise.]

         For  further  information  regarding  any  offer  or sale of the  notes
pursuant to this  prospectus  supplement and the  accompanying  prospectus,  see
"Plan of Distribution" in the accompanying prospectus.

         The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the depositor will indemnify
the  underwriter or contribute to losses  arising out of specified  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

         The Securities and Exchange  Commission  allows us to  "incorporate  by
reference" certain  information  already on file with it. This means that we can
disclose important information to you by




                                      S-52
<PAGE>

referring you to those  documents.  This  information is considered part of this
prospectus  supplement,  and later information that is filed will  automatically
update and supersede  this  information.  We incorporate by reference all of the
documents listed in the accompanying prospectus under the heading "Incorporation
of   Documents    by    Reference"    and   the    financial    statements    of
________________________   included  in,  or  as  exhibits  to,  the   following
documents:

         o        the   Annual   Report  on  Form   10-K  for  the  year   ended
                  ____________; and

         o        the  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  quarter  ended
                  __________.

         You should rely only on the  information  incorporated  by reference or
provided in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.  We have
not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. You should
not  assume  that  the  information  in  this   prospectus   supplement  or  the
accompanying  prospectus  is  accurate as of any date other than the date on the
cover page of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         Residential Asset Funding Corporation has filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission a registration  statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
for the notes offered  pursuant to this prospectus  supplement.  This prospectus
supplement  and  the  accompanying   prospectus,   which  form  a  part  of  the
registration statement,  omit certain information contained in such registration
statement  pursuant to the rules and  regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  You may  read and copy the  registration  statement  at the  Public
Reference Room at the Securities and Exchange Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  and at  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York, 10048 and Northwestern  Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,   Illinois  60661.  Please  call  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission at  1-800-SEC-0330  for further  information on the Public  Reference
Rooms. In addition,  the Securities and Exchange Commission  maintains a site on
the World Wide Web containing reports,  proxy materials,  information statements
and other items. The address is http://www.sec.gov.

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated  balance sheets of ____________ and subsidiaries as of
____________  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in
shareholder's  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  ________________________,  incorporated  by reference in this  prospectus
supplement,  have been incorporated in this prospectus supplement in reliance on
the report of ____________,  independent accountants,  given on the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters in connection  with the notes will be passed upon
for  the   originators,   the  depositor  and  the  servicer  by   ____________,
____________, for the trust by ____________, ____________, and for the depositor
and the underwriter by ____________, ____________.

                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition to the original  issuance of the notes that they will
receive  ratings of "[ ]" by  _________  and "[ ]" by  ___________.  The ratings
assigned to the notes will take into account the




                                      S-53
<PAGE>

claims-paying  ability of the note insurer.  Explanations of the significance of
these  ratings may be obtained from  ______________________________________  and
____________________________. These ratings will be the views only of the rating
agencies.  There is no assurance  that any such  ratings  will  continue for any
period of time or that these ratings will not be revised or withdrawn.  Any such
revision or withdrawal of these ratings may have an adverse effect on the market
price of the notes.




                                      S-54
<PAGE>

                                    GLOSSARY

         The  following  terms have the  meanings  given below when used in this
prospectus supplement.

         Available  Amount  means,  for  any  pool  of  mortgage  loans  and any
distribution  date, the amount on deposit in the related  Distribution  Account,
exclusive of the amount of any Insured  Payment and the  Servicing  Fee, on that
distribution date.

         Class A-1 Interest  Distribution  Amount  means,  for any  distribution
date, an amount equal to the sum of the Current Interest for the class A-1 notes
on that  distribution  date,  less the  amount of any Class  A-1  Mortgage  Loan
Interest Shortfalls relating to that distribution date.

         Class A-1 Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls means, for any distribution
date, the aggregate of the Mortgage Loan Interest  Shortfalls in pool I, if any,
for that distribution date, to the extent any Mortgage Loan Interest  Shortfalls
are not paid by the servicer as Compensating Interest.

         Class A-1 Note Rate means,  with respect to any distribution  date, the
per annum rate equal to ____%. On any distribution  date after the Note Clean-Up
Call Date for the class A-1 notes, the Class A-1 Note Rate will be __________%.

         Class A-2 Interest  Distribution  Amount for any distribution date will
be an amount equal to the sum of the Current Interest for the class A-2 notes on
that distribution  date, less the amount of any Class A-2 Mortgage Loan Interest
Shortfalls relating to that distribution date.

         Class A-2 Mortgage Loan Interest  Shortfalls for any distribution  date
will be the aggregate of the Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls in pool II, if
any,  for that  distribution  date,  to the extent any  Mortgage  Loan  Interest
Shortfalls are not paid by the servicer as Compensating Interest.

         Class A-2 Note Rate means,  for any  distribution  date,  the per annum
rate equal to _____%. On any distribution date after the Note Clean-up Call Date
for the class A-2 notes, the Class A-2 Note Rate will be _________%.

         Compensating  Interest  means an amount  equal to the lesser of (a) the
aggregate of the Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  for the related  distribution
date resulting from principal  prepayments in full during the related due period
and (b) its aggregate servicing fees received in the related due period

         Current  Interest for any pool of mortgage  loans and any  distribution
date is the  interest  that  will  accrue on the  related  class of notes at the
applicable  note rate on the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of such
class during the accrual period.

         Excess  Interest  for any pool of mortgage  loans and any  distribution
date is equal to the excess of (x) the  Available  Amount for that pool and that
distribution date over (y) the sum of

         o        the  Interest  Distribution  Amount  for  that  pool  and that
                  distribution date,

         o        Principal   Distribution   Amount   for  that  pool  and  that
                  distribution  date --  calculated  for  this  purpose  without
                  regard  to  any  Over-collateralization   Increase  Amount  or
                  portion thereof included therein,

         o        any  Reimbursement  Amount  or other  amount  owed to the note
                  insurer relating to that pool and




                                      S-55
<PAGE>

         o        the   indenture   trustee's   fees  for  that  pool  and  that
                  distribution date.

         Excess  Over-collateralized  Amount  means,  for each pool of  mortgage
loans  and a  distribution  date,  the  difference,  if  any,  between  (a)  the
Over-collateralized  Amount  that would  apply on that  distribution  date after
taking into  account all  distributions  to be made on that  distribution  date,
except  for  any  distributions  of  related  Over-collateralization   Reduction
Amounts, and (b) the Specified Over-collateralized Amount.

         Foreclosure Profits as to any servicer remittance date, are the excess,
if any, of (a) Net  Liquidation  Proceeds in respect of each  mortgage loan that
became a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan during the month  immediately  preceding the
month of that servicer  remittance date over (b) the sum of the unpaid principal
balance of each such  Liquidated  Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest
on the unpaid  principal  balance  from the due date to which  interest was last
paid by the mortgagor.

         Insurance  Proceeds  are proceeds  paid by any insurer  pursuant to any
insurance  policy  covering a mortgage loan to the extent these proceeds are not
applied  to the  restoration  of  the  mortgaged  property  or  released  to the
mortgagor. "Insurance Proceeds" do not include "Insured Payments."

         Insured  Distribution  Amount  for any pool of  mortgage  loans and any
distribution date, is the sum of:

         o        the  Interest  Distribution  Amount  for  that  pool  and that
                  distribution date,

         o        the amount of the Over-collateralization Deficit applicable to
                  that pool and that distribution date, if any, and

         o        on the  distribution  date  which is a final  stated  maturity
                  date,  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance for the
                  related class of notes.

         Insured  Payment  for any pool of mortgage  loans and any  distribution
date will equal the  amount by which the  Insured  Distribution  Amount for that
pool and that  distribution date exceeds the Available Amount less the indenture
trustee's fees for that pool and that distribution date.

         Interest  Distribution Amount means the Class A-1 Interest Distribution
Amount or the Class A-2 Interest Distribution Amount, as applicable.

         Liquidation  Expenses  as to  any  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan  are  all
expenses  incurred by the servicer in  connection  with the  liquidation  of the
mortgage loan,  including,  without duplication,  unreimbursed expenses for real
property taxes and unreimbursed  servicing advances. In no event may Liquidation
Expenses on a Liquidated Mortgage Loan exceed the Liquidation Proceeds.

         Liquidated Loan Loss as to any Liquidated  Mortgage Loan is the excess,
if any, of (a) the unpaid  principal  balance of that  Liquidated  Mortgage Loan
plus accrued and unpaid  interest on the unpaid  principal  balance from the due
date to which  interest was last paid by the  Mortgagor  over (b) the sum of the
Net Liquidation Proceeds and the amount of any previously  unreimbursed Periodic
Advances in respect of the mortgage loan.

         Liquidation  Proceeds  are  amounts,  other  than  Insurance  Proceeds,
received by the servicer in connection with (a) the taking of all or a part of a
Mortgaged Property by exercise of the power of eminent domain or condemnation or
(b) the  liquidation  of a defaulted  mortgage loan through a sale,  foreclosure
sale, REO Disposition or otherwise.

         Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls  means Civil  Relief Act  interest
shortfalls and Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.




                                      S-56
<PAGE>

         Net  Foreclosure  Profits as to any servicer  remittance  date, are the
excess,  if any,  of (a) the  aggregate  Foreclosure  Profits  on that  servicer
remittance  date over (b)  Liquidated  Loan Losses on that  servicer  remittance
date.

         Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  as to any  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan,  are
Liquidation  Proceeds net of  Liquidation  Expenses and net of any  unreimbursed
Periodic Advances made by the servicer.

         Net Mortgage Loan Interest Shortfalls means the Class A-1 Mortgage Loan
Interest  Shortfalls  or the Class A-2 Mortgage  Loan  Interest  Shortfalls,  as
applicable.

         Net REO  Proceeds as to any REO  property,  are REO Proceeds net of any
expenses of the servicer.

         Note Clean-up Call Date means the first  distribution date on which the
aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the related class of notes is equal
to or less than 10% of the aggregate original principal balance of such class of
notes

         Over-collateralized  Amount means, for any distribution date and a pool
of  mortgage  loans,  the excess,  if any,  of (x) the sum of (a) the  aggregate
principal  balances  of the  mortgage  loans  in that  pool as of the  close  of
business on the last day of the preceding calendar month and (b) the amounts, if
any, on deposit in the pre-funding  accounts,  over (y) the aggregate  principal
balance of the related class of notes as of that  distribution  date --following
the  making of all  distributions  on that  distribution  date,  other  than any
Over-collateralization Increase Amount for that distribution date.

         Over-collateralization Deficit for any distribution date, is the amount
by which the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the notes exceeds the
sum of

         o        the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans,

         o        any  amount on  deposit in the  pre-funding  accounts  on that
                  distribution date, and

         o        any amounts on deposit in the Cross-collateralization  Reserve
                  Accounts on that  distribution  date, after application of all
                  amounts due on that distribution date.

         Over-collateralization  Increase  Amount for any pool of mortgage loans
and any  distribution  date is the amount of Excess Interest to be applied as an
accelerated  payment  of  principal  on the  related  class of notes  until  the
over-collateralization  for that pool reaches the Specified  Over-collateralized
Amount.  This  payment  is  limited  to the  extent of the  Available  Amount as
described in the definition of "Principal Distribution Amount.

         Over-collateralization  Reduction Amount for any pool of mortgage loans
and  any  distribution  date,  is  the  difference,  if  any,  between  (a)  the
Over-collateralized  Amount for that pool that would apply on that  distribution
date after taking into account all distributions to be made on that distribution
date -- except for any distributions of related Over-collateralization Reduction
Amounts -- and (b) the  Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount for that pool and
that distribution date to the extent of principal available for distribution.

         Periodic   Advances  means  advances  made  by  the  servicer  on  each
distribution date for delinquent  payments of interest on the mortgage loans, at
a rate equal to the interest rate on the mortgage  note,  less the servicing fee
rate.

         Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall means,  for any  distribution  date, an
amount  equal  to the  excess,  if any,  of (a)  thirty  days'  interest  on the
outstanding principal balance of these mortgage loans at a per




                                      S-57
<PAGE>

annum rate equal to the mortgage interest rate -- or at any lower rate as may be
in effect for these  mortgage  loan because of  application  of the Civil Relief
Act, any reduction as a result of a bankruptcy  proceeding  and/or any reduction
by a court of the monthly  payment due on these  mortgage loan -- minus the rate
at which the  servicing  fee is  calculated,  over (b) the  amount  of  interest
actually  remitted by the mortgagor in connection with the principal  prepayment
in full, less the servicing fee for such mortgage loan in such month.

         Principal  Distribution  Amount for any pool of mortgage  loans and any
distribution date will be the lesser of:

                  (a) the excess of (x) the sum, as of that  distribution  date,
         of (A) the Available  Amount for that pool and (B) any Insured  Payment
         on the related class of notes over (y) the sum of Interest Distribution
         Amount  for  that  pool,   the  indenture   trustee's   fees,  and  the
         Reimbursement Amount allocable to the related class of notes; and

                  (b) the sum, without duplication, of:

                           (1)      all  principal  in respect  of the  mortgage
                                    loans in that pool actually collected during
                                    the related due period;

                           (2)      the principal  balance of each mortgage loan
                                    that either was repurchased by the depositor
                                    or purchased by the servicer on the servicer
                                    remittance  date  from  that  pool,  to  the
                                    extent the  principal  balance  is  actually
                                    received by the indenture trustee;

                           (3)      any  substitution  adjustments  delivered by
                                    the  depositor  on the  servicer  remittance
                                    date in connection  with a substitution of a
                                    mortgage  loan in that  pool,  to the extent
                                    the  substitution  adjustments  are actually
                                    received by the indenture trustee;

                           (4)      the  Net   Liquidation   Proceeds   actually
                                    collected  by the  servicer of all  mortgage
                                    loans in that pool during the prior calendar
                                    month,  to the  extent  the Net  Liquidation
                                    Proceeds relate to principal;

                           (5)      on   the    ____________   or   ____________
                                    distribution dates, moneys released from the
                                    related pre-funding account, if any;

                           (6)      the  proceeds   received  by  the  indenture
                                    trustee upon the exercise by the servicer of
                                    its  option  to call  the  related  class of
                                    notes,  to the extent those proceeds  relate
                                    to principal;

                           (7)      the  amount  of  any  Over-collateralization
                                    Deficit for that pool for that  distribution
                                    date;

                           (8)      the  proceeds   received  by  the  indenture
                                    trustee on any  termination of the trust, to
                                    the   extent   those   proceeds   relate  to
                                    principal, allocable to that pool;

                           (9)      the  amount  of  any  Over-collateralization
                                    Increase  Amount  for  that  pool  for  that
                                    distribution  date,  to  the  extent  of any
                                    Excess  Interest for that pool available for
                                    that  purpose,  exclusive  of the  amount of
                                    Excess Interest for




                                      S-58
<PAGE>

                                    that pool  necessary  to make the payment of
                                    (A)   any   Net   Mortgage   Loan   Interest
                                    Shortfalls    for   that   pool   and   that
                                    distribution  date  and  (B)  the  Shortfall
                                    Amount   for  the   other   pool   and  that
                                    distribution date;

                           (10)     if the  note  insurer  shall  so  elect,  an
                                    amount of  principal,  including  Liquidated
                                    Loan  Losses,  that would have been  payable
                                    pursuant to clauses (1) through (9) above if
                                    sufficient funds were available therefor;

                                                      minus
                                                      -----

                           (11)     the  amount  of  any  Over-collateralization
                                    Reduction  Amount  for  that  pool  for that
                                    distribution date.

         In no event will the Principal  Distribution  Amount for a pool for any
distribution date be (x) less than zero or (y) greater than the then outstanding
aggregate principal balance for the notes.

         Qualified  Substitute Mortgage Loan means any mortgage loan or mortgage
loans substituted for a deleted mortgage loan and which, among other things,

         o        relates or relate to a detached one-family residence or to the
                  same type of  residential  dwelling or commercial  property as
                  the  deleted  mortgage  loan  and,  has or have  the same or a
                  better lien  priority as the deleted  mortgage loan and has or
                  have the same occupancy status as the deleted mortgage loan or
                  is or are owner-occupied mortgaged property or properties,

         o        matures  or mature no later  than,  and not more than one year
                  earlier than, the deleted mortgage loan,

         o        has or have a LTV or LTV at the  time of the  substitution  no
                  higher than the LTV of the deleted mortgage loan,

         o        has or have a CLTV or CLTVs at the time of the substitution no
                  higher than the CLTV of the deleted mortgage loan,

         o        has or have a principal balance or principal  balances,  after
                  application  of all payments  received on or prior to the date
                  of substitution,  not substantially less and not more than the
                  principal  balance  of the  deleted  mortgage  loan as of that
                  date,

         o        has or have a  mortgage  interest  rate of at  least  the same
                  interest rate as the deleted mortgage loan and

         o        complies or comply, as of the date of substitution,  with each
                  representation  and  warranty  enumerated  in  the  Loan  Sale
                  Agreement.

         Reimbursement  Amount means,  for each pool of mortgage  loans and each
distribution  date,  the  lesser  of (x) the  excess of (a) the  amount  then on
deposit in the Distribution  Account over (b) the Insured  Distribution  Amounts
for that  pool and that  distribution  date and (y) the  amount  of all  Insured
Payments and other amounts due to the note insurer for that pool pursuant to the
Insurance  Agreement,   including  the  premium  amount,  which  have  not  been
previously paid.

         REO  Proceeds are monies  received  from any REO  property,  including,
without limitation, proceeds from the rental of the mortgaged property.

         Shortfall Amount means, for a pool of mortgage loans and any
distribution date, the sum of




                                      S-59
<PAGE>

         o        any  shortfall  in the  amount  of the  Interest  Distribution
                  Amount for that pool  actually  distributed  to the holders of
                  the related class of notes,

         o        any  shortfall in the amount of the Net Mortgage Loan Interest
                  Shortfalls  for that pool actually  distributed to the holders
                  of the related class of notes,

         o        the amount of any Over-collateralization Deficit for that pool
                  and that distribution date and

         o        any  shortfall  in the  payment of any  amounts  owed the note
                  insurer.

         Specified  Over-collateralized  Amount for a pool of mortgage loans and
any  distribution  date will be the amount of  Over-collateralization  which the
note insurer requires for that pool and that distribution date.

         Specified Reserve Amount means, for each pool of mortgage loans and any
distribution date, the difference between (x) the Specified  Over-collateralized
Amount for that pool and that distribution date and (y) the  Over-collateralized
Amount for that pool on that distribution date.




                                      S-60
<PAGE>

================================================================================

No dealer,  salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations  not contained in this prospectus  supplement and
the prospectus and, if given or made, such information or  representations  must
not be  relied  upon  as  having  been  authorized  by the  depositor  or by the
underwriter.  This prospectus supplement and the prospectus do not constitute an
offer to sell,  or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy, the  securities  offered
hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction  in which such an offer or solicitation is
not  authorized or in which the person making the offer or  solicitation  is not
qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make any such offer or
solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of  this  prospectus  supplement  and the
prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create an
implication that information in this prospectus  supplement or in the prospectus
is correct as of any time since the date of this  prospectus  supplement  or the
prospectus.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Table of Contents...........................................................S-ii
Summary.....................................................................S-1
Risk Factors................................................................S-3
Transaction Overview........................................................S-7
The Mortgage Loan Pools.....................................................S-8
The Originators, the Depositor, the Servicer and the
    Subservicer.............................................................S-17
The Owner Trustee...........................................................S-19
The Indenture Trustee.......................................................S-19
The Collateral Agent........................................................S-19
Description of the Notes and the Trust Certificates.........................S-19
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans.............................................S-34
The Note Insurance Policy...................................................S-41
The Note Insurer............................................................S-44
Prepayment and Yield Considerations.........................................S-46
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations...................................S-49
ERISA Considerations........................................................S-51
Legal Investment............................................................S-52
Plan of Distribution........................................................S-52
Experts.....................................................................S-53
Ratings.....................................................................S-53
Legal Matters...............................................................S-53
Glossary....................................................................S-55


                                   PROSPECTUS

Summary of Prospectus..........................................................1
Risk Factors...................................................................3
The Sponsor....................................................................6
Use of Proceeds................................................................6
Description of the Securities..................................................6
The Trust Funds...............................................................11
Credit Enhancement............................................................19
Servicing.....................................................................21
The Agreements................................................................27
Legal Aspects of Loans........................................................33
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences......................................44
State Tax Considerations......................................................63
ERISA Considerations..........................................................63
Legal Investment..............................................................66
Available Information.........................................................66
Incorporation of Documents by Reference.......................................67
Plan of Distribution..........................................................67
Legal Matters.................................................................67
Financial Information.........................................................67


================================================================================





                                $_______________


                             ______________________
                                     Issuer

                            _________________________
                                    Servicer

                      Residential Asset Funding Corporation

                                     Sponsor

                                   $__________
                                 Class A-1 Notes

                                   $__________
                                 Class A-2 Notes

                             Mortgage-Backed Notes,

                                 Series _______



                               ------------------

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                               ------------------




                               -------------------





                                   ----------


================================================================================


<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

         The registrant  estimates that expenses in connection with the offering
described in this registration statement will be as follows:

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee                     $    250
Printing expenses                                                         35,000
Accounting fees and expenses                                              30,000
Legal fees and expenses                                                  200,000
Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualifications
  under state securities laws                                             10,000
Trustee's fees and expenses                                                5,000
Rating Agency fees and expenses                                           40,000
Miscellaneous                                                            200,000
                                                                        --------
Total                                                                   $520,250
                                                                        ========



         All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission  registration
fee are estimated.

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Sections 55-8-50 through 55-8-58 of the revised North Carolina Business
Corporation  Act  (the  "NCBCA")   contain  specific   provisions   relating  to
indemnification  of directors and officers of North  Carolina  corporations.  In
general,  the statute  provides that (i) a corporation must indemnify a director
or officer who is wholly  successful  in his defense of a proceeding to which he
is a party  because of his status as such,  unless  limited by the  articles  of
incorporation,  and (ii) a corporation may indemnify a director or officer if he
is not wholly successful in such defense, if it is determined as provided in the
statute  that the  director  or officer  meets a certain  standard  of  conduct,
provided  when  a  director  or  officer  is  liable  to  the  corporation,  the
corporation  may not  indemnify  him.  The  statute  also  permits a director or
officer of a  corporation  who is a party to a proceeding to apply to the courts
for indemnification, unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, and
the court may order indemnification under certain circumstances set forth in the
statute.  The statute further provides that a corporation may in its articles of
incorporation,  by contract or by resolution provide indemnification in addition
to that provided by the statute,  subject to certain conditions set forth in the
statute.

         The  articles  of  incorporation  of the  registrant  provide  that the
personal  liability of each  director of the  corporation  is  eliminated to the
fullest extent  permitted by the provisions of the NCBCA, as presently in effect
or as amended.  No amendment,  modification  or repeal of this  provision of the
articles of  incorporation  shall adversely  affect any right or protection of a
director that exists at the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

         First Union  Corporation  maintains  directors  and officers  liability
insurance  for the benefit of its  subsidiaries,  subject to certain  deductible
amounts. In general,  the policy insures (i) the registrant's  directors and, in
certain  cases,  its officers  against  loss by reason of any of their  wrongful
acts, and/or (ii) the registrant against loss arising from claims against the


                                       2
<PAGE>

directors  and  officers by reason of their  wrongful  acts,  all subject to the
terms and conditions contained in the policy.

         In connection  with an agreement  between the  registrant  and Peter H.
Sorensen,  an independent director of the registrant,  the registrant has agreed
to indemnify and hold harmless  Peter H. Sorensen from any and all loss,  claim,
damage or cause of action,  including reasonable attorneys' fees related thereto
(collectively,  "Claims"),  incurred by Peter H. Sorensen in the  performance of
his duties as a director; provided, however, that Peter H. Sorensen shall not be
so indemnified  for such Claims if they arise from his own negligence or willful
misconduct.

         Under agreements  which may be entered into by the registrant,  certain
controlling persons, directors and officers of the registrant may be entitled to
indemnification  by underwriters  and agents who participate in the distribution
of Securities covered by the registration statement against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBIT SCHEDULE

EXHIBIT NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
      (a)        Any required  financial  statements of a provider of credit
                 enhancement will be included as an appendix to the related
                 Prospectus Supplement
      1.1        Form of Underwriting  Agreement between the registrant and the
                 underwriter named therein, relating to the distribution of the
                 Securities*
      3.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Residential Asset Funding
                 Corporation*
      3.2        By-laws of Residential Asset Funding Corporation*
      4.1        Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement*
      4.2        Form of Indenture*
      4.3        Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement*
      4.4        Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement*
      4.5        Form of Trust Agreement*

      4.6        Form of Securitization Sponsorship Agreement**
      5.1        Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP as to legality of the
                 Securities
      8.1        Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP with respect to tax matters

     23.1        Consent of Dewey Ballantine LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

     24.1        Power of Attorney (contained on signature page)


       *         Incorporated by reference to the registrant's prior
                 registration statement, no. 333-64775.

      **         Incorporated by reference to the registrant's prior
                 registration statement, no. 333-81721.




ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

         (a)      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales
                           are being made,  a  post-effective  amendment to this
                           registration statement:

                                    (i) To include  any  prospectus  required by
                           Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                    (ii) To reflect in the  prospectus any facts
                           or events  arising  after the  effective  date of the
                           registration    statement   (or   the   most   recent
                           post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually
                           or in the aggregate,  represent a fundamental  change
                           in the  information  set  forth  in the  registration
                           statement.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,   any
                           increase or decrease in volume of securities  offered
                           (if the  total  dollar  value of  securities  offered
                           would not exceed that which was  registered)  and any
                           deviation  from the low or high and of the  estimated
                           maximum  offering  range may be reflected in the form
                           of prospectus  filed with the Commission  pursuant to
                           Rule  424(b)  if, in the  aggregate,  the  changes in
                           volume  and price  represent  no more than 20 percent
                           change in the maximum  aggregate  offering  price set
                           forth in the "Calculation of Registration  Fee" table
                           in the effective registration statement;

                                    (iii) To include  any  material  information
                           with  respect  to  the  plan  of   distribution   not
                           previously disclosed in the registration statement or
                           any  material  change  to  such  information  in  the
                           registration statement;

                           provided,  however,  that  paragraphs (i) and (ii) do
                           not apply if the information  required to be included
                           in  the  post-effective  amendment  is  contained  in
                           periodic reports filed by the registrant  pursuant to
                           Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the   Securities
                           Exchange  Act  of  1934  that  are   incorporated  by
                           reference in the registration statement.

                  (2)      That,  for the purpose of  determining  any liability
                           under  the   Securities   Act  of  1933,   each  such
                           post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
                           registration  statement  relating  to the  securities
                           offered therein,  and the offering of such securities
                           at that time shall be deemed to be the  initial  bona
                           fide offering thereof.

                  (3)      To   remove   from   registration   by   means  of  a
                           post-effective  amendment any of the securities being
                           registered  which remain unsold at the termination of
                           the offering.

         (b) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting  Agreement certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

         (c)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and  controlling
persons of the registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,
the  registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

         (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  (1)      For purposes of determining  any liability  under the
                           Securities Act of 1933, the information  omitted from
                           the  form  of  prospectus   filed  as  part  of  this
                           registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
                           contained  in a  form  of  prospectus  filed  by  the
                           registrant  pursuant  to  Rule  424(b)(1)  or  (4) or
                           497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
                           part of this registration statement as of the time it
                           was declared effective.

                  (2)      For the purpose of  determining  any liability  under
                           the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective
                           amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
                           deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
                           the securities  offered therein,  and the offering of
                           such  securities  at that time  shall be deemed to be
                           the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (e) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application
for the  purpose of  determining  the  eligibility  of the  trustee to act under
subsection  (a) of section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act ("Act") in accordance
with the  rules and  regulations  prescribed  by the  Commission  under  section
305(b)(2) of the Act.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-3 and has  duly  caused  this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly  authorized,  in the City of  Charlotte,  North  Carolina on the 4th day of
January, 2001.

                                           RESIDENTIAL ASSET FUNDING CORPORATION


                                           By:  /s/  Brian E. Simpson
                                                --------------------------------
                                                NAME: Brian E. Simpson
                                                TITLE  President

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated on January 4, 2001.

            SIGNATURE                                    TITLE
            ---------                                    -----


By:   /s/ Brian E. Simpson
     ----------------------------------
Name:  Brian E. Simpson                         Chairman, President and Director


By:   /s/ Michael Warden
     ----------------------------------
Name:  Michael Warden                           Director


By:   /s/ Peter H. Sorensen
     ----------------------------------
Name:  Peter H. Sorensen                        Director



KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
above constitutes and appoints each of James F. Powers, Timothy F. Danello, Eric
Kaplan and Bruce Hurwitz his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent, acting
alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and his name,
place and stead,  in any and all  capacities,  to sign any or all  amendments to
this registration statement,  including post-effective  amendments,  and to file
the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection
therewith,  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorney-in-fact  and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done  in and  about  the
premises,  as  fully  to all  intents  and  purposes  as he might or could do in
person,  and hereby  ratifies  and confirms  all his said  attorney-in-fact  and
agent, acting alone, or his substitute or substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
      (a)        Any required  financial  statements of a provider of credit
                 enhancement will be included as an appendix to the related
                 Prospectus Supplement
      1.1        Form of Underwriting  Agreement between the registrant and the
                 underwriter named therein, relating to the distribution of the
                 Securities*
      3.1        Certificate of Incorporation of Residential Asset Funding
                 Corporation*
      3.2        By-laws of Residential Asset Funding Corporation*
      4.1        Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement*
      4.2        Form of Indenture*
      4.3        Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement*
      4.4        Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement*
      4.5        Form of Trust Agreement*

      4.6        Form of Securitization Sponsorship Agreement**
      5.1        Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP as to legality of the
                 Securities
      8.1        Opinion of Dewey Ballantine LLP with respect to tax matters

     23.1        Consent of Dewey Ballantine LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)

     24.1        Power of Attorney (contained on signature page)

       *         Incorporated by reference to the registrant's prior
                 registration statement, no. 333-64775.
      **         Incorporated by reference to the registrant's prior
                 registration statement, no. 333-81721.

                                        7


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission